Telerik.Reporting
Represents an arrow shape.
Represents shape with rounded corners.
Base class for all shape types.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
zero angle of rotation.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified angle of rotation in degrees.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
When overridden this method should create the shape.
Adds a straight line to the shape.
The statr point of the line.
The end point of the line.
Adds a series of straight lines to the shape.
A point array representing the starting and ending points of the
lines.
A boolean value specifying whether to close the shape.
Adds a Bezier curve to the shape.
A point array representing the points of the Bezier curve.
Adds an ellipse to the shape.
The bounding rectangle of the ellipse.
Recreates the shape.
Gets the angle of rotation of this shape in radians.
A double value representing the angle of rotation of this
shape in radians.
Gets or sets the bounds of this shape.
A structure representing
the bounds of this shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with the specified angle of rotation in degrees.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of
the edges in percentage.
Creates the shape.
When overridden this method should create shape
that will be rounded using the RoundVertexOp operator.
Gets or sets the rounding factor for the shape.
A double value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding
factor of the shape in percentage. 0 means no rounding, 100 means full rounding.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
zero angle of rotation.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified angle of rotation in degrees.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of
the edges in percent.
Creates the raw shape.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
Represents a Bezier curve segment of a shape.
Represents a shape segment.
Gets the points of this segment.
A point array representing the points of the segment.
Initializes a new instance of the
class
with the specified points.
A point array representing the points of the segment. The array
should contain 4 points -- start, control1, control2 and end.
Gets the points of this segment.
A point array representing the points of the segment.
Gets the start point of this segment.
The start point of the segment.
Gets the first control point of this segment.
The first control point of the segment.
Gets the second control point of this segment.
The second control point of the segment.
Gets the end point of this segment.
The end point of the segment.
Represents an cross shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
zero angle of rotation.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified angle of rotation in degrees.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of
the edges in percent.
Creates the raw shape.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
Represents an ellipse segment of a shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
class
with the specified points.
A structure representing
the bounding rectangle of the segment.
Gets the bounding rectangle of the segment.
A structure representing
the bounding rectangle of the segment.
Gets the points of this segment.
A point array representing the points of the segment.
Represents an ellipse shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
zero angle of rotation.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified angle of rotation in degrees.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
Creates the shape.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
Represents the direction of a line in a shape.
Vertical line
Horizontal line
Top-Right - Bottom-Left line
Top-Left - Bottom-Right line
Represents line segment of a shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
class
with the specified points.
The start point of the line segment.
The end point of the line segment.
Gets the points of this segment.
A point array representing the points of the segment.
Gets the start point of this segment.
The start point of the segment.
Gets the end point of this segment.
The end point of the segment.
Gets the length of the line.
A float value representing the lenght of the line segment.
Represents a line shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with EW line direction.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
specified line direction.
The direction of the line.
Creates the shape.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
The circle in polar coordinates.
x = x0 + R*cos(Alpha)
y = y0 + R*sin(Alpha)
Center of the circle
Radius of the circle
An angle, measured in radians
Returns the center of point of a rectangle
Returns the scaling factor to stretch the size of the source rectangle
to the size of the destination rectangle.
Rectangle to stretch
Rectangle to which the src rectangle will be stretched
if true the source rectangle will be scaled proportional by width and height;
otherwise the width/height ratio won't be preserved.
Factor [0 - 1]
0 - result === start
1 - result === end
Represents a polygon shape.
Represents the base class for all polygon shapes.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified vertex count and angle of rotation in degrees.
The number of vertices of the polygon.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of
the edges in percent.
Creates the raw shape.
Gets the points of this shape.
The bound of the shape.
A point array representing the points of this shape.
Gets the core points for this shape.
The center of the shape.
The number of segments of the shape.
The radius of the shape.
The angle of rotation of the shape.
A point array representing the core points of this shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
3 vertexes and zero angle of rotation.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified vertex count and zero angle of rotation.
The number of vertices of the shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified vertex count and angle of rotation in degrees.
The number of vertices of the shape.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of
the edges in percent.
Gets the points of this shape.
The bound of the shape.
A point array representing the points of this shape.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
Scans the shape segments and for any 2 consecutive lines
splits the longer line in 2 parts so the vertex
will occur between 2 equal lines.
L2
+-----
/ L1' == L2
L1 ./
/
/ L1"
/
Represents a star shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
3 vertexes, 50% concavity, and zero angle of rotation.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified vertex count, 50% concavity, and zero angle of rotation.
The number of vertices of the shape.
Initializes a new instance of the
with
the specified vertex count, concavity, and angle of rotation in degrees.
The number of vertices of the shape.
The concavity in percent of the shape.
A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the
shape in degrees.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of
the edges in percent.
Gets the points of this shape.
The bound of the shape.
A point array representing the points of this shape.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
Gets or sets a percent value specifying the concavity of the shape.
An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the concavity
of the shape in percentage.
Represents a selector that matches a property value of a report item.
Selectors are defined for each
in the
.
AttributeSelector should be used when you want to match all
report items of a certain Type that have a property set to a
certain value.
Provides the abstract base class for an attribute selector.
Selectors are defined for each
in the
.
Represents a selector base on a
Allows an object to implement a style selector, and represents a set
of methods to match a
and clone the selector.
Matches a based on
certain criteria.
The to match.
true if item matches; otherwise false.
Shortcut for all built-in types: appear as type names only in the type selector
Initializes a new type that matches any type of report item.
Initializes a new instance of the
class that
matches any type of report item.
Initializes a new instance of the
class that
matches items of the specified type.
The that this selector
matches.
Matches a based on
its type.
The to match.
true if item matches; otherwise false.
Performs a deep clone of the
.
The cloned
Copies this TypeSelector to the specified typeSelector.
The to copy
to.
Called when the
of this
selector changes.
Creates a human-readable string that represents this
.
A string that represents this TypeSelector.
Gets or sets the that this selector
matches.
A value to match.
The property descriptor associated with the property that this
selector matches.
The name of the property to match.
The value of the property to match.
Initializes a new instance of the AttributeSelectorBase
class with an empty property name and value, that matches all
objects.
Initializes a new instance of the AttributeSelectorBase
class with the specified property name and value, that matches all
objects.
A string value indicating the property name to match.
A string value indicating the property value to match.
Initializes a new instance of the AttributeSelectorBase
class with the specified property name and value, that matches
items of the specified type.
A value indicating the type of the items
to match.
A string value indicating the property name to match.
A string value indicating the property value to match.
Copies the property name and value of the selector to the target
typeSelector.
The to copy
to.
Matches a report item by the value of its property.
The to match.
true if the item's property value matches.
This member overrides
A string value describing the selector.
This member overrides
.
The method resets the selector.
Gets or sets the name of the property to match.
The name of the property to match.
Gets or sets the value of the property to match.
The value of the property to match.
Default ColorPalette
A common interface for all the color palette implementations.
Represents a background image associated with a
Initializes a new instance of the BackgroundImage class as
a member of the given
A value representing
the parent style of the BackgroundImage.
Gets or sets a
value
defining the repeat style of the BackgroundImage.
A value
representing the repeat style of the BackgroundImage.
Gets or sets a containing the
image data of this BackgroundImage.
A object containing the
image data of this BackgroundImage.
Use this property if you want to bind the BackgroundImage
to an image that is not in the data source.
Gets or sets the MIME type of the current
object.
The MIME type of the current BackgroundImage object.
Indicates how a background image will be repeated.
The background-image will be displayed only once.
The background image will be repeated horizontally.
The background image will be repeated vertically.
The background image will be repeated vertically and horizontally.
A class used to specify the color of the border of an item.
Gets or sets the default color of the border.
The default border .
Gets or sets the top color of the border.
The top border .
Gets or sets the bottom color of the border.
The bottom border .
Gets or sets the left color of the border.
The left border .
Gets or sets the right color of the border.
The right border .
A class used to specify the color of the border of an item.
A class used to specify the style of the border of an item.
Gets or sets the default style of the border.
A object
specifying the default border style.
Gets or sets the top style of the border.
A object
specifying the top border style.
Gets or sets the bottom style of the border.
A object
specifying the bottom border style.
Gets or sets the left style of the border.
A object
specifying the left border style.
Gets or sets the right style of the border.
A object
specifying the right border style.
Specifies the type of a border.
No line.
A solid line.
A dotted line.
A dashed line.
A double solid line.
A grooved line for a sunken border appearance.
A ridged line for a raised border appearance.
An inset line for a sunken item appearance.
An outset line for a raised item appearance.
A class used to specify the width of the border of an item.
Gets or sets the default width of the border.
A
specifying the default border width.
Gets or sets the top width of the border.
A
specifying the top border width.
Gets or sets the bottom width of the border.
A
specifying the bottom border width.
Gets or sets the left width of the border.
A
specifying the left border width.
Gets or sets the right width of the border.
A
specifying the right border width.
Represents a collection of user-selected colors.
Converts the collection to string returning the count of items in it.
Parameter; Binding ...
Parameters; Bindings ...
Represents a selector that matches an item that is a descendant of
another item.
At times, authors may want selectors to match an item that is the
descendant of another item in the report item tree (e.g., "Match those
TextBox elements that are contained by a Panel element"). Descendant
selectors express such a relationship in a pattern.
Initializes a new instance of the DescendantSelector.
Initializes a new instance of the DescendantSelector
class with the specified selectors.
A array
containing the selectors that define the descendance pattern used
to match the item.
Matches a report item based on the descendance pattern defined by
the
of this selector.
The to match.
true if the item matches the descendance pattern.
This member overrides
A string value describing the selector.
Gets a
containing the selectors that define the descendance pattern used
to match the item.
Represents an external style sheet used to style a report.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates a new ExternalStyleSheet with the given resource identifier.
The identifier for the resource
containing the external style sheet. This parameter can be an
absolute or relative filepath, an absolute or relative URL, or the
name of an embedded resource.
Creates a new ExternalStyleSheet by loading it from the specified
stream.
The stream to load from.
Creates a new ExternalStyleSheet by loading it from the specified
Uri.
The Uri to load from.
Represents a collection of
objects.
Each time an
object is inserted, deleted or set in this collection, the
that owns the collection is
refreshed by re-applying or internal and external style sheets.
ExternalStyleSheetCollectionConverter
ExternalStyleSheetConverter
Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and
style attributes.
This member overrides
A string value describing the Font.
Converts the specified reporting
to a
.
The to convert.
The that is converted from the
specified reporting Font structure.
Gets or sets the face name of this
.
A string representation of the face name of this Font.
Gets or sets the size of this
measured in
s.
The size of this
Font.
Gets a value that indicates whether this
is bold.
true if this Font is bold; otherwise, false.
Gets a value that indicates whether this
is italic.
true if this Font is italic; otherwise, false.
Gets a value that indicates whether this
is underlined.
true if this Font is underlined; otherwise, false.
Gets a value that indicates whether this
specifies a horizontal
line through the font.
true if this Font has a horizontal line through it;
otherwise, false.
Gets or sets style information for this
.
A enumeration that contains
style information for this Font.
Represents a base class for all Telerik Reporting objects
This method supports the Telerik Reporting infrastructure
and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Style to copy the values from.
Style to copy the values to.
Indicates whether to copy all the style properties of the src style (if true)
or only the explicitly set values for the src style.
Indicates whether to copy only the different properties (if true)
or all style properties.
Indicates whether if the current rule is applied to proceed
with the next FormattingRule in the ReportItemBase.ConditionalFormattings
collection.
A color palette that generates transitional colors based on a continuous linear gradient between two base colors.
Specifies the horizontal alignment of the text in a report item.
Specifies that the text is aligned to the left.
Specifies that the text is aligned to the center.
Specifies that the text is aligned to the right.
Specifies that the text is justified.
Specifies how an image is positioned within an item.
Grows or shrinks borders of the image item to fit the image.
The image is displayed in the center of the item.
If the image is larger than the item, the image is clipped.
Clips the image to fit the height and width of the item.
Resizes the image to match the height and width of the item.
Resizes the image to match the height and width of the item,
preserving the aspect ratio.
Specifies the type of a line item
A solid line.
A dashed line.
A dotted line.
A color palette that provides colors generated using a variable lightness between defined minimum and maximum values.
Gets or sets a value defining the minimal lightness of the generated colors
Value between 0M and 0.5M
Gets or sets a value defining the maximal lightness of the generated colors
Value between 0.5M and 1M
Represents padding information associated with a report item.
The padding is the internal space between the body of the item and its
edge.
Padding has a different effect on report items that are containers than
on report items that are not. For example, in a
item, the Padding property
defines the spacing between the border of the Panel and its
child items. For a item, the
Padding property defines the spacing between the border of the
TextBox item and its contained text.
Initializes a new instance of the Padding class as
a member of the given
A value representing
the parent style of the Padding.
This member overrides
A string value listing the Padding's members.
Gets or sets the padding value for the left edge.
The padding, in s, for
the left edge.
Gets or sets the padding value for the right edge.
The padding, in s, for
the right edge.
Gets or sets the padding value for the top edge.
The padding, in s, for
the top edge.
Gets or sets the padding value for the bottom edge.
The padding, in s, for
the bottom edge.
Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page.
The PageSettings class is used to specify settings that modify
the way a page will be printed.
Initializes a new instance of the PageSettings
class with the specified
and
.
A object
specifying the landscape and paper kind.
A object
specifying the papers size and margins.
This member implements
The cloned PageSettings.
Returns a
object based on the given
parameter.
A object
from which to create the
.
A object
initialized from the printerSettings.
Gets or sets the paper kind for the page.
A that represents
the kind of the paper.
Gets or sets the paper size for the page.
A that represents
the size of the paper.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in
landscape or portrait orientation.
true if the page should be printed in landscape orientation;
otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the margins for this page.
A that represents
the margins for the page.
Specifies a collection of watermarks for the page.
Gets or sets a value that specifies how many columns are present
in the of the report.
An integer value specifying the number of columns.
The value should be equal to or greater than 1. The default is 1.
Column widths are calculated based on the following rule:
DetailWidth = ColumnWidth * ColumnCount +
ColumSpacing * (ColumnCount - 1)
Multi-column reports are primarily used for printing labels.
Gets or sets a value indicating the space in Units between two
adjacent columns.
A value specifying the
space between two adjacent columns. The value should be a
non-negative Unit. The default is
This property should be used when there should be some blank space
left between adjacent columns.
Gets or sets the background color of the page.
A that represents the background
color of the page. The default is
, which indicates that this
property is not set.
Use the BackColor property to specify the background color
of the page. This property is set using a
object.
Gets a object
used to define the page border style.
A representing
the page border style.
You can set the page border style by using the properties
,
,
,
, and
.
The Default property is used to set all borders styles at
once. All borders are
BorderType.None by default.
Gets a object
used to define the page border color.
A representing
the page border color.
You can set the page border color by using the properties
,
,
,
, and
.
The Default property is used to set all borders colors at
once. All borders are
by default.
Gets a object
used to define the page border width.
A representing
the page border width.
You can set the page border width by using the properties
,
,
,
, and
.
The Default property is used to set all borders widths at
once. All borders are 1pt wide by default.
Gets a
object that controls the image displayed in the background of the
page.
An that
represents the image to display in the background of the report
item. Report items have no background image by default.
Non-expandable SizeU Converter
Represents a picture watermark on a printable page.
Represents a watermark on a printable page.
Gets or sets the position of the watermark relative to the other
items on the printable page.
A value
that specifies the position of the watermark relative to the other
items on the printable page.
Gets or sets the opacity of the watermark when combining it with the
other items on the printable page.
A value that specifies the opacity of the watermark when combining it
with the other items on the printable page.
The value can be specified in the range from 0.0 to 1.0, where 0.0 is
completely transparent, while 1.0 is completely opaque. Any other value
outside that range is clamped to the closest allowed value.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to print the watermark on
the first printable page of the report.
A boolean value indicating whether to print the watermark on the
first printable page of the report.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to print the watermark on
the last printable page of the report.
A boolean value indicating whether to print the watermark on the
last printable page of the report.
Gets or sets the image of the watermark to be printed on the page.
The image of the watermark to be printed on the page.
The specified image can be in one of the following supported formats:
an object instance inherited from ;
an array of bytes containing binary image data; a local file path
or an URL to an external image file. Instead of providing the image
directly, it is possible to specify it indirectly as an expression
that is evaluated at runtime for each printable page. If the image
is null (Nothing in Visual Basic), or if the specified expression
evaluates to null (Nothing in Visual Basic), the watermark is not
printed on the current page.
The following expression prints a watermark on every second page:
= IIf(PageNumber % 2 = 0, "Watermark.png", Null)
Gets or sets the sizing mode of the watermark image on the printable page.
A value that
specifies the sizing mode of the watermark image on the printable page.
Represents an ordered pair of unit-based point x- and y-coordinates
that defines a point in a two-dimensional plane.
Represents a new instance of the
class with member
data left uninitialized.
Initializes a new instance of the PointU class with the specified
coordinates.
The horizontal position of the point.
The vertical position of the point.
Translates the PointU by the specified SizeU.
The to translate.
The that specifies
the numbers to add to the x- and y-coordinates of the
PointU.
The translated PointU.
The op_Addition operator adds the
of the
specified size to the x-coordinate of the PointU and the
to the
y-coordinate of the PointU.
Translates the PointU by the negative of a specified
SizeU.
The to translate.
The that specifies
the numbers to subtract from the x- and y-coordinates of the
PointU.
The translated PointU.
The op_Subtraction operator subtracts the
of the
specified size from the x-coordinate of the PointU and the
from the
y-coordinate of the PointU.
Compares two PointU structures. The result specifies whether
the values of the
and properties of
the two PointU structures are equal.
A to compare.
A to compare.
true if the X and Y values of the left and
right PointU structures are equal; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the coordinates of the specified points are not
equal.
A to compare.
A to compare.
true to indicate the
and
values of
pt1 and pt2 are not equal; otherwise, false.
Converts the specified reporting
to a
.
The to convert.
The that is converted from the
specified reporting Point structure.
Converts the specified reporting
to a
.
The to convert.
The that is converted from the
specified reporting Point structure.
Specifies whether this
contains the same
coordinates as the specified Object.
The to test.
This method returns true if obj is a PointU
and has the same coordinates as this
.
Returns a hash code for this
structure.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this PointU
structure.
Converts this to a
human readable string.
A string that represents this PointU.
Converts this to a
human readable string according to the
specified.
A that is used to
format the string.
A string that represents this PointU.
Offsets this
structure by a specified amount in the x- and y-direction.
A value specifying
the amount to offset in the horizontal direction.
A value specifying
the amount to offset in the vertical direction.
Gets or sets the x-coordinate of this
The x-coordinate of this PointU.
Gets or sets the y-coordinate of this
The y-coordinate of this PointU.
Gets a value indicating whether this
is empty.
true if both
and
are equal to zero;
otherwise, false.
Stores a set of four Unit-based numbers that represent the location and
size of a rectangle.
A RectangleU is defined by its width, height, and upper-left
corner.
Represents an instance of the
class with its
members uninitialized.
The members of the new RectangleU are left uninitialized.
Initializes a new instance of the
class from the
specified .
A that represents the
rectangular region.
Initializes a new instance of the
class from the
specified .
A that represents the
rectangular region.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with the
specified location and size.
A that represents
the upper-left corner of the rectangular region.
A that represents the
width and height of the rectangular region.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with the
specified location and size.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
The width of the rectangle.
The height of the rectangle.
Tests whether two RectangleU structures have equal location
and size.
The structure
that is to the left of the equality operator.
The structure
that is to the right of the equality operator.
This operator returns true if the two specified
RectangleU structures have equal
,
,
, and
properties.
Tests whether two RectangleU structures differ in location
or size.
The structure
that is to the left of the equality operator.
The structure
that is to the right of the equality operator.
This operator returns true if any of the
,
,
, or
properties of the two
structures are unequal; otherwise false.
Converts the specified RectangleU structure to a
structure.
The structure
to convert.
The Rectangle structure that is converted from the specified
RectangleU structure.
Converts the specified RectangleU structure to a
structure.
The structure
to convert.
The RectangleF structure that is converted from the specified
RectangleU structure.
Determines if the specified point is contained within this
RectangleU structure.
The x-coordinate of the point to test.
The x-coordinate of the point to test.
This method returns true if the point defined by x
and y is contained within this RectangleU structure;
otherwise false.
Determines if the specified point is contained within this
RectangleU structure.
The to test.
This method returns true if the point represented by the
pt parameter is contained within this RectangleU
structure; otherwise false.
Determines if the rectangular region represented by rect is
entirely contained within this RectangleU structure.
The to test.
This method returns true if the rectangular region
represented by rect is entirely contained within the
rectangular region represented by this RectangleU; otherwise
false.
Inflates this RectangleU structure by the specified amount.
The amount to inflate this
structure
horizontally.
The amount to inflate this
structure
vertically.
Inflates this RectangleU structure by the specified amount.
The amount to inflate this rectangle.
Inflates rect by the specified amount.
The structure
to inflate.
The amount to inflate this
structure
horizontally.
The amount to inflate this
structure
vertically.
The inflated RectangleU structure.
Determines if this rectangle intersects with rect.
The rectangle to test.
This method returns true if there is any intersection;
otherwise false.
Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount.
The amount to offset the location.
Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount.
The amount to offset the location horizontally.
The amount to offset the location vertically.
Tests whether obj is a
with the same
location and size of this RectangleU.
The to test.
This method returns true if obj is a
RectangleU and its X, Y, Width, and
Height properties are equal to the corresponding properties
of this RectangleU; otherwise, false.
Converts the Location and Size of this
RectangleU to a human-readable string.
A human-readable representation of the rectangle.
Converts the Location and Size of this
RectangleU to a human-readable string.
A object according
to which to format the string.
A human-readable representation of the rectangle.
Returns a hash code for this
structure.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this
RectangleU structure.
Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this
structure.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this RectangleF
structure.
Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this
structure.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this RectangleF
structure.
Gets or sets the width of this
structure.
The width of this RectangleF structure.
Gets or sets the height of this
structure.
The height of this RectangleF structure.
Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of this
structure.
A that represents
the upper-left corner of this RectangleF structure.
Gets or sets the size of this
.
A that represents the
width and height of this RectangleU structure.
Gets the x-coordinate of the left edge of this
structure.
The x-coordinate of the left edge of this
RectangleU structure.
Gets the y-coordinate of the left edge of this
structure.
The y-coordinate of the left edge of this
RectangleU structure.
Gets the x-coordinate that is the sum of
and
of this
RectangleU structure.
The x-coordinate that is the sum of X and Width of
this RectangleU structure.
Gets the y-coordinate that is the sum of
and
of this
RectangleU structure.
The y-coordinate that is the sum of Y and Height of
this RectangleU structure.
Tests whether the
,
,
, and
properties of this
have a value of
zero.
This property returns true if the X, Y,
Width, and Height properties of this
RectangleU have a value of zero; otherwise, false.
Represents a collection of objects that implement
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
Adds an array of selector objects to the collection.
An array of
objects to add to the collection.
The ISelector objects contained in the
selectors array are appended to the end of the collection.
You can use the AddRange method to quickly add a
group of ISelector objects to the collection
instead of manually adding each ISelector to the
collection using the
method.
To remove a
that you
previously added, use the
,
,
or
methods.
Compares two ISelector instances.
Compares two ISelector instances.
-1 if x is weaker (less determinant) selector.
1 if y is weaker (less determinant) selector.
0 if x and y have the same weight
Stores an ordered pair of Unit-based numbers, typically the width and
height of a rectangle.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
Initializes a new instance of the SizeU class from the
specified existing Size.
The from which to create the new
SizeU.
Initializes a new instance of the SizeU class from the
specified existing SizeF.
The from which to create the new
SizeU.
Initializes a new instance of the SizeU class from the specified
dimensions.
The width component of the new
.
The height component of the new
.
Adds the width and height of one SizeU structure to the
width and height of another SizeU structure.
The first to add.
The second to add.
A structure that is
the result of the addition operation.
Subtracts the width and height of one SizeU structure from
the width and height of another SizeU structure.
The on the left side
of the subtraction operator.
The on the right side
of the subtraction operator.
A structure that is
the result of the subtraction operation.
Tests whether two SizeU structures are equal.
The structure on the
left side of the equality operator.
The structure on the
right side of the equality operator.
This operator returns true if size1 and size2
have equal width and height; otherwise, false.
Tests whether two SizeU structures are different.
The structure on the
left side of the equality operator.
The structure on the
right side of the equality operator.
This operator returns true if size1 and size2
differ either in width or height; false if size1 and
size2 are equal.
Converts the specified SizeU to a
.
The structure to be
converted.
The structure to which this
operator converts.
Converts the specified SizeU to a
.
The structure to be
converted.
The structure to which this
operator converts.
Tests to see whether the specified object is a
with the same
dimensions as this SizeU.
The to test.
This method returns true if obj is a
and has the same
width and height as this SizeU; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this
structure.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this SizeU
structure.
Creates a human-readable string that represents this
.
A string that represents this SizeU.
Creates a human-readable string that represents this
.
A object according
to which to format the string.
A string that represents this SizeU.
Gets or sets the horizontal component of this
.
The horizontal component of this SizeU.
Gets or sets the vertical component of this
.
The vertical component of this SizeU.
Gets a value indicating whether this
has zero width and
height.
This property returns true when this SizeU has both
a width and height of zero; otherwise, false.
Represents the style of a report item.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the report item is
displayed.
true if the report item is displayed; otherwise,
false. The default is true.
Gets or sets the background color of the report item.
A that represents the background
color of the report item. The default is
, which indicates that this
property is not set.
Use the BackColor property to specify the background color
of the report item. This property is set using a
object.
Gets a
object that controls the image displayed in the background of the
report item.
An that
represents the image to display in the background of the report
item. Report items have no background image by default.
Gets or sets the foreground color of the report item.
The foreground of the report
item. The default is .
Gets or sets the horizontal indentation of the first line of text in the report item.
The indentation in s.
The default is
.
Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of text in the report item.
One of the
values.
The default is
HorizontalAlign.Left.
Gets or sets the vertical alignment of text in the report item.
One of the
values.
The default is VerticalAlign.Top.
Gets a object
used to define the border style of a report item.
A representing
the border style of the report item.
You can set the border style of the item by using the properties
,
,
,
, and
.
The Default property is used to set all borders styles at
once. All borders are
BorderType.None by default.
Gets a object
used to define the border color of a report item.
A representing
the border color of the report item.
You can set the border color of the item by using the properties
,
,
,
, and
.
The Default property is used to set all borders colors at
once. All borders are
by default.
Gets a object
used to define the border width of a report item.
A representing
the border width of the report item.
You can set the border width of the item by using the properties
,
,
,
, and
.
The Default property is used to set all borders widths at
once. All borders are 1pt wide by default.
Gets a object
representing the font of the report item.
A object used to
define the font of a report item. By default the font of a report
item is Arial-Regular, 10pts.
Gets a object
used to define the padding of a report item.
A object
representing the padding of the report item.
You can set the padding of the item by using the properties
,
,
, and
.
Padding on all sides is
by default.
Gets or sets a
object used to define the line style of report items that
support it, such as lines and shapes.
A object
representing the line style of the report item. By default the line
style is LineStyle.Solid.
Gets or sets a
representing the line width of report items that support it, such
as lines and shapes.
A value representing
the line width of the report item. By default the width is 1pt.
Gets or sets the (stroke)
representing the line color of report items that support it, such
as lines and shapes.
A value representing
the line color of the report item. By default its value is Black.
Performs the specified action on each registered Style property key.
Represents a style rule to be applied.
Initializes a new empty
.
Returns a human-readable representation ot this
.
A human-readable representation ot this
.
A collection of selectors that determine which report items the
style applies to.
A object
containing all of the selectors for this rule.
The to apply to all
report items selected by the
A object defining the
style of this
Represents a collection of
objects.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
Adds an array of style rule objects to the collection.
An array of
objects to add to the collection.
The StyleRule objects contained in the
rules array are appended to the end of the collection.
You can use the AddRange method to quickly add a
group of StyleRule objects to the collection
instead of manually adding each StyleRule to the
collection using the
method.
To remove a
that you
previously added, use the
,
,
or
methods.
An attribute selector based on the style name property.
Initializes a new
.
Initializes a new
with the
specified style name.
A string value specifying the style name to
match.
Initializes a new
with the
specified style name, that matches items of the specified
The of items to match.
A string value specifying the style name to
match.
Returns a human-readable representation of this
.
A human-readable representation of this
.
Gets or sets the name of the style that this selector matches.
A string value representing the style name to match.
Represents a collection of styles for a
templateStringFormat will not be automatically disposed.
Represents a text watermark on a printable page.
Gets or sets the text of the watermark to be printed on the page.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
The text can be specified either directly as a string literal or
indirectly as an expression that is evaluated at runtime for each
printable page. If the text is null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or
an empty string, or if the specified expression evaluates to null
(Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the watermark is not
printed on the current page.
The following expression prints a watermark on every second page:
= IIf(PageNumber % 2 = 0, "Watermark", Null)
Gets or sets the color of the watermark text.
A value that specifies the color
of the watermark text without the transparency.
Gets or sets the orientation of the watermark text on the printable page.
A value that
specifies the orientation of the watermark text on the printable page.
Gets the font settings of the watermark text.
A value that specifies
the font settings of the watermark text.
A structure representing a unit of measure.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure equal to
zero.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Pixel and magnitude equal to value.
A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Pixel
and magnitude equal to value.
An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Point
and magnitude equal to value.
A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Point
and magnitude equal to value.
An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Cm
and magnitude equal to value.
A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Cm
and magnitude equal to value.
An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Mm
and magnitude equal to value.
A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Mm
and magnitude equal to value.
An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Inch
and magnitude equal to value.
A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Inch
and magnitude equal to value.
An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Pica
and magnitude equal to value.
A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Creates a new
of type UnitType.Pica
and magnitude equal to value.
An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit.
The created Unit.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure from the
specified pixels. The Unit's type is
A double value specifying the magnitude of the
in pixels.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure with the
specified value and type.
A double value representing the magnitude of the
Unit.
A specifying the
type of the Unit.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure from the
specified string value.
A string value representing the magnitude and type of the
Unit.
Parameters passed to this constructor should be of the form "2px",
"3.4in", "4cm", "2mm", "12.5pt", "4pc", etc. For more information
on string representations of units see
.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure from the
specified string value and using the specified
.
A string value representing the magnitude and type of the
Unit.
A . If a null
reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current
culture is assumed.
The culture parameters is used to parse the string value.
Initializes a new instance of the
structure from the
specified string value, culture, and type.
A string value representing the magnitude of the
Unit.
A . If a null
reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current
culture is assumed.
A specifying the
type of the Unit.
Parses a string value to create a new Unit.
A string value defining the unit.
The created Unit.
The parameter passed to this Method should be of the form "2px",
"3.4in", "4cm", "2mm", "12.5pt", "4pc", etc. For more information
on string representations of units see
.
Parses a string value to create a new Unit based on the
specified culture.
A string value defining the unit.
The object defining
the rules for the parsing.
The created Unit.
The parameter passed to this Method should be of the form "2px",
"3.4in", "4cm", "2mm", "12.5pt", "4pc", etc. For more information
on string representations of units see
.
Returns a unit equal to this
but with its type
changed.
The to change to.
A Unit equal to this Unit, but with type that equals
type.
Returns a that is the
sum of two units and is of the specified type.
The first Unit.
The second Unit.
A specifying the
type of the resultant unit.
The sum of the two units.
Returns a that is the
sum of two units and its unit type matches the first argument type.
The first Unit.
The second Unit.
The sum of the two units in the unit type of the first argument unit.
Returns a that is the
difference of two units and is of the specified type.
The Unit to subtract from.
The Unit to subtract.
The difference of the two units in the unit type of the first argument unit.
Returns a that is the
difference of two units and is of the specified type.
The Unit to subtract from.
The Unit to subtract.
A specifying the
type of the resultant unit.
The difference of the two units in the specified unit type.
Adds a unit to this .
The Unit to add.
The sum of unit1 and this Unit in this Unit's
type.
Subtracts a unit from this
.
The Unit to subtract.
The difference of this Unit and unit1 in this
Unit's type.
Multiplies this by a
specified value.
A double value to multiply by.
The product of multiplying this Unit by the specified
value.
Divides this by a
specified value.
A double value to divide by.
The quotient resulting by dividing this Unit by the
specified value.
Divides this by another.
A Unit value to divide by.
The quotient resulting by dividing this Unit by the
specified Unit.
Adds one to another.
The first Unit.
The second Unit.
The sum of the two units.
If unit1 is empty the method returns unit2. If
unit2 is empty the method returns unit1. Otherwise,
the method returns the sum of the two units in unit1's type.
Subtract one from
another.
The Unit to subtract from.
The Unit to subtract.
The difference of the two units.
Thrown when unit1 is empty.
If unit2 is empty the method returns unit1.
Otherwise, the method returns the difference of the two units
in unit1's type.
Unary minus. Reverses the sign of
The unit to negate.
A Unit of the same type as unit but with opposite
sign.
Multiplies a by a
specified value.
The Unit to multiply.
A double value to multiply by.
The product of unit1 and value.
Multiplies a value by a
.
The double value to multiply.
The Unit to multiply by.
A Unit that is the product of value and unit1.
Divides a by a
specified value.
The Unit to divide.
A double value to divide by.
A Unit that is the quotient of unit1 and
value.
Divides the first by the second.
A to divide.
A to divide by.
The quotient resulting by dividing of two Units.
Compares two units.
The first unit to compare.
The second unit to compare.
true if unit1 is less than unit2; otherwise
false.
Compares two units.
The first unit to compare.
The second unit to compare.
true if unit1 is greater than unit2; otherwise
false.
Compares two units.
The first unit to compare.
The second unit to compare.
true if unit1 is less than or equal to unit2;
otherwise false.
Compares two units.
The first unit to compare.
The second unit to compare.
true if unit1 is greater than or equal to
unit2; otherwise false.
Compares two units.
The first unit to compare.
The second unit to compare.
true if unit1 is equal to unit2; otherwise false.
Compares two units.
The first unit to compare.
The second unit to compare.
true if unit1 is not equal to unit2; otherwise
false.
Returns a hash code for this
structure.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this
Unit structure.
Tests whether obj is a
that equals this
Unit.
The to test.
This method returns true if obj is a
Unit and its magnitude is equal to this Unit's
magnitude; otherwise false.
Returns the larger of two units.
The first of two units to compare.
The second of two units to compare.
Parameter val1 or val2, whichever is larger.
Returns the smaller of two units.
The first of two units to compare.
The second of two units to compare.
Parameter val1 or val2, whichever is smaller.
Returns a human-readable representation of this
.
A human-readable representation of this
.
Returns a human-readable representation of this
.
A specifying the
culture to use.
A human-readable representation of this
.
Gets or sets a
representing the default units of measure for a
.
A value
that defines the default units of measure for a Report.
Gets a double value representing the dpi of the current graphics
context.
A double value representing the dpi of the current graphics
context.
Specifies whether this
structure is uninitialized.
This property returns true if this unit is uninitialized;
otherwise, false.
Gets the type of the Unit.
A specifying the
type of this Unit.
Gets the magnitude of this Unit.
A float value indicating the magnitude of the Unit.
This property makes sense only in combination with the
property.
Gets the magnitude of this Unit in pixels.
An int value specifying the unit's magnitude in pixels.
Gets or sets the magnitude of this Unit in pixels.
A float value specifying the unit's magnitude in pixels.
Returns a magnitude in pixels based on the specified value
and type.
A double value specifying the magnitude.
A specifying the
unit type.
A double value representing the magnitude in pixels.
Returns a magnitude in units based on the specified pixels
and type.
A double value specifying the magnitude in pixels.
A specifying the
unit type to convert to.
A double value representing the magnitude in the specified
units.
Represents the type of a .
1 inch = 6 picas = 72 points.
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters.
Pixels convert to and from other units based on the dpi of the current
graphics context.
Represents pixels. String equivalent used in Unit's
constructor should be "px".
Represents points. String equivalent used in Unit's
constructor should be "pt".
Represents picas. String equivalent used in Unit's
constructor should be "pc".
Represents inches. String equivalent used in Unit's
constructor should be "in".
Represents millimeters. String equivalent used in Unit's
constructor should be "mm".
Represents centimeters. String equivalent used in Unit's
constructor should be "cm".
Specifies the vertical alignment of an object or text in an report item.
Specifies that the object is aligned to the top.
Specifies that the object is aligned to the middle.
Specifies that the object is aligned to the bottom.
Represents a collection of watermarks on a printable page.
Defines the orientation of the watermark text on the printable page.
The watermark text is oriented horizontally on the printable page.
The watermark text is oriented vertically on the printable page.
The watermark text is oriented diagonally on the printable page.
Defines the position of the watermark relative to the other items on the printable page.
Specifies that the watermark is behind the other items on the printable page.
Specifies that the watermark is in front of the other items on the printable page.
Defines the sizing mode of the watermark image on the printable page.
The watermark image is centered on the printable area of the page.
The watermark image is stretched to fill the printable area of the
page without preserving its original proportions.
The watermark image is scaled to fill the printable area of the
page while preserving its original proportions.
Represents an axis in a .
Occurs when the report item is disposed.
Gets or sets the scale for the current axis.
The scale can be one of the following types: , , , .
Gets the default style for the current axis, tick marks and labels.
Gets the default style for the title of the current axis.
Gets the style of the grid lines that correspond to the major axis steps.
Gets the style of the grid lines that correspond to the minor axis steps.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how to display the tick marks that correspond to the major axis steps.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how to display the tick marks that correspond to the minor axis steps.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how to format the labels.
Gets or sets the position of the axis labels according to the complementary axis' min/max values.
Gets or sets the angle in degrees at which the axis labels are rotated.
Gets or sets the title of the axis.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets the placement of the axis title.
Specifies the graph item's left position.
Specifies the graph item's left position.
Specifies the graph item's left position.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display multidimensional category scale labels on one or more levels.
Specifies how axis labels are placed on the axis.
No axis labels.
Follows the axis.
Labels at min value of the related axis.
Labels at max value of the related axis.
Specifies how tick marks are drawn on the axis.
No tick marks.
Display the tick marks inside the graph area.
Display the tick marks outside the graph area.
Display the tick marks so that it crosses the axis line, displaying both inside and outside the graph area.
Specifies how the axis title is placed on the axis.
No axis title.
Uses the default value for the axis title placement.
The axis title is placed at min value of the axis.
The axis title is placed at max value of the axis.
The axis title is centered according to the axis.
The orientation of the angular axis labels.
Labels are arranged in circle.
The angle of the data-point is the base angle for the label.
Additionally the LabelAngle property of the axis is taken into account.
The overall angle of the label is [data-point angle] + [LabelAngle]
Labels are arranged at a fixed angle.
All labels will have the same angle equal to the value of the LabelAngle property of the axis.
Represents a two-dimensional Cartesian (rectangular) coordinate system.
Represents a coordinate system in a item.
In the item
Represents an object of the report/data hierarchy. Used for the expand/collabse/cache data logic
that needs unique names/path. All items/objects that form the data hierarchy should implement this
interface.
Gets or sets the name of the coordinate system.
The Name should uniquely identify the coordinate system in the context
of the item it belongs to.
Gets the default style for the axes, tick marks and labels.
Gets the collection of binding rules contained within the report item.
An collection of instances
representing the list of property bindings defined within the item.
Gets or sets the X-axis (horizontal) of the CartesianCoordinateSystem.
Gets or sets the Y-axis (vertical) of the CartesianCoordinateSystem.
Represents a collection of objects.
Represents a two-dimensional polar coordinate system. Points in the polar coordinate
system are defined with radial and angular coordinates.
Gets or sets the radial axis of the PolarCoordinateSystem.
Gets or sets the angular axis of the PolarCoordinateSystem.
Gets or sets the orientation of the angular axis labels.
Gets or sets the angle in degrees measured clockwise from the radial axis to the starting point of the angular axis.
Gets or sets the angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the angular axis.
Gets or sets a value indicating the ratio between the inner and the outer radius of the PolarCoordinateSystem.
Use InnerRadiusRatio greater than 0 to create 'doughnut' like graphs.
Specifies how tick marks are positioned in relation to the data points.
Specifies data points to be positioned between tick marks.
Specifies data points to be positioned on tick marks.
Specifies a category scale for a .
Indicates whether to arrange values in reverse order.
Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis;
Determines the number of space slots that will be left around the DataPoints per category slot,
measured relatively to the DataPoint slot's width:
Empty Space = SpacingSlotCount * DataPoint_SlotWidth
Specifies how the tick marks are positioned in relation to data points.
Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis.
Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross.
Represents the position on an axis where the axes cross.
Gets or sets the value that indicates the position where the axes cross.
Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis.
The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Represents a collection of objects.
A DateTimeAxis displays dates in chronological order at specific intervals, or base units,
even if the dates from the data source are not in order or in the same base units.
Gets or sets the base unit for the current DateTimeScale. The base unit
defines the interval between the points on the axis. By default the base units
are according to the smallest difference between any two dates in the data.
Gets or sets the unit for the interval/step between the minor ticks/grid lines.
In conjunction with the property defines the interval between
the minor ticks and minor grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year.
Gets or sets the step/interval for the minor ticks/grid lines.
In conjunction with the property defines the interval between
the minor ticks and minor grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year.
Gets or sets the unit for the interval/step between the major ticks/grid lines.
In conjunction with the property defines the interval between
the major ticks and major grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year.
Gets or sets the step/interval between the major ticks/grid lines.
In conjunction with the property defines the interval between
the major ticks and major grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year.
Gets or sets the unit for the interval/step between the labels.
In conjunction with the property defines the interval between
the labels on the axis, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year.
Gets or sets the step/interval between the labels.
In conjunction with the property defines the interval between
the labels on the axis, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. The property is applied only when
is set to a value other than Auto.
Gets or sets the minimum value for the current axis.
A DateTime value that is the minimum value of the scale's range. The default value is null.
When the Minimum property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) then the minimum value of the scale's range is defined by the data.
In case there are no data points available then the Minimum value is set according to and the selected .
In case the Maximum and Minimum values are set to an equal value, then their values are ignored.
Gets or sets the maximum value for the current axis.
A DateTime value that is the maximum value of the scale's range. The default value is null.
When the Maximum property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) then the maximum value of the scale's range is defined by the data.
In case there are no data points available then the Maximum value is set according to and the selected .
In case the Maximum and Minimum values are set to an equal value, then their values are ignored.
Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis.
Gets or sets a value indicating weather to shows ticks and labels on the axis
for every point in the data set instead of regular major ticks.
Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross.
Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis.
The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Represents a collection of objects.
Determines the unit for the interval/step between minor/major ticks/grid lines.
Specifies a seconds unit for the datetime interval.
Specifies a minute unit for the datetime interval.
Specifies an hour unit for the datetime interval.
Specifies a day unit for the datetime interval.
Specifies a month unit for the datetime interval.
Specifies a year unit for the datetime interval.
Determines the position at which axes cross each other.
Uses the default value at which the other axis crosses this axis.
Specifies that the other axis crosses this axis at its minimum value.
Specifies that the other axes crosses this axis at its maximum value.
Calculates the zero value at which the other axis crosses this axis.
The LogarithmicScale is similar to the , except there's a logarithmic transform that is
applied to the input domain value before the output range value is computed. The mapping
to the output range value y can be expressed as a function of the input domain
value x: y = m log(x) + b. The LogarithmicScale does not support zero or negative values.
The base class for all numerical scales.
Axis' minimum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data.
Graph axis range - maximum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data.
Gets or sets a value indicating weather to shows ticks and labels on the axis
for every point in the data set instead of regular major ticks.
Gets or sets the base value of the logarithm.
Axis' minimum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data.
Due to the nature of the logarithmic transformation applied to the scale
the Minimum property accepts only positive numbers and
throws an error for zero or negative values.
A positive number that defines the minimum value for the scale.
A value indicates that the scale will automatically
calculate its minimum value based on the data.
The default value is .
Graph axis range - maximum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data.
Due to the nature of the logarithmic transformation applied to the scale the Maximum property accepts only positive numbers and
throws an error for zero or negative values.
A positive number that indicates the maximum value for the scale.
A positive number that defines the maximum value for the scale.
A value indicates that the scale will automatically
calculate its maximum value based on the data.
The default value is .
[MergableProperty(true)]
A collection of items that defines
the where the other axes cross the current one.
Gets or sets the step/interval for the major ticks/grid lines.
Gets or sets the step/interval for the minor ticks/grid lines.
Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis.
Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross.
Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis.
The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Due to the nature of the logarithmic transformation applied to the scale
the Value property accepts only positive numbers and
throws an error for zero or negative values.
A positive number that defines the exact value where the other axis crosses the current one.
The default value is 1.0.
Represents a collection of objects.
Represents a numerical scale with continuous input domain.
Gets or sets the step/interval for the major ticks/grid lines.
Gets or sets the step/interval for the minor ticks/grid lines.
Gets or sets the step/interval for the labels on the axis.
Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis.
A collection of items that defines
the where the other axes cross the current one.
Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross.
Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis.
The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific.
Represents a collection of objects.
Represents an area chart displays a series as a set of points connected by a line, with all the area filled in below the line
Represents a series of data points in a two-dimensional coordinate system.
Represents a series of data points with labels in the report item.
Represents a series of data points with labels in the and report items.
Data point label.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets the angle in degrees at which the data point labels are rotated.
Data point label format.
Gets the style for the labels of the data points.
Gets the to applied on the data points' labels.
Reserved for future use
Data point tooltip
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Reserved for future use
Data point tooltip format
Gets the to applied on the data points.
Gets the default style of a data point.
Gets or sets an expression or a text which is displayed in the legend.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets the number format for the legend value.
Gets or sets the for the current GraphSeries
Gets or sets the name of the graph series.
The name of the graph series.
Gets or sets the color palette used for graph series.
A implementation
representing color palette used for graph series.
Gets or sets the axis/direction that the is applied to.
This property is applicable if the ArrangeMode is set to Stacked or Stacked100; otherwise it is ignored.
Use the ArrangeByAxis property to specify how the series will be arranged (stacked) at runtime.
By default the Graph item always stacks the series by the axis with the Numeric scale
(including LogarithmicScale and ExponentialScale).
If a series is to be projected on a coordinate system with a combination of
NumericScale/CategoryScale or NumericScale/DateTimeScale, and the series has an
ArrangeMode set to Stacked or Stacked100, the series will always be stacked
by the value projected on the NumericScale, no matter if this is X/Y/Angular or Radial axis.
In the case a series is to be projected on a coordinate system where both axes
are NumercScales you can choose how you want to stack the series’ values.
If no axis is specified, the default is the X axis (in CartesianCoordinateSytem)
or the Angular axis (in the case of PolarCooordinateSystem).
The coordinate system to project the data points (category/value) onto.
The coordinate system can be a or a .
Gets or sets the from the
hierarchy associated with this series.
Gets or sets the from the
hierarchy associated with this series.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the X coordinate for the data points when in a
; For a gets or sets
the the Angular coordinate;
Gets or sets an expression that defines the Y coordinate for the data points when in a
; For a gets or sets
the the Radial coordinate;
Gets or sets a value indicating how to arrange the series at runtime.
Gets the rules which are applied on the series' style.
Gets the style applied to the area defined by the the data points of this series.
Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with a smooth or
straight lines.
When the SmoothLine is enabled the data points are connected with Bezier curves.
Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with smooth,
straight or stepped lines.
Gets or sets the type of the markers for the data points.
Gets or sets the size of the markers for the data points.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the X0 coordinate for the data points when in a
; For gets or sets
the the angular coordinate;
If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the Y0 coordinate for the data points when in a
; For gets or sets
the the radial coordinate;
If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis.
Specifies how to align the labels for the data points of the .
Labels outside the end of each data point.
Labels inside the end of each data point.
Labels in the middle of each data point.
Labels inside the base of each data point.
Labels outside the base of each data point.
Labels aligned in a column outside the farthest end of the data points. Applicable to PieCharts.
Represents a series of data points with rectangular (Bar) shape when projected on a .
For the the items of the BarSeries have a wedge shape like in a
Pie or Doughnut charts.
Creates an instance of the class.
Specifies the data point label alignment.
Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition.
Gets the style for the data point label connectors.
Gets the to be applied on the data points' label connectors.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the X0 coordinate for the data points when in a
; For gets or sets
the the angular coordinate;
If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the Y0 coordinate for the data points when in a
; For gets or sets
the the radial coordinate;
If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis.
Determines the data point markers.
Uses the default marker type.
Uses a square shape for the data point marker.
Uses a diamond shape for the data point marker.
Uses a circle shape for the data point marker.
Uses a triangle shape for the data point marker.
Uses an X shape for the data point marker.
Uses a '+' shape for the data point marker.
Uses a '-' shape for the data point marker.
Specifies how the the graph series are arranged according to each other.
Specifies that the series are overlapped.
Specifies that the graph series are clustered. This value is applicable to Bar/Column charts only.
Specifies that the graph series are stacked.
Specifies that the graph series are stacked so that the data points from different series show a relative to each other value.
Represents a collection of objects.
Specifies the legend for the graph series.
Gets the collection of the conditional formatting rules, associated with the item's style.
Gets the collection of the conditional formatting rules, associated with the mark style.
Gets or sets the format for the legend value.
Specifies the text or expression which is displayed in the legend
Specifies the legend item's style.
Specifies the legend item's mark style.
Specifies how to align the labels for the data points of the scatter series: .
Labels on the left of each data point.
Labels on the right of each data point.
Labels above each data point.
Labels below each data point.
Labels in the middle of each data point.
Represents a in which the data points are connected with a line.
Creates an instance of the .
Gets the rules which are applied on the series' style.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the size of the markers. Use this property to
create a Bubble like charts.
Gets or sets a value that defines the minimum size of the markers. Use this property to
create a Bubble like charts.
The minimum size of the markers/bubbles.
Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data.
The default value is .
Gets or sets a value that defines the maximum size of the markers. Use this property to
create a Bubble like charts.
The maximum size of the markers/bubbles.
Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data.
The default value is .
Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with a smooth or
straight lines.
When the SmoothLine is enabled the data points are connected with Bezier curves.
Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with smooth,
straight or stepped lines.
Gets the style applied to the line that connects the data points of this series.
Gets or sets the shape of the marker.
Gets or sets the size of the markers if no is specified;
Gets or sets the size of the markers for the minimum value of the property.
Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property
to create a Bubble chart;
Gets or sets the size for the maximum value of the property.
Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property
to create a Bubble chart;
Gets or sets a value indicating how the labels of the data points to be aligned.
Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition.
Represents an with both start (X0, Y0) and end (Y, Y) values.
Represents a with both start (X0, Y0) and end (Y, Y) values.
Use the Graph item to add charts to a report.
Defines the base class for all report items that can be placed in a
. Items of this type
have a location and a size.
Defines the base class for visual report items used for creating
reports.
Represents a report object which may be used as target of a .
Gets the name of the report object used as toggle visibility target.
The name of the report object.
The Name of the toggle visibility target should be unique in the report scope so
that triggering the toggle visibility action does not interfere with other report objects.
Gets or sets the color.
Gets or sets the bold.
Gets or sets the italic.
Gets or sets the name.
Gets or sets the size.
The size.
Gets or sets the strikeout.
Gets or sets the underline.
Gets or sets the background color.
Gets or sets the text style with StyleBuilder.
Returns a that represents the current
.
A String that contains the Name and the Type's
FullName of the current
.
Retrieves a value indicating whether the specified report item is
a child of the report item.
true if the specified report item is a child of the report
item; otherwise, false.
The to evaluate.
Raises the
event.
Raises the
event.
Raises the
event.
The being added.
Raises the
event.
The being removed.
Indicates whether this item can add the specified item as a
child.
The item to check.
true if the specified item can be a
added to this item, otherwise false.
The CanAdd method checks two conditions
Indicates whether an object of the specified type can be a
direct child of this item.
The type to check.
true if an object of the specified type can
be a direct child of this item, otherwise false.
If an item cannot contain an object of a given type, then it cannot
parent it as well. If an item cannot parent an object of a given
type, this does not mean that it cannot contain it. For example, a
Report cannot directly parent a TextBox, but it can contain a
TextBox.
Indicates whether this item can contain an object of the specified
type.
The type to check.
true if this item can contain an object of the
specified type, otherwise false.
Indicates whether this can be an ancestor of the specified item.
THIS OBJECT CAN BE AN ANCESTOR OF THE SPECIFIED ITEM WHEN IT CAN
CONTAIN THE TYPE OF THE ITEM AND ALL OF ITS DESCENDANTS.
The
to check.
true if this can be an ancestor of the specified
item, otherwise false.
Invalid ancestor-descendant relationships may occur even if the
direct parent-child relation (as indicated by the CanParent method)
is OK, but the item hierarchy as a whole is not OK (as indicated by
the CanContain method).
For example, a PageSection can have a Panel as a direct child and a
Panel can have a SubReport as a direct child (as indicated by the
CanParent method), but if we add a Panel with a SubReport in it to
a PageSection we will break the rule that PageSections cannot be
ancestors of SubReports (CanContain method).
Applies the specified
s to this item.
The s to apply to
this instance.
A value indicating whether to apply the
style to the children of this item recursively.
Design time purposes only
Occurs when a new report item is added to the
.
Occurs when a report item is removed from the
.
Occurs when the report item binds to a data source.
Occurs after the report item binds to a data source.
Occurs when the report item is disposed.
Gets or sets the name of the report item.
The name of the report item.
The Name property can be used at run time to evaluate the
object by name rather than type and programmatic name.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the report item is
displayed.
true if the report item is displayed; otherwise,
false. The default is true.
Gets or sets the name of the report item's global style.
A string value specifying the style name.
Global styles are defined through the
's
property.
Gets a object
specifying the appearance of the report item.
A object specifying
the items's style.
Gets the collection of report items contained within the report
item.
An
representing the collection of items contained within the item.
Gets or sets the parent container of the report item.
A that represents
the parent item of the report item.
Setting the Parent property value to a null reference
(Nothing in Visual Basic) removes the item from the
of
its current parent item.
Gets the report this item belongs to.
A object which the item
belongs to.
Gets the collection of the conditional formatting rules, associated with this item.
Gets or sets a bookmark label to be displayed for this report item.
A string / expression value specifying the bookmark label.
Gets or sets a bookmark id for this item.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
When processed should evaluate to an unique value
for each processing instance of the item.
Gets or sets a text to be displayed for this item in the document map.
When defined the document map displays nodes
that navigate to the instances of the item.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets an interactive action associated with this report item.
Gets the collection of binding rules contained within the report item.
An collection of instances
representing the list of property bindings defined within the item.
Represents a collection of
objects.
The ,
,
and
methods enable you to add and remove individual items from the
collection. You can also use the
or methods
to add or remove all the items from the collection.
You can determine if a
is a member of the
collection by passing the item into the
method. To get the index value of the location of a
in the collection,
pass the item into the
method. The collection can be copied into an array by calling the
method.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
A representing
the report item that owns the report item collection.
Adds an array of report item objects to the collection.
An array of
objects to add to the collection.
The ReportItemBase objects contained in the
items array are appended to the end of the collection.
You can use the AddRange method to quickly add a
group of ReportItemBase objects to the collection
instead of manually adding each ReportItemBase to the
collection using the
method.
To remove a ReportItemBase that you previously
added, use the
,
,
or
methods.
Removes the child report item with the specified key.
The name of the child report item to remove.
The
property of a
corresponds to the key for a ReportItemBase in the
.
Determines whether the ReportItemBase.ItemCollection
contains an item with the specified key.
The key to locate in the
.
true if the ReportItemBase.ItemCollection
contains an item with the specified key; otherwise,
false.
The
property of a
corresponds to the key for a ReportItemBase in the
.
Gets a value indicating whether the specified index exists in
the collection.
An index value to check.
true if the collection contains an item with the
specified index; otherwise false.
Retrieves the index of the first occurrence of the specified
item within the collection.
The name of the report item to search for.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of the report item
with the specified name in the collection.
The key comparison is not case-sensitive. If the key
parameter is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an
empty string, or an item with the specified key is not found,
IndexOfKey returns -1.
The
property of a
corresponds to the key for a ReportItemBase in the
.
Performs additional custom processes when validating a value.
The object to validate.
The object is not an instance of the
class or one of
its derived classes.
Overrides the
method.
The zero-based index at which to insert value.
The new value of the element at index.
Overrides the
method.
The zero-based index at which value can be found.
The value of the element to remove from index.
Searches for report items by their
property and builds an array of all the report items that
match.
The key to locate in the
.
true to search all child report items; otherwise,
false.
An array of type
containing the
matching report items.
The key parameter is null or empty.
Searches the collection for a report item of the specified
type.
The to search for.
The first in
the collection that matches the given
. If no item in the collection
matches the given the method returns
null.
Searches for report items by their Type and builds an array of
all the items that match.
The to search for.
An array of type
containing the
matching report items.
Searches for report items by their Type and builds an array of
all the items that match.
The to search for.
A value indicating whether to search
all children recursively.
An array of type
containing the
matching report items.
Retrieves the index of a report item within the item
collection.
The to search
for in the item collection.
A zero-based index value that represents the location of the
specified child report item within the item collection.
Retrieves the index of the specified child report item within
the item collection, and optionally raises an exception if the
specified report item is not within the item collection.
The to search
for in the item collection.
true to throw an exception if the ReportItemBase
specified in the child parameter is not an item in the
;
otherwise, false.
A zero-based index value that represents the location of the
specified child report item within the item collection;
otherwise -1 if the specified ReportItemBase is not
found in the
.
The child is not contained in the collection and the
throwException parameter is true.
Returns the with
the specified key in the collection.
The name of the report item to retrieve from the report item
collection.
The with the
specified key in the collection.
Gets or sets the height and width of the report item.
The that represents
the height and width of the report item in Units.
Because the SizeU class is a value type (Structure in
Visual Basic, struct in Visual C#), it is returned by value,
meaning accessing the property returns a copy of the size of the
report item. So, adjusting the
or
properties of
the SizeU returned from this property will not affect the
or
of the report
item. To adjust the Width or Height of the report
item, you must set the item's Width or Height
property, or set the Size property with a new SizeU.
Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the report
item relative to the upper-left corner of its container.
The that represents
the upper-left corner of the report item relative to the upper-left
corner of its container.
Because the PointU class is a value type (Structure
in Visual Basic, struct in Visual C#), it is returned by
value, meaning accessing the property returns a copy of the
upper-left point of the report item. So, adjusting the
or
properties of the
PointU returned from this property will not affect the
,
,
, or
property values
of the report item. To adjust these properties set each property
value individually, or set the Location property with a new
PointU.
Gets or sets the edges of the container to which a report is bound
and determines how a report items is resized with its parent.
A bitwise combination of the
values. The default
is .
Use the Anchoring property to define how a report is automatically
resized as its parent item is resized. Anchoring a report to its
parent ensures that the anchored edges remain in the same position
relative to the edges of the parent when the parent control is
resized.
You can anchor a report item to one or more edges of its
container. For example, if you have a DetailSection with a
TextBox whose Anchoring property value is set to
Top and Bottom, the TextBox is stretched to
maintain the anchored distance to the top and bottom edges of the
DetailSection as the Height of the
DetailSection is increased.
Note:The Anchoring and
properties are
mutually exclusive. Only one can be set at a time, and the last one
set takes precedence.
Gets or sets which report item borders are docked to its parent
and determines how a report item is resized with its parent.
One of the values.
The default is .
Use the Docking property to define how a report is
automatically resized as its parent is resized. For example,
setting Docking to
causes the report
item to align itself with the bottom edges of its parent and to
resize as the parent is resized.
A report item can be docked to one edge of its parent container or
can be docked to all edges and fill the parent container.
Note:The
and Docking properties are mutually exclusive. Only one can be
set at a time, and the last one set takes precedence.
Gets or sets the size and location of the report item including its
nonclient elements, in Units, relative to the parent report item.
A relative to
the parent report item that represents the size and location of the
report item including its nonclient elements.
The bounds of the report item include the nonclient elements such
as borders and padding.
Gets or sets the distance, in Units, between the left edge of the
report item and the left edge of its container's client area.
An representing the
distance between the left edge of the report item and the left edge
of its container's client area.
The Left property value is equivalent to the
property of the
property value
of the report item.
Changes made to the
and Left
property values cause the
property value of
the report item to change.
Gets the distance, in Units, between the right edge of the
report item and the left edge of its container's client area.
An representing the
distance between the right edge of the report item and the left edge
of its container's client area.
The value of the Right property is equal to the sum of the
property value and
the property
value.
Gets or sets the distance, in Units, between the top edge of the
report item and the top edge of its container's client area.
An representing the
distance between the top edge of the report item and the top edge
of its container's client area.
The Top property value is equivalent to the
property of the
property value
of the report item.
Changes made to the
and Top
property values cause the
property value of
the report item to change.
Gets the distance, in Units, between the bottom edge of the
report item and the top edge of its container's client area.
An representing the
distance between the bottom edge of the report item and the top
edge of its container's client area.
The value of the Bottom property is equal to the sum of the
property value and
the property
value.
Gets or sets the width of the report item.
The width of the report item in Units.
Changes made to the Width and
property values
cause the property
value of the report item to change.
Gets or sets the height of the report item.
The height of the report item in Units.
Changes made to the Height and
property values
cause the property
value of the report item to change.
Gets the default size of the report item.
The default of the
report item.
The DefaultSize property represents the SizeU of the
report item when it is initially created. You can adjust the size
of the report item by setting its
property value.
Defines an interface for data-bound items.
Occurs when the processing of the data item processing instance (i.e., instance) begins
and this instance has no property set.
The event is hooked on the definition instance,
but the sender object in the event handler is the processing instance.
The processing instance of the data item inherits its DataSource from the definition instance,
but if neither has DataSource set, this event is raised.
The following example demonstrates how to implement a NeedDataSource event handler:
Gets or sets the data source that the
is displaying data for.
An object that functions as a data source.
The following data sources are valid:
- A
- A
- A
- A
- Any component that implements the
interface
- Any component that implements the
interface
- Any component that implements the
interface
If the DataSource reference contains more than one table,
you must set the DataMember property a string that specifies
the table to bind to. For example, if the DataSource is a
DataSet or DataViewManager that contains three tables
named Customers, Orders, and
OrderDetails, you must specify the table to bind to.
Setting the DataSource to an object that does not implement
the IListSource, IEnumerable, or IDataAdapter
will cause an exception.
Gets a
that defines the filter expression(s) for the
that contains the
objects for
the Table
Filter expressions limit the data that is displayed to the user
after the data is retrieved from the data source.
Gets or sets the current data item no data message.
A that starts with "=" is interpreted as expression
to calculate the no data message;
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets a object
specifying the appearance of the no data message.
A object specifying
the items's style.
Gets a
that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order for the
A
that contains the
objects for the
Table
Sort expressions sort the data that is displayed to the user
after the data is retrieved from the data source.
Gets the collection of s.
Gets the hierarchy of s that define the series for the current Graph.
Gets the hierarchy of s that define the categories for the current Graph.
Gets the collection of defined for the current Graph.
Gets the Legend for the current Graph
Gets the collection of defined for the current Graph.
Gets the style of the plot area.
The plot area of a Graph is the area where all series including the data points
and labels are rendered. The plot area also contains all grid lines if defined.
Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Graph item.
A representing the
culture supported by the .
Gets or sets the color palette used for graph series.
A implementation
representing color palette used for graph series.
Represents a group in a item.
Represents an interface for grouping, filtering and sorting data.
Gets or sets the name of the group.
The name of the group.
The Name property can be used at run time to set the scope of aggregate functions.
Gets a
object that holds all
objects for
the group.
A
value containing the group expressions of the group.
Groups are defined by adding one or more group expressions to the
collection. Grouping can be done by one or more data fields. Each
data field is represented by a group expression in the collection.
Gets a
that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order for the
Group
A
that contains the
objects for the
Group
Sort expressions sort the data that is displayed in the
Group
Gets a
that defines the filter expression(s) for the
A
that contains the
objects for
the Group
Filter expressions limit the data that is displayed in the
Group
Defines hierarchy of groups
Gets or sets the label for the categories in category axis.
Applicable only to groups from the hierarchy.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets an interactive action associated with this graph group.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the graph group is displayed.
true if the table group is displayed; otherwise,
false. The default is true.
Represents a collection of s.
Specifies the graph item's bounds.
Specifies the graph item's location.
Specifies the graph item's size.
Specifies the graph item's top position.
Specifies the graph item's left position.
Specifies the graph item's width.
Specifies the graph item's height.
Specifies the graph item's style.
Determines whether the graph item is inside or outside the plot area.
Specifies the graph item's position.
Specifies top left position.
Specifies top center position.
Specifies top right position.
Specifies left top position.
Specifies left center position.
Specifies left bottom position.
Specifies right top position.
Specifies right center position.
Specifies right bottom position.
Specifies bottom left position.
Specifies bottom center position.
Specifies bottom right position.
Specifies absolute position.
Specifies center position.
Specifies the legend for the graph.
Specifies the text for the legend's title.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Specifies the for the legend's title.
Specifies the position of the .
Represents a title for the graph.
Specifies the text for the title.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Specifies the position of .
Represents a collection of objects.
Gets the spatial data for the from an ESRI Shapefile.
Specifies the source that the will use to obtain the spatial data.
Gets or sets the expression that defines the name of the shape file used to get the spatial coordinates for the data points.
Gets or sets the expressions that match the analytical data set fields to the spatial data fields.
Represents a group by a geographical location (usually region, country, city, etc.) in a item.
A base class for the groups of a report item.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Map group is displayed.
true if the table group is displayed; otherwise,
false. The default is true.
Gets or sets a value that represents the location of the data points.
In order a item to be able to resolve the actual geographic location a should be configured.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
A collection of GeoLocationMapGroups that defines the children of a GeoLocationMapGroup group.
A collection of GeoLocationMapGroups groups.
Represents a series group in a item.
Gets or sets an interactive action associated with this graph group.
A collection of MapGroupBase groups.
Represents a collection of s.
Represents a group used in a that allows to set a shape source type for any group instance.
A collection of ShapeFileMapGroups that defines the children of a ShapeFileMapGroup group.
A collection of GeoLocationMapGroups groups.
Gets the spatial data for the from an Well-known text string or its binary (WKB) representation.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the spatial coordinates for the data points.
A class used to match the addresses or locations with geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude) using the Bing™ Maps REST API. ///
Requires a valid Bing Maps Key that could be obtained from "http://www.microsoft.com/maps/create-a-bing-maps-key.aspx"
The more detailed information is used in the query, the more accurate the results will be.
For example, if you are looking for Vienna, Austria, you need to provide the country name as well, because otherwise the first returned result would be Vienna, VA, United States
Bing™ Maps geocoding service is able to determine the relation between the query arguments - i.e. the results will be the same if you search for either "Vienna, Austria" or "Austria, Vienna"
An abstract class for all the web-based location service providers
An abstract class for the location providers that can be used for geocoding.
Represents a common interface for all location providers used for geocoding.
Represents a common interface for all the web-based location service providers
The client token that authenticates the request.
The Url of the location server.
The client token that authenticates the request.
The Url of the location server
A class used to match the addresses or locations with geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude) using the MapQuest Licensed Geocoding API.
Requires a valid MapQuest AppKey that could be obtained from "http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/open"
The more detailed information is used in the query, the more accurate the results will be.
For example, if you are looking for Vienna, Austria, you need to provide the country name as well, because otherwise the first returned result would be Vienna, GA, United States
Please note that the query arguments order is of a huge significance.
In the example above if you switch the query arguments to "Austria, Vienna", the service will return "Vienna, Dooly County, GA, USA"
A class used to match the addresses or locations with geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude) using the MapQuest Open Geocoding API Web Service: http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/open/geocoding-service
Requires a valid MapQuest AppKey that could be obtained from "http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/open"
The more detailed information is used in the query, the more accurate the results will be.
For example, if you are looking for Vienna, Austria, you need to provide the country name as well, because otherwise the first returned result would be Vienna, GA, United States
Please note that the query arguments order is of a huge significance.
In the example above if you switch the query arguments to "Austria, Vienna", the service will return "Vienna, Dooly County, GA, USA"
Interface describing the representation model used to project the globe or celestial sphere on a surface
A cylindrical map projection known also as Normal Mercator.
Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays embedded column charts as data points.
Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays embedded charts as data points.
Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays markers for the point location.
The base class for all the series that use to obtain the coordinates of their data points.
The base class for the series of data points with labels in the report item.
Gets or sets the from the
hierarchy associated with this series.
Gets or sets the from the
hierarchy associated with this series.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the Longitude coordinate for the data points.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the Latitude coordinate for the data points.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the size of the markers. Use this property to
create a Bubble like charts.
Gets or sets a value that defines the minimum size of the markers. Use this property to
create a Bubble like charts.
The minimum size of the markers/bubbles.
Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data.
The default value is .
Gets or sets a value that defines the maximum size of the markers. Use this property to
create a Bubble like charts.
The maximum size of the markers/bubbles.
Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data.
The default value is .
Gets or sets the size of the markers if no is specified;
Gets or sets the size of the markers for the minimum value of the property.
Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property
to create a Bubble chart;
Gets or sets the size for the maximum value of the property.
Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property
to create a Bubble chart;
Gets or sets the shape of the marker.
Gets or sets a value indicating how the labels of the data points to be aligned.
Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition.
Creates a new instance of ColumnMapSeries.
Represents a collection of objects.
Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays embedded pie charts as data points.
Creates a new instance of PieMapSeries.
///
Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays a shape defined by geographical coordinates.
Gets or sets the from the
hierarchy associated with this series.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the color field for the data points.
Gets or sets a value indicating how the labels of the data points to be aligned.
Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition.
Gets or sets the count of the colors that show the data ranges. The property is not respected when RangeGrouping is None.
Gets or sets the data points grouping in ranges.
Gets or sets the source type of the spatial data that will be used to get the coordinates for the data points.
Determines which algorithm will be used to split the data into groups.
The count of groups is determined by the ColorsCount property.
No grouping will be used.
The range between the minimum and maximum values will be divided by the group count, so every value will fall in a specific interval.
The processing engine will try to distribute the amount of data values evenly among the groups, assigning a group to each value in the range.
A class used to provide map tiles from the Bing™ Maps tile servers.
Requires a valid Bing Maps Key that could be obtained from "http://www.microsoft.com/maps/create-a-bing-maps-key.aspx"
The following example demonstrates how to initialize a BingMapsTileProvider instance:
An abstract class for the tile providers that fetch tiles from any source.
Represents a common interface for all the tile providers
Gets or sets the that will be used when returning the requested tile image to the client.
The client token that authenticates the request.
Represents the Bing Maps Key that could be obtained from "http://www.microsoft.com/maps/create-a-bing-maps-key.aspx"
Gets or sets the used when requesting the tile images
Settings applied to the TileProvider's WebClient which will download the tiles.
The headers that will be applied to the WebClient.Headers.
If set to true, it will apply the default user credentials to the WebClient
A class used to obtain map tiles from any tile server compliant with Web Map Tile Service protocol.
By default, the GenericTileProvider is initialized using the MapQuest tile server properties.
The following example demonstrates how to initialize a GenericTileProvider instance:
A templated URL that will be used to fetch the tiles from the tile provider.
Valid template patterns are {subdomain}, {x}, {y}, {zoom}.
The UrlTemplate have the following format:
http://{subdomain}.mqcdn.com/tiles/1.0.0/map/{zoom}/{x}/{y}.jpg
The {subdomain} tag marks the place where a subdomain from the collection would be placed. This tag is not mandatory, since the selected tile provider may not offer more than one subdomain.
The {zoom} tag will be replaced by the calculated zoom level (level of details) of the current tile set.
The {x} and {y} tags are used as a placeholders for the tile position.
Set of subdomains that will replace the {subdomain} tag in the .
When more than one subdomain is specified, the tile requests will be distributed evenly among the subdomains.
For example, for MapQuest Tile server the subdomains are:
otile1, otile2, otile3, otile4
The Attribution property must be set manually according to the tile provider usage policy.
This text will be displayed in the lower right corner of the map area.
The LogoUrl property denotes the URL used to download the tile provider logo, if required by the provider's usage policy.
In case the URL points to a valid image, it will be displayed in the lower left corner of the map area.
The language that will be used when requesting tiles from the server.
For reference see "https://spreadsheets.google.com/pub?key=p9pdwsai2hDMsLkXsoM05KQ&gid=1"
The client token that authenticates the request.
A class used to obtain map tiles from the MapQuest tile servers.
Collection of maps server addresses used to fetch the tiles.
Gets or sets the used when requesting the tile images
The imagery set (mode) that is used when requesting the tile images
The image format that will be used when returning the requested tile image to the client.
Some of the tile providers might not support all of the image formats
Represents the available distance unit types.
Class defining the Minimum and Maximum latitudes and longitudes in WGS84 coordinates.
The TopLeft corner of the bounding box
The BottomRight corner of the bounding box
Represents a graticule line.
Specifies the style of the graticule line.
Specifies the step of the graticule line.
Represents the extent of the report item.
Gets or sets the minimum latitude coordinate of the extent.
Gets or sets the maximum latitude coordinate of the extent.
Gets or sets the minimum longitude coordinate of the extent.
Gets or sets the maximum longitude coordinate of the extent.
Defines a point in the geographic coordinate system.
The latitude of the location.
The longitude of the location.
Use the Map item to add maps to a report.
Gets the hierarchy of s that define the series for the current Map.
Gets the hierarchy of s that define the geographical location of the data points for the current Map.
Gets the collection of defined for the current Map.
Gets the requested extent in geographic coordinates.
Gets or sets the tile provider.
Gets or sets the location provider.
Gets or sets the projection.
Gets the collection of defined for the current Map.
Gets the collection of defined for the current Map.
Gets the style of the plot area.
The plot area of a Graph is the area where all series including the data points
and labels are rendered. The plot area also contains all grid lines if defined.
Specifies the parallels graticule line.
Specifies the meridians graticule line.
Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Graph item.
A representing the
culture supported by the .
Gets or sets the color palette used for map series.
A implementation
representing color palette used for map series.
Specifies the map scale legend.
Specifies the map item's bounds.
Specifies the map item's location.
Specifies the map item's size.
Specifies the map item's top position.
Specifies the map item's left position.
Specifies the map item's width.
Specifies the map item's height.
Specifies the map item's style.
Determines whether the map item is inside or outside the plot area.
Specifies the legend for the map.
Specifies the text for the legend's title.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Specifies the for the legend's title.
Specifies the position of the .
A collection of instances.
Collection of relation pairs that match the fields from the Shapefile with the fields from the analytical data set.
Initializes a new instance of class
Initializes a new instance of class with passed arguments
Field from the analytical data set
Field from the ShapeFile data set
An expression that defines the field from the analytical data source that will be matched with a field from the shape file bundle.
An expression that defines the field from the shape file bundle that will be matched with a field from analytical data source.
A collection of .
Specified the legend used to indicate the current map scale in various distance units.
Initializes a instance.
Specifies in what units (metric, imperial, both) the map scale will be shown.
Specifies the ScaleLegend's width.
Specifies the ScaleLegend's height.
Specifies the map scale container's style.
Specifies the scale mark and text style.
Specifies the map ScaleLegend's size.
Represents a title for the map
Specifies the text for the title.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Specifies the position of .
Represents a collection of objects.
Specifies how a anchors to the edges of its container.
The is not anchored to any edge of its container.
The is anchored to the top edge of its container.
The is anchored to the bottom edge of its container.
The is anchored to the left edge of its container.
The is anchored to the right edge of its container.
Represents a barcode report item.
Gets or sets the current value to be encoded in the barcode.
A that starts with the symbol "=" is
interpreted as an expression to calculate the value of the current
barcode, otherwise the value is interpreted as a literal string.
Gets or sets a
representing the width of of the narrowest bar of the barcode.
A value representing
the width of the narrowest bar of the barcode.
This example illustrates how to set the Module property.
Gets or sets a value indicating the angle of rotation of the bar
code inside the report item, specified in degrees.
A double value indicating the angle of rotation in degrees.
This example illustrates how to set the Angle property.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to stretch the barcode to
fill the entire area of the report item item or not.
true if the barcode should be stretched, otherwise false.
This example illustrates how to set the Stretch property.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the barcode should contain a
checksum for validation purposes during the scanning process or not.
true if the barcode should contain a checksum for validation
purposes during the scanning process, otherwise false.
This example illustrates how to set the Checksum property.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the barcode should display a
human-readable text representation of the encoded value.
true if the barcode should display text, otherwise false.
Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the barcode in the report item.
One of the values.
The default value is HorizontalAlign.Center.
This example illustrates how to set the BarAlign property.
Gets or sets a value indicating the current symbology used to
encode the Value property as series of bars and spaces.
A enumerated value
indicating the symbology associated with the current barcode.
Gets or sets the current encoder used to
encode the Value property as series of bars and spaces.
This example illustrates how to set the Encoder property.
Represents the simple binding between the target property of a report item
and an expression.
Gets or sets the property path determining the item's bound
simple/nested property.
Gets or sets the expression used to evaluate the value of the specified
in target property.
Represents a collection of s.
Used by the design time serialization
Represents a chart report item
Common chart components definitions
MapMath method
path
path
Control clone
Chart object
Resets current chart skin to the default one.
Specifies the custom palettes for chart.
Collection of titles for chart
Chart legend
Link to visualization and design properties
Gets or sets the name of the chart's skin.
Chart plot area
Default chart type
Defines a data source column name for grouping data
Gets or sets the chart's series collection object.
Specifies the series palette
Specifies the image format in which the image is streamed.
Specifies the orientation of the chart series on the plot area.
Specifies the resolution of the chart image when rendered as Bitmap.
Specifies AutoLayout mode to all items on the chart control.
Specifies AutoTextWrap mode for all wrappable text blocks of the chart control.
Toggles the use of the IntelligentLabels feature.
Represents a check box report item.
Represents a Text Item - a base class for report items like TextBox and CheckBox.
Gets or sets the numeric format.
Gets or sets the angle of rotation of the text in degrees.
A double value indicating the angle of rotation in degrees.
Gets or sets the character(s) that specify how text is formatted.
The character or characters that specify how text is formatted.
Uses the The .NET Framework
Composite Formatting
feature which takes a composite format string as input.
The format string is provided in the same manner as in the
method. It uses the following syntax:
{index[,alignment][:formatString]}
For more information and examples see
String.Format Method.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can grow
vertically.
true if the Text Item can grow vertically; otherwise
false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can shrink
vertically.
true if the Text Item can shrink vertically; otherwise
false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is a multiline Text Item.
true if the Text Item supports multiple lines; otherwise
false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Text Item
automatically wraps words to the beginning of the next line when
necessary.
true if the Text Item wraps words; otherwise
false.
Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Text Item.
A representing the
culture supported by the .
Gets or sets the current text (aka label) in the check box.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets the value of the check box.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Gets or sets the alignment of the check mark on a CheckBox.
One of the values.
The default is .
Gets or sets the value template corresponding to an Unchecked CheckBox
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Gets or sets the value template corresponding to an Selected CheckBox
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Gets or sets the value template corresponding to an Indeterminate CheckBox
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Gets or sets the image corresponding to an Unchecked CheckBox
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression,
Gets or sets the image corresponding to an Selected CheckBox
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression,
Gets or sets the image corresponding to an Indeterminate CheckBox
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression,
Represents the main section of a
. It is printed once for
every record in the data source of the report.
The Detail section appears below
and
sections and
above and
sections.
Base abstract class for all report sections contained in the report
body. Inherited by
,
,
,
,
Defines the base class for report sections.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
Gets or sets the height of the current section.
The height of the current section in Units.
Gets or sets the page braking rule for this
.
A object specifying the
page braking rule for this
.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the
on one page if possible.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine
should try to keep the
on one page if possible.
Gets or sets a value that specifies how many columns are present
in the of the report.
An integer value specifying the number of columns.
The value should be equal to or greater than 1. The default is 1.
Column widths are calculated based on the following rule:
DetailWidth = ColumnWidth * ColumnCount +
ColumSpacing * (ColumnCount - 1)
Multi-column reports are primarily used for printing labels.
Gets or sets a value indicating the space in Units between two
adjacent columns.
A value specifying the
space between two adjacent columns. The value should be a
non-negative Unit. The default is
This property should be used when there should be some blank space
left between adjacent columns.
Specifies how a docks to the edges of its container.
The is not docked to any edge of its container.
The is docked to the top edge of its container.
The is docked to the bottom edge of its container.
The is docked to the left edge of its container.
The is docked to the right edge of its container.
The is docked to all of the edges of its container.
Provides a data for the event of a .
A object is passed to the event handler, which allows you to
determine the current exception that has occurred during the report processing and to
indicate that the report operation should be canceled. To cancel the report operation,
set the ErrorEventArgs.Cancel property to True.
Gets the current exception.
If the Value starts with the equal (=) sign, it will be evaluated as an expression
otherwise - as string value. For ex. if the value is 7 it is interpreted as
the string "7"; To compare a numeric expression with the number 7, use the
expression syntax which begins with the equal sign: =7.
Represents a class that defines a report group.
The Group class represents a set of grouping criteria. It also
acts as a logical holder of the
and
of the group.
The Group objects of a report reside in the component tray.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with default settings.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with the specified
group header/footer creation option.
true to create a
and a
; otherwise,
false.
Set to FirstDetail to ensure that the group header and the first detail record are printed on the same page of output, or All to ensure that the entire group is printed on the same page of output. If there is not enough space on the current page, then rendering will skip to the top of the next page.
Gets a
representing the group's header section.
A value that
represents the group header section of the Group.
The Group header section is rendered before the detail
sections of the Group. Typically, this section will contain
report items that are bound to the data fields of the
Group's grouping expressions.
Gets a
representing the group's footer section.
A value that
represents the group footer section of the Group.
The Group footer section is rendered after the detail
sections of the Group.
Gets a
representing the group's owner report.
A value that
represents the owner report of the Group.
Gets or sets a bookmark id for this group.
A string / expression value specifying the bookmark id.
When processed should evaluate to an unique value
for each processing instance of the group.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets a text to be displayed for this group in the document map.
When defined the document map displays nodes
that navigate to the instances of the group.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the group is displayed.
true if the group is displayed; otherwise,
false. The default is true.
ExternalStyleSheetCollectionConverter
Represents a group footer section. Group footers are displayed at the
end of a group. Group headers and footers are unified by the
class.
Base abstract class for group sections.
and
inherit from this
class.
Gets the object associated
with this section.
A object that this section
belong to.
Indicates whether the section should be printed on every page
that the group occupies.
A boolean value indicating whether the section should be
printed on every page that the group occupies.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section.
When false, the section will be printed right after the preceeding
section. When true, the section will be printed at the bottom of the
page that contains the section. All subsequent sections will be moved
on the next page. If there is no preceeding section on the page,
the section will print on the top of the page.
Represents a group header section. Group headers are displayed at the
beginning of a group. Group headers and footers are unified by the
class.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
GroupKeepTogether applies to a group and has similar to the
meaning,
but for the whole group. It indicates whether the rendering engine
should try to render the whole group on a single page, the
group header plus the first detail on a single page, or leave
the group flow as it is. If GroupKeepTogether is set to
FirstDetail -- the group header and at least one detail in this
group should be on the same page; if set to All -- the whole
group should be on a single page. The following rule applies: the
rendering engine will try to render the group as specified, but if
there is not enough space on the current page, the group is moved to
the next page and it continues as long as it needs.
The rendering engine will leave the group flow as it is.
The rendering engine should try to keep the group header and at
least 1 detail on the same page.
The rendering engine should try to keep the whole group on
the same
page.
Represents a html text box report item.
Gets or sets the expression value.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets the current text in the text box.
A that starts with "=" is interpreted as expression
to calculate the value of the current TextBox;
otherwise - literal string.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can grow
vertically.
true if the Text Item can grow vertically; otherwise
false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can shrink
vertically.
true if the Text Item can shrink vertically; otherwise
false.
Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Text Item.
A representing the
culture supported by the .
Represents an interactive action associated with a report item.
Represents a report document.
Gets the reports contained in the document.
Gets or sets the name of the document.
Gets or sets the page setting for the document.
Gets the parameters for the document.
Represents a report parameter.
Gets or sets the name of the parameter. Used to access the parameter.
Parameter names must be unique in the context of a single report.
The name must be a valid identifier - may contain only digits (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z),
and underscore sign (_). Must begin with a letter or underscore.
Gets or sets the data type of the parameter.
Determines the type of the values. Acceptable values for each type are listed in .
The default parameter type is .
Gets or sets the value of the parameter. Can be an Expression that
evaluates to an object, value of the allowed types,
or containing values of the allowed types.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this parameter should be
merged with identical parameters from other reports when this report
is part of a .
Controls parameter merging in .
The default value of the Mergeable property is true.
Set the Mergeable property to false if you want to prevent a parameter
from being merged with its equivalent ones.
Gets or sets the text for the parameter's automatic UI displayed in the report viewer.
The Text property specifies the text for the parameter to be displayed
in the report viewer as prompt to the end user.
If value for the property is not provided the
of the parameter is used.
Determines whether automatic user interface (UI) prompting for values
to be generated for the parameter.
Specifies whether the parameter will have UI in the parameters area.
When at least one report parameter has the Visible property turned on,
a parameter area is shown as part of the report viewer.
If this property is set to false, the parameter must be populated
programmatically or at design time.
Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value.
If the value is set to true as a valid value of the parameter is accepted
or of values
of the specified of the parameter.
Parameters with MultiValue turned on are mainly used with the IN logical operator.
Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's
editor.
Only if this property is set to false null (
Nothing in VB) are considered as valid values of the
parameter.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether an empty string is a valid value for the parameter.
Only for parameters of String.
Gets an object that defines a set of valid values the parameter can accept from.
The available values, or valid values, are a set of predefined values
which are acceptable as value of the parameter.
Each available value may have label that will be displayed if the parameter is visible.
Determines whether to trigger the report preview after changing the value for a parameter.
Applies only for visible parameters.
If this property is set to true, the report viewer will trigger
the report preview automatically when the parameter value is changed.
The parameter should be visible in order to auto preview the report.
Provides an interface for resolving resources.
Provides data for the
and
events.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with the
specified item that is added or removed.
A that is the item
being added or removed.
Gets the report item that is added/removed.
A that is the item
being added or removed.
Handles the events that occur when items are being added to or removed
from an items collection.
The item whose collection is being modified.
An object of the class
that contains the item that is being added or removed.
Determines the binding type of the instance and its members.
None - The instance and its members will not be used for binding.
Members - Only the instance members will be used for binding.
Full - Both the instance and its members will be used for binding.
Represent an interactive action that navigates the report viewer
to a predefined bookmark in the same report.
Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item
that navigates the report viewer to an item with defined BookmarkId
in the same report.
Gets or sets the target bookmark of the action.
Use this property to specify the value of the target bookmark.
This property accepts expressions.
Represent an interactive action that navigates the report viewer to another report.
Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item that navigates the
report viewer to another report (drillthrough). Report parameter values may be passed
to the target report.
Gets or sets the type name of the target report.
Use this property to specify the type name of the target report of the action.
Must be the assembly qualified name of the of the report.
The target type should implement the
interface
and should have default (parameterless) constructor.
The default constructor is used from the reporting engine to create a report
instance when the action is triggered.
This property accepts expressions.
Determines the report parameters that are passed to the target report when the
action is triggered.
Specifies the for the action.
Represent an interactive action that opens an Url.
Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item
that opens an Url.
Creates a new instance of NavigateToUrlAction class
Represents NavigateToUrlAction target types.
Open in new window
Open in the same window
Allows a property of type Object to be edited like a string property in the Properties window
Specifies where to make a page break, with respect to a
.
No page break will occur.
A page break will occur before the
A page break will occur after the
A page break will occur before and after the
Represents a page footer section. Page footers are displayed at the
end of a page.
Note:Page header/footer section of nested reports are ignored by the reporting
engine (only the master report respects page sections). In order to have
a header/footer that repeats on every page, you may consider using an unbound group
(a group without any grouping criteria specified) and set its
GroupHeader/FooterSection.PrintOnEveryPage = True
Base abstract class for group sections.
and
inherit from this
class.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the section should print
on the first page of the report.
A boolean value indicating whether the section should print
on the first page of the report.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the section should print
on the last page of the report.
A boolean value indicating whether the section should print
on the last page of the report.
Represents a page header section. Page headers are displayed at the
beginning of a page.
Note:Page header/footer section of nested reports are ignored by the reporting
engine (only the master report respects page sections). In order to have
a header/footer that repeats on every page, you may consider using an unbound group
(a group without any grouping criteria specified) and set its
GroupHeader/FooterSection.PrintOnEveryPage = True
Specifies the page numbering style of a report.
Has meaning and effect only when the report is part of a report book.
Page numbering starts from 1.
Resets page numbering while page count aggregation continues.
Resets both page numbering and page count.
Page numbering and page count aggregations continue.
Provides a grouping mechanism for organizing report items.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
Represents a parameter of nested report (subreport)
Represents a collection of objects.
Creates a with specific settings and
adds it to the
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
. May be expression.
The newly created and added
Adds an enumerable of objects to the
.
An enumerable of objects to add to
the .
The objects returned from the
enumerable are appended to the end of the
.
Determines whether the
contains a parameter with a specific name.
A that specifies the parameter name for which
to search the elements of the
.
Returns a value indicating whether the
object contains a
parameter with the specified name.
Determines the index of a specific parameter in the
.
The parameter name used to locate the
parameter in the .
The index of parameter if found in the
; otherwise, -1.
Gets a by name.
The name of the parameter.
A parameter if found; otherwise null (Nothing)
Represents a picture box report item for displaying an image.
Gets or sets the value associated with this .
A that starts with "=" is interpreted as data expression;
that holds an image data.
Gets or sets the sizing mode of the
.
A object
that specifies the sizing mode of the
.
Gets or sets a string that contains the picture box's Multipurpose
Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
A string that contains the picture box's Multipurpose Internet Mail
Extensions (MIME) type.
This member overrides
.
A object that defines
the default size of the .
It is 100 pixels wide by 100 pixels high by default.
Used in ReportObject
Used in ReportObject
Represents the base class for any report in the Telerik Reporting.
All reports created with Telerik Reporting inherit from the
class. The Report
comprises of one or more report sections which contain report items.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with default settings.
Raises the
event.
The report being processed.
An that contains event data.
Occurs when the processing of the report processing instance (i.e., instance) begins
and this instance has no property set.
The event is hooked on the definition instance,
but the sender object in the event handler is the processing instance.
The processing instance of the report inherits its DataSource from the definition instance,
but if neither has DataSource set, this event is raised.
The following example demonstrates how to implement a NeedDataSource event handler:
Gets or sets the width of the report.
The width of the report in Units.
Gets the
associated with the report.
A object
representing a collection of style rules.
The property
of a report can be used to define various types of styles for use
by the report items.
Gets the collection of ExternalStyleSheets for the report.
Gets or sets the culture information associated with the report.
A representing the
culture supported by the .
Gets or sets the default unit of measure for the report.
An representing
the default unit of measure for the report.
All newly created report items will have their locations, sizes,
etc. in this .
Gets or sets the page settings for the
.
The page settings for the .
Gets or sets the data source that the
is displaying data for.
An object that functions as a data source.
The following data sources are valid:
- A
- A
- A
- A
- Any component that implements the
interface
- Any component that implements the
interface
- Any component that implements the
interface
If the DataSource reference contains more than one table,
you must set the DataMember property a string that specifies
the table to bind to. For example, if the DataSource is a
DataSet or DataViewManager that contains three tables
named Customers, Orders, and
OrderDetails, you must specify the table to bind to.
Setting the DataSource to an object that does not implement
the IListSource, IEnumerable, or IDataAdapter
will cause an exception.
Gets a
that defines the filter expression(s) for the
A
that contains the
objects for
the Report
Filter expressions limit the data that is displayed to the user
after the data is retrieved from the data source.
Gets a
that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order for the
A
that contains the
objects for the
Report
Sort expressions sort the data that is displayed to the user
after the data is retrieved from the data source.
Gets a
that defines the groups for the
A
that contains the
objects for the Report
Grouping is used to gather all rows that match certain grouping
criteria together. Grouping criteria is defined by adding one or
more objects
to a .
Gets or sets a representing the name
of the report document.
A representing the document name. The
default value is the name of the
this property belongs to.
The value of this property is used to suggest a file name when
exporting a report to one of the available export formats.
This property value is not used when exporting from the standalone report designer.
The report filename will be used instead.
Also used to specify the report name (root node) in the document map.
A that starts with "=" is interpreted
as an expression to evaluate the document name; otherwise it is
interpreted as a literal string. The expression cannot contain any data fields.
Gets or sets a
for the .
A representing
the page numbering style. The default value is
When the report is part of a
, use this property to
indicate whether the page numbering / count should start from 1 or continue
from the last page number / count of the previous report.
Represents a collection of
objects.
Represents a collection of reports logically unified as a single
document.
Initializes a new instance of the
class with default
settings.
Initializes a new instance of the
class from the provided
reports.
Initializes a new instance of the
class from the provided
reports and document name.
Gets the collection of reports that are parts of this ReportBook.
Gets the reports contained in the ReportBook.
Gets or sets a representing the name
of the document.
A representing the document name. The
default value is the Type name of the
this property belongs to.
The value of this property is used to suggest a file name when
exporting to one of the available export formats.
A that starts with "=" is interpreted
as an expression to evaluate the document name; otherwise it is
interpreted as a literal string.
For internal use only.
Gets the s of the
. Parameters are obtained
by merging the parameters of individual reports that have their
Mergeable property set to true plus adding all non-mergable
parameters.
Represents a base class for collection of objects.
Adds an enumerable of objects to the
.
An enumerable of objects to add to
the .
The objects returned from the
enumerable are appended to the end of the
.
Determines whether the
contains a report parameter with a specific name.
A that specifies the parameter name for which
to search the elements of the
.
Returns a value indicating whether the
object contains a report
parameter with the specified name.
Determines the index of a specific report parameter in the
.
The parameter name used to locate the report
parameter in the .
The index of report parameter if found in the
; otherwise, -1.
Gets a report parameter by name.
The name of the report parameter.
A report parameter if found; otherwise null (Nothing)
Represents a merged parameter, that is many identical parameters
represented by a single object. All child parameters should have the
same Name and Type, which effectively becomes the Name and Type of
the MergedReportParameter. The UI of the MergedReportParameter is
the UI of its FIRST child parameter.
Represents a collection of
objects.
Adds an array of report objects to the collection.
A collection of objects to add to
the current collection.
The Report objects contained in the items array are
appended to the end of the collection.
Represents a report footer section. Report footer is displayed at the
end of a report, but before the last
if any.
If you do not want a
displayed on the last page set the
property to false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section.
When false, the section will be printed right after the preceeding
section. When true, the section will be printed at the bottom of the
page that contains the section. All subsequent sections will be moved
on the next page. If there is no preceeding section on the page,
the section will print on the top of the page.
Represents a report header section. Report header is displayed at the
beginning of a report, but after the first
if any.
If you do not want a
displayed on the first page set the
property to false.
Represents a report parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the name of the parameter. Used to access the parameter.
Parameter names must be unique in the context of a single report.
The name must be a valid identifier - may contain only digits (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z),
and underscore sign (_). Must begin with a letter or underscore.
Gets or sets the data type of the parameter.
Determines the type of the values. Acceptable values for each type are listed in .
The default parameter type is .
Gets or sets the value of the parameter. Can be an Expression that
evaluates to an object, value of the allowed types,
or containing values of the allowed types.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this parameter should be
merged with identical parameters from other reports when this report
is part of a .
Controls parameter merging in .
The default value of the Mergeable property is true.
Set the Mergeable property to false if you want to prevent a parameter
from being merged with its equivalent ones.
Gets or sets the text for the parameter's automatic UI displayed in the report viewer.
Can be an Expression that evaluates to a string.
The Text property specifies the text for the parameter to be displayed
in the report viewer as prompt to the end user.
If value for the property is not provided the
of the parameter is used.
Determines whether automatic user interface (UI) prompting for values
to be generated for the parameter.
Specifies whether the parameter will have UI in the parameters area.
When at least one report parameter has the Visible property turned on,
a parameter area is shown as part of the report viewer.
If this property is set to false, the parameter must be populated
programmatically or at design time.
Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value.
If the value is set to true as a valid value of the parameter is accepted
or of values
of the specified of the parameter.
Parameters with MultiValue turned on are mainly used with the IN logical operator.
Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's
editor.
Only if this property is set to false null (
Nothing in VB) are considered as valid values of the
parameter.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether an empty string is a valid value for the parameter.
Only for parameters of String.
Gets an object that defines a set of valid values the parameter can accept from.
The available values, or valid values, are a set of predefined values
which are acceptable as value of the parameter.
Each available value may have label that will be displayed if the parameter is visible.
Determines whether to trigger the report preview after changing the value for a parameter.
Applies only for visible parameters.
If this property is set to true, the report viewer will trigger
the report preview automatically when the parameter value is changed.
The parameter should be visible in order to auto preview the report.
Represents the available values for a
The available values, or valid values, are a set of predefined values
which are acceptable as value of the parameter.
Each available value may have label that will be displayed if the parameter is visible.
Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source from which to draw the value labels.
Specifies a column name, expression, or
embedded expression
based on the
schema.
It is used as label in the value/label pair.
If omitted the ValueMember will be used as
as well.
Optional.
Gets or sets a string that specifies the field of the data source from which to draw the values.
Specifies a column name, expression, or
embedded expression
based on the
schema.
It is used as value in the value / label pair.
Gets or sets the data source used for retrieving the value / label pairs
of the available values.
For backwards compatibility reasons Telerik Reporting supports binding directly to
IEnumberable/IListSource objects (incl. arrays, collections, DataSet, DataTable,
DataView, and DbDataAdapter).
Instead consider using the
component that can handle these types of data sources.
Gets a FilterCollection that defines the filter expression(s).
Gets a SortingCollection that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order.
Represents a collection of objects.
Creates a with specific settings and
adds it to the
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
. May be expression.
The newly created and added
Inserts an item to the at
the specified index.
The zero-based index at which item should be
inserted.
The to insert into
the .
Values of type are accepted.
Values of type are accepted.
Values of type , ,
or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to .
Values of type or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to .
Values of type are accepted.
Gets or sets the text for the parameter to be displayed in the report viewer.
Determines whether the parameter user interface is visible.
Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value.
Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's editor.
Determines if the parameter allows an empty string to be passed. Only for parameters of type string.
Gets an object that defines a set of values the parameter can accept from.
Provides the base class for a report source. This is an abstract class
that contains only a collection of parameter values that are passed to the
object when its instance is initialized.
Determines the parameter values that are passed to the object when its instance is initialized.
The parameter name must match the name of the of the
in order the value to be passed correctly.
Represents a report source that loads a report document from a URI.
The following example demonstrates how to create a UriReportSource:
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the URI to load the report document from.
A URI.
This property can accept an expression when the report source is used in a item
or a action.
Represents a report source that allows a report document to be instantiated from an .
The following example shows how to create a :
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the assembly qualified type name of the report document.
Use this property to specify the type name of the report document.
Must be the assembly qualified name of the of the report.
The target type should implement the
interface
and should have a default (parameterless) constructor.
The default constructor is used from the reporting engine to create the report
instance.
This property can accept an expression when the report source is used in a item
or a action.
Represents a report source that contains a reference to an instance of .
The following example shows how to create an :
Initializes a new instance of the class.
instance for the report source.
Represents a report source that contains the XML markup of a report document.
The following example shows how to create a :
Creates a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the XML markup of a .
This property can accept an expression when the report source is used in a item
or a .
A class for common resource needs.
Specifies the way a resource is loaded.
Default resource resolution service used at run-time.
Represents a shape report item.
Gets or sets the type of the shape displayed in the item.
A object
representing the type of the shape displayed in the item.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to stretch the shape in
the item or not.
true if the shape should be stretched; otherwise false.
Gets or sets the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees.
A double value indicating the angle of rotation in degrees.
Summary description for SR.
Summary description for SRCategoryAttribute.
Represents a report item used to embed another report into the current
report.
Raises the
event.
The subreport being processed.
An that contains event data.
Occurs at the start of report processing if the inner report has no data source set.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
Specifies the for the sub-report.
The list report item represents a free-form layout.
The table report item displays detail data, data organized in row groups, or both.
Table row groups hierarchy. (Optional)
Table row groups are located on the lower-left corner.
This area is automatically created when you add a row group.
Cells in this area represent members of the row groups hierarchy,
and display row group instance values.
Table column group hierarchy. (Optional)
Table column groups are located in the upper-right corner.
This area is automatically created when you add a column group.
Cells in this area represent members of the column groups hierarchy,
and display the column group instance values.
Table body area. (Optional)
The Table body is located in the lower right corner.
The Table body displays detail and grouped data.
The scope for the expression is determined by the innermost groups
to which the text box belongs. Cells in the Table body display
detail data when they are members of a detail row and they
represent aggregate data when they are members of a row or column
associated with a group. By default, cells in a group row or column
that contain simple expressions that do not include an aggregate
function, evaluate to the first value in the group.
Table corner area. (Optional)
A Table corner is located in the upper-left corner.
This area is automatically created when you add both
row groups and column groups to a Table item.
In this area, you can merge cells and add a label or embed another report item.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page if possible.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page if possible.
The Crosstab report item displays aggregated data summaries, grouped in rows and columns.
Represents the Body of the Table item
Gets the collection of the columns for the Table's Body.
Use this collection to define the columns for the TableBody.
If specified, the number of the columns should be equal to
the number of the leaf groups in the Table.ColumnGroups hierarchy.
Gets the collection of the rows for the Table's Body
///
Use this collection to define the rows for the TableBody.
If specified, the number of the rows should be equal to the
number of the leaf groups in the Table.RowGroups hierarchy.
Represents a collection of TableBodyRows
Represents a collection of TableBodyColumn
Represents a column in the Table's Body
The width of the TableBodyColumn
Represents a row in the Table's Body
The height of the TableBodyRow
Iterates over the TableGroup hierarchy; Returns TRUE
to break the iteration;
Returns the depth of the given group hierarchy
Returns a list of table groups that are leafs in the given group hierarchy
The index of the TableLayout.Row this group starts from.
The index of the TableLayout.Column this group starts from.
The count of the TableLayout.Columns this group takes.
The count of the TableLayout.Rows this group takes.
Indicates whether to keep all rows or columns that belong to the current group on one page.
True to keep all rows or columns that belong to the current group on one page; otherwise False.
When the GroupKeepTogether is set to True and there is not enough space on the current page,
the entire group is moved the the top/left of the next page.
Gets or sets a bookmark id for this group.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
When processed should evaluate to an unique value
for each processing instance of the group.
Gets or sets a text to be displayed for this group in the document map.
When defined the document map displays nodes
that navigate to the instances of the group.
A started with "=" is interpreted as
an expression to calculate the real data,
otherwise - literal string.
Supports embedded expressions also.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the table group is displayed.
true if the table group is displayed; otherwise,
false. The default is true.
TRUE to stop the current group iteration; otherwise - FALSE
Represents a text box report item.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the on one page
if possible.
Gets or sets the current text in the text box.
A that starts with "=" is interpreted as expression
to calculate the value of the current TextBox;
otherwise - literal string.
Represents a collection of objects.
Initializes a new instance of the class
from the specified array.
An array of objects
to add to the list.
Adds multiple objects to the collection.
An array of objects
to add to the list.
Represents an interactive action that toggles the visibility of one or more items / groups.
Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item that
toggles the visibility of one or more items / groups (drilldown).
When this action is set on an item, the item is rendered with an expand / collapse
mark in all report viewers. Clicking on that mark triggers the action.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of the class
with the specified toggle visibility target and initial toggle mark state.
The
of the toggle visibility target.
The initial toggle visibility mark of the item.
Creates a new instance of the class
with specified toggle visibility targets and initial toggle mark state.
An enumerable of
of the toggle visibility targets.
The initial toggle visibility mark of the item.
Gets the list of toggle targets which visibility will be toggled
when the action is triggered.
Use this property to add / remove toggle targets of the action.
To add an item / report group / table group as toggle target you need to add / remove
the value of the /
of the target respectively.
The used names must be unique in the report scope.
The items in this list do not accept expressions.
Determines if the item exposing the action will be rendered initially with
expanded or with collapsed mark.
A true value will determine an expanded mark to be rendered (minus sign).
A false value will determine an collapsed mark to be rendered (plus sign).
The base attribute.
This attribute intended for types which we want to use for extension.
Each other attribute must derived from the base
Telerik Reporting extension
Initializes the current extension with default settings
Use in InternalsVisibleToAttribute
Reserved for future use
Compares two IEnumerable-s in an ordered fashion (easier)
Marks the date when the ObsoleteAttribute has been applied to.
This attribute is for internal use only and is for reference purposes only.
Format: MM/dd/yyyy
Helper class used for an Arrays data binding
Common helper class. Implements most of ICommonDataHelper members
Contains common members that should be implemented in the data source helpers for supported data sources
Gets the column index by column name in the Data Source object
Column name
Column index if column found or -1 if column not found
This method is not supported by all data sources
Gets the column name if it is supported by data source
Column index
Column name if found or an empty string
Return the double value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Double value at given column and row
Return the object value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Object value at given column and row from data source
Return the string value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
String value at given column and row of a data source
Return unique column's content
Column index
Objects array with unique column values
Return sorted unique column's content
Column index
Objects array with unique column values sorted ascending
Returns true if given column contains numeric values
Column index
True if data source column contains numeric values
Returns true if given column contains string type values
Column index
True if data source column contains string values
Returns true if value at the given position is numeric
Row position index of data item in a data source
Column index of data item in a data source
True if data item contains numeric value at given row and column
Returns possible groups column used for automatic data binding
Automatically found possible column with repeating values for a data grouping
Only the first found numeric column will be checked.
If such column is not found or does not contain repeatable values the -1 will be returned
Returns possible column used as labels source when group column present
DataGroupColumn index in a data source
Column index that can be used as a series item labels source
Returns possible series items X values column
Possible series items X values column's index or -1 if no proper column found
Returns possible series items Y values column
Possible numeric columns array available for a data binding
Returns all possible series items Y values columns
Possible numeric columns array available for a data binding
Returns possible Gantt series items values columns array
Data source columns array available for a Gantt series data binding (X, Y, X2, Y2 values)
Gets the data source rows count
Gets the data source columns count
Returns true if data source supports columns naming or false in other cases
Return the double value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Double value at given column and row
Return the object value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Object value at given column and row from data source
Return the string value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
String value at given column and row of a data source
Returns true if given column contains numeric values
Column index
True if data source column contains numeric values
Returns true if given column contains string type values
Column index
True if data source column contains string values
Gets the column index by column name in the Data Source object
Column name
Column index if column found or -1 if column not found
This method is not supported by all data sources
Gets the column name if it is supported by data source
Column index
Column name if supported by a data source
Returns true if value at the given position is numeric
Row position index of data item in a data source
Column index of data item in a data source
True if data item contains numeric value at given row and column
Returns possible column used as labels source when group column present
DataGroupColumn index in a data source
Column index that can be used as a series item labels source
Returns possible groups column used for automatic data binding
Automatically found possible column with repeating values for a data grouping
Only the first found numeric column will be checked.
If such column is not found or does not contain repeatable values the -1 will be returned
Return unique column's content
Column index
Objects array with unique column values
Return sorted unique column's content
Column index
Objects array with unique column values sorted ascending
Gets possible series items X values column
Possible series items X values column's index or -1 if no proper column found
Gets possible series items Y values column
Possible series items Y values column's index or -1 if no proper column found
Returns all possible series items Y values columns
Possible numeric columns array available for a data binding
Returns all possible data source columns that could be used as Gantt series items
Data source columns array available for a Gantt series data binding
Checks is given type is Nullable
Type to check
True if type is Nullable, or False
Checks whether the type given is numeric
Type to check
True if Type is numeric
Checks whether the value's type is numeric
Value to check
True if given object can be converted to number
Checks whether the type given is string type
Type to check
True if given type is string
Checks whether the value's type is String
Object to check
True if object can be converted to string
Returns the data helper class accordingly to the data source type
Data source
Data Member (i.e. Table name)
Design mode pointer
ICommonDataHelper-compartable object
Returns the data source rows count
Returns the data source columns count
Returns true if data source supports columns naming or false in other cases
Indices matrix accordingly to a data array Rank
Data column index
Array DataHelper constructor
Data array
Return the object value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Returns true if given column contains numeric values
Returns true if given column contains string type values
Returns column index in a data array by column name
Column name in data array
Unsupported by current DataHelper
Always returns -1
Returns column name in a data array by column index
Column index
Empty string, because it is unsupported by current DataHelper
Gets the data source rows count
Gets the data source columns count
Returns false, because current data source does not support columns naming
Acquires and manipulates data from databases or other sources.
Populates the SeriesCollection of the chart control.
Top data sources rows used during design-time data binding
General column's index detection method
Column index or name
Data source column type accordingly to ColumnType enumeration
Column index in a data source
Returns possible column index in data source
DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 if not
Data source column type accordingly to ColumnType enumeration
Column index or -1 if impossible to find column
Gets the groups column index from data source
DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 if not
Groups column index or -1 if data grouping disabled
When the groups column has not been set it will be found automatically
Gets the labels column index in data source
DataLabelsColumn index if present or -1 if not
Series labels column index
When the labels column has not been set it will be found automatically
Gets the series X, Y, X2, Y2, Y3, Y4 values columns
DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 if not
Column name
Data source column type accordingly to ColumnType enumeration
Column with numeric values. It can be used as X, Y, X2, Y2, Y3, Y4 values source.
If impossible to find a column or data helper is NULL it returns -1
When the series X, X2 or Y2 values column has not been set it will be found automatically
Should automatic column search be used or not
Gets the series Y values columns array
Y values columns array. Can contain as column names as indexes
Should auto mode be applied
Y values columns indexes array
When the series Y values column has not been set it will be found automatically
Gets the axis labels column index
Axis labels column index or name
Column index
Returns either chart series name or series item name
DataGroupColumn index
True if group column contains numeric values only
Series Labels column index
Y Values columns array
Data item's row index in a data source
Data item's column index in a data source
Item type Series or SeriesItem
Chart item name for an auto created Series or SeriesItem
Data bind X Axis labels
DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 in other case
Compares two series items
Item to compare
Item to compare
True if items represent the same data and have same names
Populates existing chart series collection with data.
Automatically populates chart series collection with data.
Returns new chart series
DataGroupColumn index or -1 if grouping is not used
True if group column contains numeric values only
Data item's row index in a data source
Data item's column index in a data source
Values columns array
New ChartSeries instance
Creates new Chart Series item from data source
Data item's row index in a data source
Data item's column index in a data source
DataGroupColumn index or -1 if grouping is not used
Series items labels column
Values columns array
Assign name and label for a series item or not
New ChartSeriesItem instance with data from a data source
Returns a Data item from a data source
Data item's row index in a data source
Data item row or null in other cases
Validates data source object passed
Data Source
The data source should implement the IEnumerable interface
Calls an ItemDataBound event
Series
Series item
Data Source
Forces the data to be refreshed
Clears the Data Source used
Copies settings from another data manager
Source DataManager to copy settings from
Default constructor
Parent chart object
Sets the necessary using or not the automatic data binding at the design time
Returns true if possible to use the automatic X Axis data binding
Does the chart series support the X Values
Does the chart series support the Y2 Values
Does the chart series support the X2 Values
Does the chart series support the X2 and Y2 Values
Does the chart series support the Y3 Values
Does the chart series support the Y4 Values
Type of the currently processed series
Active DataHelper
Parent Chart object's reference
Event raised after the each series item's data binding
Chart Data Source object
Gets or sets the name of the list of data that the data-bound control binds to, in cases where the data source contains more than one distinct list of data items.
Returns true if DataBind method has been called
The data source column used as chart labels source
The data source column used as series items X coordinate
The data source columns array used as series items Y coordinate source
This array could be used to set the Gantt chart data source columns.
The columns should be added in the following order: X, Y, X2, Y2
Enables or disables the series grouping feature
Default value is True
Data source columns indexes used for a series data binding
Possible data source columns' types
Chart item type Series or SeriesItem
Class containing event data for an ItemDataBound event
Class constructor
Data bound series item
Parent series
Current data source object
Real data source object for a chart.
Chart series
Series item
DataTable data source helper class
Default constructor
DataTable objects as chart's data source
Return the object value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Object value at given column and row from data source
Returns true if given column contains numeric values
Column index
True if data source column contains numeric values
Returns true if given column contains string type values
Column index
True if data source column contains string values
Gets the column index by column name in the Data Source object
Column name
Column index if column found or -1 if column not found
Gets the column name
Column index
Gets the data source rows count
Gets the data source columns count
Returns true, because current data source supports columns naming
Gets the DataTable object
Sample object. Used for a data binding demonstration only
Sample business logic object. Used for a data binding demonstration only
Returns products list
Sample class returns DataSet for an ObjectDataSource data binding demo
Constructor. Loads sample data in DataSet
Destructor
Gets data as DataSet object
DataSet with sample data
Sample class returns DataSet with several columns which could be used as Y values source. Used for a data binding demonstration only
Shows products sales by month.
Constructor. Loads sample data in DataSet
Class destructor
Gets data
DataSet with sample multicolumn data
IBindingList example. Used for a data binding demonstration only
Collection base object example. Used for a data binding demostration only
Data load method
Simple data sources examples class. Used for a data binding demonstration only
Double Array example
Object array without groups column example
Object array with groups column example
Main class constructor
Strong typed double list example
Helper class for data binding on the strongly typed lists of objects that can be accessed by index
Constructor
Data source that implements IList interface
Return the object value at the given row and column
Row position index
Column index
Object value at given column and row from data source
Returns true if given column contains numeric values
Column index
True if data source column contains numeric values
Returns true if given column contains string type values
Column index
True if data source column contains string values
Returns column index in a data list by column name
Column name in data list
Unsupported by current DataHelper
Always returns -1
Returns column name in a data list by column index
Column index
Empty string, because it is unsupported by current DataHelper
Gets the data source rows count
Gets the data source columns count
Returns false, because current data source does not support columns naming
RenderType of DataTable
Horizontal Alignment of text in DataTable cells
Vertical Alignment of text in DataTable cells
DataTable. Shows the series data in a tabular format.
Base class for all objects being calculated
Base class for all objects being rendered
Base class implements IStateManager
Common interface for a State managed collection items
The common interface for all chart elements support View State tracking
Loads data from a View State
View Sate to load data from
Saves object data to a View State
Saved View State
Tracks view state changes
Sets item dirty state
Loads data from a view state
View state to load data from
Saves object data to a view state
Saved view state object
Tracks view state changes
Makes a view state clone
StateBag
Saves object data to a view state
Saved view state object
Tracks view state changes
Loads data from a view state
View state to load data from
Sets the item dirty state
ToString() override. Used in the properties grid to avoid object type showing.
Empty string
Gets if view sate should ignore case
Sate bag to store view state content
Is view state tracking changes
Common interface for an order list element of rendering container
Gets elements order position
Sets this object in new render order position
new position
Remove element from render order list
Send element at one step forward in the render order list
Sets element at the first position in render order list
Send element at one step back in the render order list
Send element at the end of render order list
Gets or sets the container element
Container, that contains the render order for taken up elements
(For property)
Get this elements order position in container
Set this object in new render order position
New position
Remove this element from render order list
Send element at one step forward in the render order list
Set element at the first position in render order list
Send element at one step back in the render order list
Send element at the end of render order list
Called after rendering
Link to container element
Rendering event handler
Creates new class instance
Container
Creates new class instance
Appearance
Container object
Gets element offset
Element
Offset calculation method delegate (left, right, top, bottom)
Offset value
Gets left offset
Element to get an offset of
Offset value
Gets top offset
Element to get an offset of
Offset value
Gets right offset
Element to get an offset of
Offset value
Gets bottom offset
Element to get an offset of
Offset value
Calculates element position in container
Rendering container dimensions
Calculates element position. Makes an additional check for a container object type
Tracking view state changes
Loads data from a view state
Views state to load from
Saves settings to a view state
Saved view state
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Offset calculation method delegate
Previous element in a container's order list
Rendering container
Previous element's position in a container order list
Contains DataTable data
PlotArea to which DataTable related to
Cells' width
Cells' height
Markers of series
Should be recalculated when AutoLayout
Fill data by series' items values
Reset to default
Initialize DataTable's data
Wrap DataTable text using factor for wrap mechanism
Text that should be wrapped
RenderEngine of chart
Wrapped string
Wrap DataTable text
Text that should be wrapped
RenderEngine of chart
Fixed width of wrapped text
Wrapped string
Calculate size of DataTable
RenderEngine of chart
Calculate position
RenderEngine of chart
Create new instance of ChartDataTable class
PlotArea to which DataTable is related to
Create new instance of ChartDataTable class
PlotArea to which DataTable is related to
Container of DataTable
Cells' widths array
Cells' heights array
Plot area to which DataTable is related
Data stored in cells
Visibility of DataTable
Visible and not calculate
Appearance options
Markers of series
The helper class for a text wrapping feature. Represents the text string
Defines whether it is first string or not
Defines whether it is last string or not
Parent element
Collection of words in text
Height of string
Width of string
Create instance of ChartString
Create instance of ChartString with specified height
Height of string
Calculate string width
Move last word to next string
Clone this object
New instance with the same properties values as current class instance
Defines whether it is first string or not
Defines whether it is last string or not
Parent element
Get next string
Get previous string
Get width of string
Get height of string
Collection of words
Strings collection
Parent element
Create new instance of ChartStringCollection class
Parent element
Add new string to collection
String to add
Index of added string
Get next string after specified one
String for search
Next string after specified one
Get previous string before specified one
String for search
Previous string before specified one
Clone of this object
New instance with the same fields
Get string with specified index
Index to get string
String with specified index
Get the first string
Get the last string
Parent element
Helper class for a text wrapping feature. Represents the text to wrap
Word separator
Text divided into strings
Inner text
Font of text
Used for measuring text
Create new instance of the class.
Create new instance of the class.
Text
Font of text
Graphics object for measuring string
Breaks text into lines
Used to make decision for breaking
Determines which of parameters(height, width) is fixed
Breaks text into lines
Used to make decision for breaking
Fixed width of text
Breaks text into lines
Used to make decision for breaking
String representation
String representation
Breaks text into lines with fixed proportions
Factor(Height-Width proportion) to make decision
Breaks text into lines with fixed Height
Factor(Height-Width proportion) to make decision
Max Strings Count
Breaks text into lines with fixed width
Fixed width
Add new string to text of fixed width
Inner text
String should be added
Separator between text and new string
Fixed width
Gets the longest string
The longest string
Clone this object
New instance of ChartText class with the same fields as this object
Concat lines to one text
Inner text
Text without new lines delimiters
Word separator
Height of text
Width of text
Used to make decision for breaking text into lines
Helper class for a text wrapping feature. Represents the one word
Word width
Text of one word
Parent element
Create new instance of ChartWord
Create new instance of ChartWord.
Text of word.
Width of word.
Clone this object
New instance of ChartWord with the same fields as this object
Gets and sets Parent element
Element that should be parent for this object
Gets Width of word
Gets Word text
Parent element
Create new instance of the object.
Parent element
Add new word to collection
Word for adding
Index of added word
Remove last word from collection
Last word that was removed
Insert word at the beginning of collection
Word to insert
Clone this object
New instance of ChartWordCollection class with the same fields as this one
Gets and sets Parent element
Element that should be Parent for this object
Gets and sets word from/to collection
Index of word in collection
Word from collection with specified index
Word that should be placed on specified position
Gets last word in collection
Helper enumeration with a text wrapping modes
Text wrapping context object
Width of container
Height of container
Type demonstrate which of parameters is fixed
Create instance of WrapContext class
Width of container
Height of container
Type
Create instance of WrapContext class
Dimensions of container object
Type
Gets container width
Width of container
Gets container height
Height of container
Gets Type of WrapContext
Type that shows what parameter is fixed
Base class for all labels
Common interface for a rendering container objects
Get elements order position
Element
Add element at the end of list
Element
Insert element at specific position in list
Element
Position index
Remove element from list
Element for removing
Remove element from list by it's index
Elements index for remove
Re index order list
List, that is represent the render order for taken up elements
Get a next free order position
Base Interface for classes which support click feature
Active region object
ChartLabel text
Graphic marker
Parent element
List, that represent the render order for taken up elements
(For IContainer.OrderList property)
Active region
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Container of the label
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Parent element
Container of the label
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Parent element
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Text of TextBlock
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
TextBlock
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Parent element
Container of the label
TextBlock
Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class.
Parent element
Container of the label
TextBlock
Style of label
Gets whether Label is real visible
Label's visibility
Measure label
Render Engine of chart
Calculated size of Label
Calculates position
RenderEngine of chart
Gets elements order position
Element
Add element at the end of list
Element
Insert element at specific position in list
Position
Element
Remove element from list
Element
Remove element from list by it's index
Position
Re-index order list
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load ViewState
ViewState with data
Save to ViewState
Saved data
Clone this object
New instance of ChartBaseLabel class with the same fields as this object
ChartLabel TextBlock
Graphic marker of label
Gets and sets Parent element
Element that should be Parent for this
Gets and sets Direction of label position in auto mode
Direction of label position.
Gets and sets Active region
Active region to set
Gets and sets label's visibility
Visible label or not
List, that represent the render order for taken up elements
Gets a next free order position
Base class for labels with style
Create new instance of ChartLabel class
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Parent Element
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Text of label
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Style of label
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Style of label
Parent element
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Style of label
Text
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Style of label
TextBlock of label
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Style of label
TextBlock of label
Parent element
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Parent element
Container element
Create new instance of ChartLabel class.
Parent element
Container element
Style of chart
TextBlock of label
Text of label
Gets visibility of label
Visible or not
Link to visualization and design properties
Base class for extended labels
Inside labels collection
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Parent element
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Text of label
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Style of label
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Style of label
Parent element
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Style of label
Text
Create new instance of Extended label class.
TextBlock
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Parent element
Container
TextBlock
Create new instance of Extended label class.
Parent element
Container
Style of label
TextBlock
Text of elemnt
Gets Available Content Size
Size without margins and paddings
Gets visibility of label
Visibility of label
Measure label
RenderEngine of chart
Size of label
Clear LabelItems collection
Add inside labels
Inside label to add
Inside labels to add
Add inside labels
Inside labels to add
Add inside labels
Inside labels to add
Add inside labels
Inside labels to add
Get inner label at specified position
Position to get label
Label at specified position
Removes all inner labels
Removes inner labels
Label to remove
Labels to remove
Removes inner labels
Position where label should be removed
Positions where labels should be removed
Track ViewState
load ViewState
ViewState with data
Save ViewState
Saved data
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Gets style of label
Gets and sets LabelItem at specified position
Item position
Item at specified position
Item to set at specified position
Items collection.
Base class for labels in label collection
Whether item is bound to series
New instance of LabelItem class.
New instance of LabelItem class.
Parent element
New instance of LabelItem class.
Text of label
New instance of LabelItem class.
Style of label
New instance of LabelItem class.
Style of label
Parent element
New instance of LabelItem class.
Style of chart
Text
New instance of LabelItem class.
Style of chart
TextBlock
New instance of LabelItem class.
Parent element
Style of chart
TextBlock
Text of label
Gets and sets Label name in collection
Name of label
Is current item bound item or custom item
Class for bindable legend items
Object to which items are bindable
Create new instance of BindableLegendItem class.
Style of label
Parent element
Source object item bound to
Series item label
Connection point for label
Center of label
Rectangle of label
Create new instance of SeriesItemLabel class.
Create new instance of SeriesItemLabel class.
Series to which label belongs
Checks if label intersect bounds of PlotArea
PlotArea for checking
Whether label intersect bounds of PlotArea
Move part of label in PlotArea
PlotArea to move in
Side of label which is not in PlotArea
Set label outside item
Item rectangle
If Location is auto(Location - Auto, Outside, Inside)
Set label inside item
Item rectangle
Visibility of label
Series to which label belongs
Visibility of label
Calculate position
Location point
Connection point
Visibilit of label connectors
RenderEngine of chart
Moves label inside PlotArea
PlotArea
Relocate connection point for pie series
Angle of pie part
Connection point
Corrected connection point
Clone this object
Create new instance of SeriesItemLabel class with the same fields as this object
Connection point for label
Center of label to connect to
Visualization and design properties
Axis label base
Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden
Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden
Parent element
Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden
Text of label
Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden
Parent element
Container element
Style of label
TextBlock
Text of label
Gets and sets Visibility of label
Visibility of label
X Axis label
Create new instance of AxisLabel
Create new instance of AxisLabel
Parent element
Container element
Y axis label
Create new instance of AxisYLabel
Create new instance of AxisYLabel
Parent element
Container element
MarkedZone label class
Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel
Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel
Style of label
Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel
Style of label
Parent element
Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel
Style of label
Text
Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel
Parent element
Container element
Collection of labels
Base class for all collections support view state tracking
Collection item type
Describes the elements collection which can be de-serialized using StyleSerializer
Populates collection with items from imported Xml code
XmlElement to import from
Item index in collection
Item to get index of
Index
Inserts item at the given index
Index
Item to insert
Removes item from collection at given index
Index to remove at
Adds new item in collection
Item to add
Adds items range in collection
Items array to add
Clears collection
Checks does collection contain the given item
Item to check
True if item is a collection member
Removes item from collection
Item to remove
True in case of success
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection
An System.Collections.IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection
Loads collection from view state
View state to load from
Loads collection from view state
View state to load from
Saves collection to a view state
Saved state bag object
Saves collection to a view state
Saved state bag object
Tracks view state changes
Sets is item in the dirty state
Marks collection item dirty
Item to mark
Adds new item in the IList
Item to add
Item index in IList
Clears IList items
Checks does IList contain the given value
Value to check
True if contains
Gets the index of the object value in an IList
Value to check
Index in IList or -1 if IList does not contain given value
Inserts new value in IList at given index
Index to insert to
Value to insert
Removes value from IList
Value to remove
Removes value from IList at the given index
Index to remove value at
Copies the entire ICollection to a compatible one-dimensional
array, starting at the specified index of the target array.
The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements
The zero-based index in array at which copying begins
Item before insert event
Index to insert at
Value to insert
Item after insert event
Index to insert at
Value to insert
Item before remove event
Index to insert at
Value to insert
Item after remove event
Index to insert at
Value to insert
Before collection clearing event
Collection after clean event
Populates collection from XML element
XmlElement to import from
Populates collection from XML element
XmlElement to import from
ToString() override. Used in the properties grid to avoid object type showing.
Empty string
Items list
Link to first item in collection
Link to last item in collection
Gets the collection item at given index
Index
Item of type "T"
Gets items count in collection
Gets true if collection is read-only
Gets the view state tracking status
Is IList fixed size. Returns False
Is IList is read-only
Gets or sets the value from/to IList at the give index
Index to give element at
Value from IList
Gets the collection items count
Checks is collection synchronized
Gets the collection root
Parent element
Create new instance of ChartLabelsCollection class.
Clear bindable items from collection
Copy bindable items to collection
Collection of items copy to
Visibility of items collection
Whether any item is visible
Add LabelItem at the collection
LabelItem for adding
Clear collection
Insert LabelItem in collection at the specific position
Position
LabelItem
Remove LabelItem from collection
LabelItem
Remove LabelItem in the specific position from collection
Position
Remove item at specified index
Clear items
Insert item in collection
Index to insert in
Value to insert
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Parent element
Gets or sets a LabelItem at the specific position in Labels collection.
Position in the collection
LabelItem at the specific position
Base class for a different markers representation
Parent Chart element
Active region
Create new instance of ChartMarker class.
Create new instance of ChartMarker class.
Parent lement
Create new instance of ChartMarker class.
Container element
Create new instance of ChartMarker class.
Parent element
Container element
Copy fields from specified object
Marker to copy from
Track ViewState
Load data to ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Gets and sets visibility
Visibility of marker
Gets and sets Parent element
Parent element
LabelAppearance properties
Active region
Intelligence labels engine. Used to automatically series labels relocation to avoid their overlapping.
Distribute labels
PlotArea rectangle
Distribute labels
Labels' rectangles
Label to move
Filters labels
Label for checking whether it is in visible part of chart
Visible area
Intersection testing
Rectangles for checking whether intersection takes place
Rectangle to check intersection with other rectangles
Point of rectangle that intersect other rectangle
Rectangle that specified rectangle intersects
True if rectangle intersect specified rectangles
Move rect to new location
Rectangle to move
New point location
Calculates distance between two points
First point
Second point
Distance between two points
Define an object that containes an information about moving required
One label rectangle
Second label rectangle
Intersection point
MoveData object
Define an object that containes an information about moving required
One label rectangle
Second label rectangle
Intersection point
MoveData object
Define a side in which moving require
Array of distances
Index for Direction enum
Check if vertical moving takes place
Direction to move
True if vertical moving takes place
Where label should be moved
Moving related data holder
Distance to move label
Direction where to move
Gets and sets Moving distance
Distance for moving
Gets and sets Moving direction
Direction for moving
Label text properties
Max length of text
Contains specified parameters for wrapping text
Wrapped text
Parent element
Default text of text block
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Style of TextBlock
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Text
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Style of TextBlock
Text
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Parent element
Container element
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Parent element
Container element
Text
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Parent element
Container element
Style of TextBlock
Create new instance of TextBlock class.
Parent element
Container element
Style of textblock
Text
Forms ToolTip if text length greater than max length
Forms ToolTip if text length greater than max length
Text
Check if tooltip should be changed when max length changed
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Calculate TextBlock position
RenderEngine of chart
get a and sets visibility of TextBlock
Visibility of TextBlock
Parent chart element
Parent element
Contained text data
Text
Text field style
Style of TextBlock
Visible text with MaxLength applied
Gets TextBlock visibility
Chart title text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockTitle class.
Create new instance of TextBlockTitle class.
Parent element
Container element
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Contained text data
Empty Series message text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockEmptySeriesMessage class.
Create new instance of TextBlockEmptySeriesMessage class.
Parent element
Container element
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Contained text data
Axis item text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockAxisItem class.
Create new instance of TextBlockAxisItem class.
Parent element
Container element
Define Max Length
RenderEngine of chart
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Series label text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockSeriesItem class.
Create new instance of TextBlockSeriesItem class.
Parent element
Container element
Chart title text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockHidden class.
Create new instance of TextBlockHidden class.
Parent element
Container element
Gets and sets visibility of TextBlock
Visibility of TextBlock
Chart Y Axis text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockYAxisLabel class.
Create new instance of TextBlockYAxisLabel class.
Parent element
Container element
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Contained text data
Chart X Axis text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockXAxisLabel class.
Create new instance of TextBlockXAxisLabel class.
Parent element
Container element
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Contained text data
Legend item's text block
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Style of TextBlock
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Text
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Style of chart
Text
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Parent element
Container element
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Parent element
Container element
Text
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Parent element
Container element
Style of TextBlock
Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class.
Parent element
Container element
Style of TextBlock
Text
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
Chart title text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockLegend class.
Create new instance of TextBlockLegend class.
Parent element
Container element
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
Size of TextBlock
MarkedZone label's text container properties
Create new instance of TextBlockMarkedZone class.
Create new instance of TextBlockMarkedZone class.
Parent element
Container element
Measure TextBlock
RenderEngine of chart
size of TextBlock
Specifies the location of the RadChart's elements.
The chart element is placed inside plot area.
The chart element is placed outside plot area.
Chart legend. Shows the series names or series labels listing. Can contains custom items.
Labels for bindable items collection
Constructor
Constructor
Reference to a parent object (Current Chart instance)
Element container
Clears bound items collection
Should automatically created bound items be removed or not
Creates new legend item bound to series or series item
RenderEngine
Chart series
Series item
How series will be represented in Legend: Series names, Series items or hidden (Nothing)
Series index in collection
Series item index in collection
New LegendItem bound to a chart object: series or series item
Creates bound items collection
RenderEngine
Adds custom item to Legend
Custom legend item text
FillStyle
Figure for an item marker
Reference to a label item by its index in items collection
Label item's index
LabelItem at given index
Bound items collection
Axis item types enumeration
Simple axis item
Segment start axis item
Segment end axis item
Represents an axis item.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Item text
Item text color
Creates a new instance of the class.
Item text
Item text color
Visibility
Creates a new instance of the class.
Item text
Item text color
Visibility
Item container object
Gets the bound rectangle
RectangleF
Bound rectangle's height
Height value
Bound rectangle's height
Include top margin value in target height or not
Include bottom margin value in target height or not
Bound rectangle's width
Width value
Bound rectangle's width
Include left margin value in target width or not
Include right margin value in target width or not
Width value
Corrects text block's aligned position value
Reason to correct
Calculates the text block's size
RenderEngine reference
Axis item with default settings to compare with current item
SizeF
Specifies whether the axis item should be rendered.
Specifies the value of the axis.
A collection to store axis items.
Parent element
Creates a new instance of the ChartAxisItemsCollection class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartAxisItemsCollection class.
Creates a new instance of the AxisItems class with the specified default item font.
Axis item's Font settings
Creates a new instance of the AxisItems class with the specified default item color.
Axis item text color settings
Creates a new instance of the AxisItems class with the specified default item font and color.
Axis item's Font settings
Axis item text color settings
Removes axis item from collection
Item index to delete at
Gets axis item's rotation angle
Axis item
Rotation angle value
Gets widest axis item's width
Width value
Gets highest axis item's height
Height value
Adds a chart axis item to the collection.
Axis item to add
Parent element
Gets or sets a ChartAxisItem element at the specified position.
Axis segment in case of ScaleBreaks enabled
Start point of segment
End point of segment
Segments rectangle
Axis visible values
Items count in this segment
Array of two elements with segments lines as GraphicsPath
Value indicate: how much percents of axis this segment is take up
Creates a new class instance
Creates a new class instance
Segment name
Gets X coordinate
Series value to get coordinate of
Coordinate
Gets Y coordinate
Series value to get coordinate of
Coordinate
Recalculates items values in collection
Series items with values in current segment diapason
Should max value optimization be done or not
Getting the better value
Number
Should get biggest number or not
Number
Create axis items
Axis
Final value
Check segments on a intersections
Any other segment
True if segments intersect
Return a path around segments rectangle
Path depending of scale break line type
Should start segment line as scale break line type be created
Should end segment line as scale break line type be created
Plot area series orientation, true if horizontal
Segments path
Segments name in collection
Segment minimum value at the axis
Maximum segment's value at the axis
Axis items step for a current Segment
Segment start point
Segment end point
Segment's bound rectangle
Pixels per one value
Segments collection
Check segment and add it into collection
Segment for adding
Searches for a segment where value is located
Value to check
AxisSegment
Searches for a segment where value is located
Value to check
Null values exclusion reason
AxisSegment
Sorts segments
Checks if series item in current segment
SeriesItemsCollectionv
True if value is in segment
Gets true if just one negative value presents in segment
Gets true if just one positive value presents in segment
Gets true if segment contains axis zero value
Gets the nearest to Zero axis value
Segments comparer
Segments order comparison
First segment
Second segment
0 if segments are equal,
-1 if first segment should be rendered at top of the second segment at axis,
1 if second segment should be rendered at top of the first segment at axis
Chart axis types enumeration
Base chart axis class
ChartAxis style
ChartAxis main label
ChartAxis items
Parent element
Show only negative values
Show positive values only
Is axis zero based
Min axis item value
Max axis item value
Minimum series value
Maximum series value
Axis start point
Axis zero value end point
Pixels per value field.
Cached zero coordinate value.
Tracking ViewState
Loading ViewState data
Saved state bag
Saves data to a State Bag
Saved axis data to a state bag
Gets distance between points
First point
Second point
Distance
Calculates grid lines and ticks positions
Excludes the excessive serialization of axis items properties
Used to correct initial axis label AlignedPosition for AutoLayout
Position
Used to automatically correct the axis item AlignedPosition in AutoLayout
Position
Gets the largest axis item width
Width value
Gets the largest axis item height
Height value
Formats the axis item value with a selected ValueFormat value
Item value
Formatted string
Gets value coordinate at axis
Value
Coordinate
Gets value coordinate at axis
Value
Pixels per value
Make a coordinate value rounding or not
Coordinate
Return the base value of the axis.
Axis zero value
Gets the coordinate of zero value
Coordinate
Gets the start value coordinate
Coordinate
Gets the end value coordinate
Coordinate
Saves the initial axis label and common axis items positions settings
Restores the initial axis label and common axis items positions settings
Recalculates items values in collection
Checks the range values
Min axis value
Max axis value
Axis step value
Restores initial values of cached axis settings
Gets the axis item's max bound: horizontally or vertically
Axis item
Rotation angle's value
Max bound value
Gets axis image rectangle
Start point
End point
Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart
Rectangle
Gets axis image rectangle
Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart
Rectangle
Gets the half of the first axis item's largest dimension
Half of the largest dimension
Gets the half of the last axis item's largest dimension
Half of the largest dimension
Calculates axis layout settings
RenderEngine
Initialize the axis items collection
Calculates axis label's layout settings
RenderEngine
Checks the axis item visibility
Axis item
True if item should be rendered
Checks the axis item visibility
The Boolean value
Sets the min axis range value
Value to set
The axis MinValue design time serialization reason
True is value have to be serialized
Resets the MinValue to default
The axis MaxValue design time serialization reason
True is value have to be serialized
Resets the MaxValue to default
Sets the maximum axis range value
Value to set
The axis Step design time serialization reason
True is value have to be serialized
Resets the Step value to default
Creates a new instance of the ChartAxis class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartAxis class.
Initializes the axis with min and max values.
Auto determines the min and max value of the axis
Axis Step calculation method for AutoScaled axes
Min range value
Max range value
Calculated Step value
Adjusting min/max value according to the set axis properties
Min range value
Max range value
Rounding digits limit
Sets the minimum and maximum axis range values
Min range value
Max range value
Adds a ChartAxisItem to the axis.
Adds a ChartAxisItemsCollection to the axis.
Adds ChartAxisItems to the axis.
Adds ChartAxisItems to the axis.
Gets the item at the specified index.
Removes all items
Removes the ChartAxisItem specified.
Removes the ChartAxisItems at the specified indexes.
Removes the ChartAxisItem at the specified index.
item's index
Removes the last item from the axis.
Clears data values of the axis.
Automatically adds new axis items in AutoScale mode.
Min range value
Max range value
Axis step value
Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label and color.
Axis label
Item text color
Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label and color.
Axis label
Item text color
Visibility
Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label.
Axis label text
Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label.
Axis label text
Axis item value
Sets new label text for the axis item at the specified position.
Item index in collection
Axis item label text
Sets new label for the axis item at the specified position.
Item index in collection
Axis item
Sets new color for the axis item text at the specified position.
Item index in collection
Item text color
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Gets the longest tick length
Gets the major axis ticks visibility
Gets the minor axis ticks visibility
Gets the axis ticks visibility
Gets or Sets the start point of axis line
Gets or Sets the end point of axis line
Gets the larger value of axis items dimensions: height or width
Pixels per axis unit.
Reference to a Chart class instance
Gets the PlotArea's rectangle
Gets the axis type: X, Y and Y2 axis
Gets if PlotArea should be rendered or not
Specifies whether the axis should be rendered.
Returns the axis item at the specified position.
Enables or disables automatic axis scaling.
ChartAxis style
ChartAxis label
Parent element (PlotArea)
Specifies the min value of the axis range.
Specifies the max value of the axis range.
Specifies the step at which axis values are calculated
Specifies whether the axis begins from 0.
Gets or sets maximal count of the axis items when auto scaling.
Determines the type of shown values
Draw each 1,2,...,n item
Returns a collection of axis items.
Bar charts ordering modes
Represents the X Axis.
Cached pixel step value.
Creates a new instance of the ChartXAxis class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartXAxis class.
Axis ticks points
Axis grid lines points
Ticks points' types
Grid points' types in array
Returns axis step in pixels
Gets value coordinate at axis
Value
Coordinate
Gets the X coordinate of the axis which corresponds to the base value (0, min (if positive), max (if negative))
Coordinate
Gets the start value coordinate
Coordinate
Gets the end value coordinate
Coordinate
Axis items count without min and max value
Integer
Tick marks count
Gets coordinate of the first axis item in a different LayoutModes
Coordinate
Restores initial values of cached axis settings
Gets axis image rectangle
Start point
End point
Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart
Rectangle
Gets axis image rectangle
Rectangle
Gets the half of the first axis item's largest dimension
Half of the largest dimension
Gets the half of the last axis item's largest dimension
Half of the largest dimension
Gets the larger value of axis items dimensions: height or width
Initialize axis items collection in dependency of series items collection values limits
Calculates axis layout settings
Render Engine reference
Checks the axis item visibility
Axis item
True if item should be rendered
Calculates axis items layout settings
Render Engine reference
Already calculated ItemsBound value
Calculates grid lines and ticks positions
Adds a new axis item.
Item text
Adds a new axis item.
Item text
Item text color
Clears all data bound settings for axis
The data source column used as axis items labels source
Gets whether X ChartAxis data bound or not
Specifies the layout style of the axis.
Specifies whether the axis is auto shrink or not.
Max axis item coordinate (X or Y). Farther value.
Define bar's series ordering mode
Pixels count per value
Axis type value: XAxis
Gets the minor axis ticks visibility
Always false for XAxis
Gets the major axis ticks visibility
Specifies the Y axis modes.
Sets default Y axis mode.
Extends the axis when AutoScale property is set to true.
Primary or Secondary
Specifies primary Y-Axis
Specifies secondary Y-Axis
Represents a chart Y Axis.
Scale break settings
Tracks view state changes
Loads Y axis settings from view state
View state
Saves axis settings to a state bag
Creates a new instance of the ChartYAxis class.
Calculates grid lines and ticks positions
Initializes the axis with min and max values.
Makes preparations for an axis segmentation in case of Scale Breaks enabled
Creates axis segments when Scale breaks enabled
Replaces overlapped segments with one segment
Calculated segments
Series items
Optimized axis segments collection without overlapped segments
Calculates segments positions
Gets value coordinate at axis
Value
Coordinate
Gets the coordinate of zero value
Coordinate
Gets the start value coordinate
Coordinate
Gets the end value coordinate
Coordinate
Return the base value of the axis.
Axis zero value
Gets axis image rectangle
Start point
End point
Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart
Rectangle
Gets axis image rectangle
Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart
Rectangle
Gets the half of the first axis item's largest dimension
Half of the largest dimension
Gets the half of the last axis item's largest dimension
Half of the largest dimension
Gets the larger value of axis items dimensions: height or width
Initialize axis items collection in dependency of series items collection values limits
Calculates axis layout settings
Render Engine reference
Calculates axis items layout settings
Render Engine reference
Should method calculate the ItemsBound value only
Already calculated ItemsBound value
Gets pixels between two axis items
Axis item value. Can be used to detect if value is located in the any axis segment
Distance in pixels
Creates rendering areas for a several axis segments in case of Scale breaks
Render Engine reference
Use Logarithmic scale or not.
Specifies the min value of the axis range.
Specifies the max value of the axis range.
Specifies the step at which axis values are calculated
Logarithm base.
Min possible value is 2
Segments collection
Scale breaks settings
Defines a type of YAxis
Gets or sets the style of the Y axis.
Max axis item coordinate (X or Y). Farther value.
Points array for a major ticks and grid lines
Points array for a minor ticks and grid lines
Gets the axis type: Y or Y2 axes
Segments sorting support structure
Possible axis scale break's line types
Y Axis scale break
Parent element
Tracking view state changes
Loads settings from a view state
Saved state bag
Saves settings to a view state
Saved state bag
Constructor
Gets the scale break line
Line length
Is series orientation horizontal (true) or vertical (false)
Graphics path with an appropriate line inside
Is scale break feature enabled
Break line's appearance settings
Max scale breaks count
Value tolerance in percents
Space width between two break lines
Break line appearance settings
Segments collection. Used with ScaleBreak feature enabled
Parent element reference (ChartAxis)
Empty series message
Visible if no or empty series present
Create instance of the class
Create instance of the class
Plot area
Create instance of the class
Rendering container element
Create instance of the class
Plot area
Rendering container element
Checks if empty series message should be visible or not
Should be visible or not
Visibility
Enum describe a marked zone types
Y axis based marked zone
X axis based marked zone
Both axis based marked zone
Class describe a Marked zone functionality
Appearance properties for marked zone
Marked zone label
Tracking ViewState for Marked zone object
Loading ViewState data into Marked zone object
Saving Marked zone object into ViewState
Create a instance of object
Container object
Create a instance of object
Create a instance of object
Name for marked zone
Marked zone to String
Marked zone name
Define and return a marked zone type
Marked zone type
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Visibility
Marked zone label
Appearance properties
Marked zone name
Marked zone Y Axis type
Marker start position X
Marker end position X
Marker start position Y
Marker end position Y
Marked zones collection
Parent element
Create instance of class
Create instance of class
ChartPlotArea object as parent
Add MarkerZone in the collection
GridMarker for adding
Clear collection
Insert GridMarker in collection at the specific position
Position
GridMarker
Remove GridMarker from collection
GridMarker
Remove GridMarker in the specific position from collection
Position
Parent element
Gets or sets a GridMarker at the specific position in GridMarkers collection.
Position in the collection
GridMarker at the specific position
Plot area - series rendering canvas.
Collection of Marked zones
X Axis
Y Axis
Secondary Y Axis
Link to a chart object
Label for empty series notification
Temporary (for rendering process) contains common drawing region of plot area based on both (main and secondary) axis scale breaks
Temporary (for rendering process) contains drawing region of plot area based on Y axis scale breaks
Temporary (for rendering process) contains drawing region of plot area based on secondary Y axis scale breaks
Temporary (for rendering process) list of series items labels
List for save series popular values. Used for render strict bar series
Table that contain series data
List, that represents the render order list for taken up elements
(For IOrdering.Container property)
Track ViewState
Load ViewState
ViewState with data
Save Track ViewState
Object data as array
Shoulds the serialize intelligent labels enabled.
Create instance of the class
Create instance of the class
Chart
Initialize object properties
Fill order list
Updated axes orientation accordingly to the SeriesOrientation
Series collection on current plot area
Series collection
Series collection on plot area filtered by Y axis type
Series collection
Axis initialization
Create rectangles in the series items labels for Intelligent engine
Clearing automatic properties for axis items
Return position for starting bars drawing
Series
Position
Return position for starting bars drawing
Series
Local(true) or global(false)
Position
Restore default settings
Drop plot area clip regions
Prepare plot area for scale feature
Prepare plot area for scale feature
X scale coefficient
Y scale coefficient
Restore plot area settings after scaling
Returns the width of the bars according to the number of bar series and overlap ratio between them.
Bar width
Returns the width of the bars according to the number of bar series and overlap ratio between them.
Series
Bar width
Position calculation
Instance of RenderEngine object
Calculate plot area relative data table
Instance of RenderEngine object
Visual container width
Visual container height
Get elements order position
Element
Add element at the end of list
Element
Insert element at specific position in list
Position
Element
Remove element from list
Element
Remove element from list by it's index
Position
Re-index order list
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Temporary (for rendering process) list of series items labels
Common rendering region
Rendering region for a primary Y Axis series
Rendering region for a secondary Y Axis series
Marked zones collection
Visibility
Table that contain series data
Specifies the orientation of chart series on the plot area.
Intelligent labels engine switch
Specifies empty series message text
Gets XAxis.
Primary YAxis.
Secondary YAxis
Parent element
Style
Link to chart object
Popular values collection
List, that is represent the render order for taken up elements
Get a next free order position
Support class for defining the most popular values in a series items
Series item value
Count of series item whit this value
X position
Use for stacked series, max positive value
Use for stacked series, min negative value
Create instance of class
Series item value
Count of items with this value
X-position
Create instance of class
Series item value
Count of items with this value
X-position
Use for stacked series, max positive value
Use for stacked series, min negative value
X position
Use for stacked series, max positive value
Use for stacked series, min negative value
Series item value
X position
Collection of Popular objects
Copy list of pop values to targeted list
Popular collection
Getting popular values from all series and form list with pop values, his coordinates and number of his popularity
Chart object
Popular values collection object
Get popularity number by value
Value
Number
Get index by value in list of Popularity objects
value
Index
Represents the base element of RadChart's series.
Link to visualization and design properties
Point mark style
Item Label
Parent element
Relative value used for Stacked100 series
ActiveRegion
Defines if item has user-defined XValue or XValue was generated
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the empty ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class.
Define items label text for item
Clear auto generated items label text for item
Returns XValue or 0 if it was not set
XValue or 0 if it was not set
Add item label to collection of PlotArea's labels for further their rendering
Label text
Item's rectangle to calculate label position
RenderEngine of chart
Created Label
Locate item label
Label to correct position depend on SeriesOrientation
SeriesOrientation of chart
Returns if item is inside PlotArea
Rectangle that contains item
Whether item is inside PlotArea
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Tracking ViewState data
Loading ViewState data
ViewState with data
Saving ViewState data
Saved in View state data
Clone this object
New instance of ChartSeriesItem class that is copy of this object
Specifies whether the series item should be rendered.
Relative value used for Stacked100 series
Active region
Link to visualization and design properties
Item label
Parent element
Is series item contains empty value
Main X value
Second x value for item
Main Y value for item
Second y value for item
Third y value for item (could be used in CandleStick charts as High value)
Fourth y value for item (could be used in CandleStick charts as Low value)
Return value by item value type name
Value type name
value
ChartSeriesItem name
Point appearance settings
Index in items collection
Design-time series item
Main X for design created item
Second X for design created item
Main Y for design created item
Second Y for design created item
Third Y value for design created item (could be used in CandleStick charts as High value)
Third Y value for design created item (could be used in CandleStick charts as Low value)
Random generator for design items
Constructor to initialize random generator
Creates new instance of the class.
Specifies parent for item
Creates new instance of the class.
Name of item
Parent of item
Initialize item X and Y values
Clear X and Y values of the item
Use needed X and Y values depend on type of series
Series items collection
Parent element
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItemsCollection class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItemsCollection class.
Parent of the collection
Define items label text for each item in the collection
Clear auto generated items label text for each item in the collection
Get item with max YValue not greater than specified
Item which YValue is limit for searching
Item with max YValue not greater than specified
Get item with min YValue not less than specified
Item which YValue is limit for searching
Item with min YValue not less than specified
Count of items with YValues in specified range
Min limit for searching
Max limit for searching
Count of items with YValues in specified range
Min YValue in specified range
Min limit for searching
Max limit for searching
Min YValue in specified range
Max YValue in specified range
Min limit for searching
Max limit for searching
Max YValue in specified range
Sort items
Filter items by YAxis VisibleValues(All, Negative, Positive)
YAxis VisibleValues(All, Negative, Positive)
Clear for all items Region
Add Item at the collection
Item to add
Adds a collection of series items to the items collection.
Items to add
Load ViewState data
ViewState with data
Parent element
Gets or sets a Item at the specific position in Items collection.
Position in the collection
Item at the specific position
Method for comparing ChartSeriesItems
First SeriesItem
Second SeriesItem
Difference between YValues
Series
Link to visualization and design properties
ChartSeries items collection
Plot area element for series drawing
Parent element
Returns whether there is an active region associated with the series.
Set series parent
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class.
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class with given name
Name of series
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class with given name and type.
Name of series
Type of series
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class.
Name of series
Type of series
Parent of series
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class.
Name of series
Type of series
Parent of series
YAxisType(Primary or Secondary)
Style of series
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class.
Name of series
Type of series
Parent of series
YAxisType(Primary or Secondary)
Style of series
DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue
DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series XValue
DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue2
DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series XValue2
DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue3
DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue4
DataSource column (member) that will be used as ChartSeries names source when Y-values are taken from one column for a several chart ChartSeries
Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class.
Parent of series
Resets active region properties values
Search item index in series collection
Item which index should to find
Index of item
Sets the legend item's formatted text
Gets a Y value for empty points
Series item
Series item index
Empty point y value
Gets a Y value for empty points
Series item
Series item index
Empty point y value
Performs check for a required Bezier series items amount
Error message
Bezier series items amount is proper
Creates Pie series labels
Points where labels should be located
Labels text
Angles
PieCenter point
PieRadius
RenderEngine of chart
Filters X dependent series items without X value
Sum of series items' Y values
Sum of series items' Y values
Custom format string
String should be formatted
Format expression
Formated string
Return a sum value of items values
Series item
Sum
Replaces string
String that should be changed
Expression for formatting
Item Value
Default format
Returns text for item label
Item which label should be taken
Label text
Clears all series items from the data series.
Removes a series item(s) from the series.
Item for removing
Items for removing
Removes a series item(s) from the series.
Index of item should be removed
Indexes of items should be removed
Adds a series item(s) to the series.
Item to add
Items to add
Adds a series item(s) to the series.
Items to add
Adds a series item(s) to the series.
Items to add
Adds a series item(s) to the series.
Items to add
Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value.
YValue of new item
Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value and label.
YValue of new item
Label of new item
Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value, label and color.
YValue of new item
Label of new item
Color of new item
Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value, label, color and explosion.
YValue of new item
Label of new item
Color of new item
If item is exploded
Sets a new color to the series item at the specified index.
Index of item to change color
New color of item
Sets a new value for the series item at the specified index.
Index of item to change YValue
New YValue
Sets a new label for the series item at the specified index.
Index of item to change label
New label
Sets a new explode status for the series item at the specified index.
Index of item
Shoul be exploded or not
Sets new values to the data series by passing an array of real values. Old values are cleared.
New values
Sets new colors to the items in the data series.
New colors
Sets new labels to the items in the data series.
New labels
Sets exploded statuses to the items in the data series.
New exploded values
Sets new SeriesItems objects to the data series.
New Items to replace old items in series
Removes the SeriesItem object at the specified index.
Index to remove
Removes data binding links from series
Overridden
Series name
Copies settings from given series
Series to copy from
Copies series items from given series
Series that items should be copied
Return new ChartSeries instance with copied all properties from source object and cloned Items collection
New instance of ChartSeries with copied fields
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load ViewState
ViewState with data
Save Track ViewState
Object data as array
Returns whether there is an active region associated with the series.
Default attributes for series items' active regions
Default tooltip for series items' active regions
Default url for series items' active regions
Specifies whether to render the series or not.
Specifies the visual appearance of series items.
Gets or sets the type of the series.
Plot area element for series drawing
Parent element
Link to Chart object
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series X-value
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series X2-value
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y-value
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y2-value
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y3-value (High for CandleStick chart).
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y4-value (Low for CandleStick chart).
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that will be used as ChartSeries names source when Y-values are taken from one column for a several chart ChartSeries
Determines whether the series is configured as data bound or not.
Gets or sets the name of the data series.
Specifies the default value for the series items labels.
Current series index in the series collection
Y Axis used by series
Gets or sets a ChartSeries SeriesItem object at the specified index.
Gets a collection of series items.
Formatted text string for a Legend
Defines whether series can be used with zoom or not
If series depends of X value
If current series type is x dependent
Determines whether the series is stacked and not stacked100 or not.
Determines whether the series is stacked100 or not.
Determines whether the series is stacked or not.
Determines whether the series is line-type.
Determines whether the series is spline area-type.
Determines whether the series is normal area-type.
Determines whether the series is stacked line-type.
Determines whether the series is stacked area-type.
Determines whether the series is stacked area-type.
Determines whether the series is stacked area-type.
Determines whether the series has items with empty values
Series collection
Parent element
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesCollection class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesCollection class.
Parent for collection
Gets minimum Stacked 100 series item value
Series Type
Minimum Stacked 100 series item value
Gets maximum Stacked 100 series item value
Maximum Stacked 100 series item value
Gets the min value of the stacked series of a specifies type.
Series Type
Min value of the stacked series of a specifies type.
Gets the max value of the stacked series of a specified type.
Series Type
Max value of the stacked series of a specified type
Compares two doubles and return minimum value
First value to compare
Second value to compare
Less value
Should NAN values be compared as 0 or not
Compares two doubles and return maximum value
First value to compare
Second value to compare
Greater value
Should NAN values be compared as 0 or not
Checks if collection contains only Bezier series
Whether collection contains only Bezier series
Returns true if collection contains only pie series
Define items label text for each item for the all series in the collection
Clear auto generated items label text for each item in the collection
Check if collection contains proper data
Text of error
Returns True if series is a stacked type
Is series a stacked type
Returns True if series is a stacked100 type
Is series a stacked100 type
Gets maximum series items count of specified type
Type of series
Maximum series items count of specified type
Gets series count of specified type
Series type
Series count of specified type
Gets series items sum
Item index for calculating summary
Series items sum
Return a sum value of items values
Series
Dictionary of value and sum
Checks if any series item has X value
Checks if any series item has X value
Gets value limits
Value limits
Clears all series's style main and secondary colors
Returns True if all series have no items
True if all series have no items
Count of specified type series
Type of series
Start index to search
Count of specified type series
Collection of series of specified type
Type of series to select
Collection of series of specified type
Collection of series of specified types
Types of series to select
Collection of series of specified types
Collection of series that use and have XValues
Collection of series that use and have XValues
Clone X-dpended series collection
Clone X-dpended series collection
Collection of series that use YAxis
Collection of series that use YAxis
Prepare series after AutoScale, add fake X values
Restore series after AutoScale, remove fake X values
Final code for series insertion
Index where series should be insert
Value to insert
Add ChartSeries at the collection
ChartSeries to add
Clears items in all series
Removes the all data series from the series collection.
Insert ChartSeries in collection at the specific position
Position
ChartSeries
Insert ChartSeries in collection at the specific position
Position
ChartSeries
Find series by name
ChartSeries name
ChartSeries
Returns a reference to the ChartsSereis object at the specified index.
Index of series
Series with specified index
Returns the number of items in the longest data series.
Number of items in the longest data series
Removes data binding links from series
Gets all series related to the given Y ChartAxis
YAxisType(Primary, Secondary)
All series related to the given Y ChartAxis
Gets the minimal item value of all series.
Minimal item value of all series
Gets the maximal item value of all series.
Maximal item value of all series
Load ViewState
ViewState with data
Parent element (chart)
Gets or sets a ChartSeries at the specific position in ChartSeries collection.
Position in the collection
ChartSeries at the specific position
Property is true if all series in collection is X depended
Returns the number of bar series which are drawn next to each other. StackedBars, StackedBars100 are counted as 1 bar series.
Cont of bar series
Defines whether all series in collection are scalable
Defines whether all series in collection are unscalable
Specifies legend items presentation.
The legend does not show any information from the series.
The legend shows the series name.
The legend shows the names of the series items.
Series orientation
Specifies Vertical Orientation
Specifies Horizontal Orientation
Class describe a value limits for axis calculation
Min X value
Max X value
Min Y value
Max Y value
Creates instance of ChartValueLimits class.
Minimal x value
Maximal x value
Minimal y value
Maximal y value
Chart Title
Creates a new instance of the ChartTitle class.
Creates a new instance of the ChartTitle class.
Chart
Creates a new instance of the ChartTitle class.
Chart
Elements container
Layout zone types
Vertical layout zone
Horizontal layout zone
Virtual chart area for a chart elements placement in auto-layout
Creates new class instance
Export zone to rectangle
RectangleF
Layout zone to Position
Position
Layout zone to Dimensions
Creates Layout zone from chart object
Zone container dimensions
Chart element like ChartTitle or Legend
LayoutZone
Creates new layout zone from a space available for a chart element
Chart dimensions
Chart element
Existing layout zones
LayoutZone
Relocates existing layout zones to avoid their overlapping
ChartTitle layout zone
Legend LayoutZone
DataTable layout zone
Corrects element position to place it inside zone
Element position
Calculates element position
Chart element
Element dimensions
Current element position
Relocates current layout zone elements inside of layout zone
Gets the DataTable from Layout zone
DataTable or null
Gets ChartTitle from Layout zone
ChartTitle or null
Gets Legend from Layout zone
Legend or null
Remove duplicates from layout zone
Layout zones array
Fixes layout zone dimensions
Layout zone to fix
Is layout zone already used
Layout zones array
Layout zone to check
Start index
True if zone already used
Get Y offset of the element in zone
Element
Left offset value
Gets element's bound rectangle height
Height
Fix X coordinate and Width of two layout zones
First Layout zone
Second Layout zones
Corrects element position position
Position
Sets the layout zone dimension including appropriate margins
Bound rectangle
Element margins
Sets the layout zone dimension
Container object dimensions
Corrects the element position to place it inside Layout Zone
Zone element position
Zone container dimensions
Adds chart element in current layout zone
Element to add
X coordinate
Y coordinate
Zone width
Zone height
Zone type
IOrdering list element by index
Element index
Zone aligned position
Encryption utility class
Encrypts string using AES algorithm
Text string to encrypt
Encryption key array
IV array
Encrypted byte array
Decrypts bytes array to a string using AES algorithm
Encrypted bytes array
Encryption key array
IV array
Encrypted byte array
Common chart utility methods
Class constructor
Xml support method. Gets the Xml attribute value
Target string to save the value
XmlNode to get attribute from
Xml attribute name
True in case of success
Sets the XmlAttribute value
XmlElement to set attribute value
Attribute name
Value to set
Value type if value is Enumeration
Compares two Color arrays
First array to compare
Second array to compare
True if arrays are equal
Compares two float arrays
First array to compare
Second array to compare
True if arrays are equal
Calculates sum of a float array members
Array
Sum value
Default properties values constants
Rounding digits limit
Minimum possible axis step value
Default main colors array
Default secondary colors array
Gets main color from a colors array at the specified index
Colors index in an array
Color
Gets secondary color from a colors array at the specified index
Colors index in an array
Color
Title for chart
Chart legend
Chart plot area
Control holder
List, that is represent the render order for taken up elements
(For IContainer.OrderList property)
Provides information whether the chart is used in design-time mode.
Data Manager for data binding
Series collection
Temporary series collection in design time
Temporary copy of original series collection in design time
Custom palettes collection
Users custom figures collection
Default figures collection
Skins Collection
Default constructor for Chart
Default method for BeforeLayout event handler
Object
EventArgs
Default method for PrePaint event handler
Object
EventArgs
Constructor from different chart controls
IChartComponent
Determine on which element of chart click occur
Click coordinates
Container object
Active region object
Set type for all series as DefaultType
Apply palette for chart
Palette name
Apply skin for chart
Skin name
Specifies should apply text wrapping or not
AutoTextWrap from text block
Boolean
Makes a chart's clone
Chart's clone
Update design-time preview
Changes the DataGroupColumn property without DataBind method call
Column Name
Provide relation between enums TextQuality(Teleriks) and TextRenderingHint(.Net)
TextRenderingHint value
Provide relation between enums ImageQuality(Teleriks) and SmoothingMode(.Net)
SmoothingMode value
Returns true if only pie series present
Boolean
MapPath functionality
path
path
Initialize design-time mode
Finalize design-time mode
Clearing skin settings
Checking property on a default value
Return a default value of a property
Return a value of a property
Load skin from
Saving skin
Loading chart from XML string wrapped in TextWriter
Exports chart to a XML string wrapped in TextWriter
Return a full path
Return a full path for a data source object
Return a full path for a data source object
Initialize chart and its properties
Chart calculations: Binding series to legend for BeforeLayout Event
Chart recalculation
Execute BeforeLayoutEventHandler
Chart
Arguments
Execute PrePaintEventHandler
Chart
Arguments
Returns the chart image
Returns the chart image
Returns the chart image
Returns the chart static area as image for zoom feature
Returns the chart plot area part as image for zoom feature
Get image width when scaling enabled
X scale coefficient
Y scale coefficient
Width in pixels
Get image height when scaling enabled
X scale coefficient
Y scale coefficient
Height in pixels
Preapare chart for zooming
Restore chart after zooming
Checking restrictions for when some charts modes enabled
Prepare chart elements for AutoLayout feature
Restore chart elements setting after drawing in AutoLayout mode
Returns an axis image only with ticks and axis items
Returns crash-exception image if any
Determine on which element of chart click occur
Click x coodrinate
Click y coodrinate
Active region object
Determine on which element of chart click occur
Click x coodrinate
Click y coodrinate
Active region object
Determine on which element of chart click occur
Click coodrinates
Active region object
Determine on which element of chart click occur
Click coodrinates
Active region object
Get series
Series name
Series or null
Get series
Series index
Series or null
Gets a reference to the data first series by specifying data series color.
Series color
Series or null
Adds a new data series to the chart's data series collection.
Series for adding
Add series
Series to add
Add series
Series for adding
Add series
Series for adding
Add series
Series for adding
Add series
Series for adding
Series for adding
Clear series collection
Remove series
Series
Series
Remove series
Series name
Series names
Remove series
Series index
Series indexes
Get elements order position
Element
Add element at the end of list
Element
Insert element at specific position in list
Position
Element
Remove element from list
Element
Remove element from list by it's index
Position
Re-index order list
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Tracking ViewState
Loading ViewState data
Saving ViewState
Copy chart setting
Base chart
Contains a figures collection .
Contains a collection of custom figures.
Contains a collection of custom palettes
Provides information whether the chart is used in design-time mode.
Provides access to the title element of the chart.
Provides access to the legend element of the chart.
Contains appearance related settings.
Contains a chart plot area element.
Specifies the default series type.
Use this property to access the chart bitmap.
Specifies a column which will be used for group by clause. A new series will be
created for each unique record in this column.
Gets or sets the RadChart's chart series collection object.
Specifies the series palette
Added just temporary to avoid build warnings
Specifies AutoLayout mode to all items on the chart control.
Added just temporary to avoid build warnings
Specifies AutoTextWrap mode for all wrappable text blocks of the chart control.
Added just temporary to avoid build warnings
Specifies the skin to use.
When true and using a skin, user will not be able to override any of the skin
appearance.
Exposes advanced data binding options. You can use this property to perform custom
data binding at runtime.
Specifies the orientation of chart series on the plot area.
Toggles the use of the IntelligentLabels feature.
Parent application path.
Temporary images path.
Specifies the image rendering format.
Specifies the bitmap resolution.
Return factor for wrap mechanism for fixed sides proportion wrap type
Event handle for BeforeLayout Event
Event handle for PrePaint Event
Specifies a design-time series collection
Specifies a temporary copy of original series in design-time mode
Parent chart element
Show enable scale or not
List containing the render order of elements.
Gets the next free order position.
Gets a value indicating whether scaling is enabled.
Charting component
Updating designer
Common charting error
Default constructor
Message
Constructor
Message
Parent Error
For chart exceptions drawing
Graphics
Message
Font
Width
string
Supported series types.
Specifies a bar data series.
Specifies a stacked bar data series.
Specifies a stacked 100 bar data series.
///
Specifies a line data series.
Specifies an area data series.
Specifies a stacked area data series.
Specifies a stacked 100 area data series.
///
Specifies a pie data series.
///
Specifies a gantt data series.
Specifies a bezier data series.
Specifies a spline data series.
Specifies a bubble data series.
Specifies a point data series.
Specifies an spline area data series.
Specifies a stacked spline area data series.
Specifies a stacked 100 spline area data series.
Specifies a candlestick data series.
Specifies a stacked line data series.
Specifies a stacked spline data series.
The base class with common functionality needed by web chart controls for an image maps creation
Gets a string of element path in a parent control order list hierarchy.
For example, Legend has an index 4 in a Chart's order list, first legend item has an index 0 in Legend's order list.
So result string will look like "4, 0"
IOrdering element
ArrayList with parent indexes
Generates the image map HTML code
HTML code with created image map
Creates chart axes specific image maps code
Chart axis
StringBuilder to populate with image map HTML code
Generates an image map string for a given IOrdering object and appends it to a given StringBuilder object
IOrdering element
The target StringBuilder object
Disables a JavaScript post back function creation if only tool tip creation required
Gets a figure name for a image map type for a different series types
Series item
The Active region index in a regions list
Figure name
Gets an appropriate HTML shape name by an internal figure name
The charting Figure string value
HTML shape name (rect, circle, poly)
Gets the image maps coordinates
Graphics Path object to get coordinates from
Charting figure
String of element coordinates in the image map separated by comma
Returns a string that can be used in a client event to cause post back to
the server. The reference string is defined by string argument of additional event information.
A string of optional arguments to pass to the control that processes the post back.
A string that, when treated as script on the client, initiates the post back.
Checks if chart control has a Click event enabled
True or False
Generates image map HTML string
HTML string
Support class for drawing not rectangular form elements with bitmap fill
Create Instance of BitmapToRegion class
Trace bitmap data to Region
Image as Bitmap
Result Region
Delegate, that calls when selected ChartPreview change
Reloaded PictureBox special for using in the Wizard for preview different chart images
Indicate select or not ChartPreview
Delegate, that calls when selected ChartPreview change
Create a new instance of ChartPreview class
Create a new instance of ChartPreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Create a new instance of ChartPreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Override OnMouseHover event
Event arguments object
Override OnMouseLeave event
Event arguments object
Override OnClick event
Event arguments object
Override OnPaint event
Paint event arguments object
Indicate select or not ChartPreview
Class for drawing preview different series types
Series type
Base collection with all series types
Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Should select this preview
Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Should select this preview
Series type
Class for drawing preview for different skins
Skin name
Base collection with all skins
Create a new instance of ChartSkinPreview class
Base chart
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
Skin name
Skin name
Delegate, that calls when selected ChartPreview change
ChartPreview control
Class describe common functionality for collections of different types of ChartPreview
ChartPreview
Delegate for getting a selected value
Index of selected element
Charts elements property for changing
Working component
List of ChartPreview objects
Create a new instance of ChartPreviewCollection class
Working component
Charts elements property for changing
Default method for event
Default method for event
Default method for event
ChartPreview control
Dispose control
Dispose control
Should disposing
Event occurs when selected index changed
Index of selected element
Get or set element from collection by integer index
Index of element
ChartPreview object
Get a selected value
Main(that describe) value from ChartPreview
Class describe functionality for collections of ChartTypePreview
Create a new instance of ChartPreviewCollection class
Working component
Charts elements property for changing
Return selected type of series types
Series type
Selecting ChartTypePreview by ChartSeriesType
Series type for selecting
Add ChartTypePreview into the collection
Selected series type
Class describe functionality for collections of ChartSkinPreview
Create a new instance of ChartPreviewCollection class
Working component
Charts elements property for changing
Return selected skin
Selected skin name
Selecting ChartSkinPreview by skin name
Skin name for selecting
Add ChartSkinPreview into the collection
Default method for event
Default method for event
Selected skin name
Button control with additional functionality for better design for Wizard
Background image for click state
Background image for hover state
Background image for out state
Background image for disable state
Source for background image for click state
Source for background image for hover state
Source for background image for out state
Source for background image for disable state
Value that indicate should apply background images or not
Create instance of ImageButton class
Create instance of ImageButton class
Source for background image for click state
Source for background image for hover state
Source for background image for out state
Source for background image for disable state
Read source and create image
Source name
image object
Apply background images
Should apply
Override default button event OnMouseDown
Mouse event arguments
Override default button event OnMouseUp
Mouse event arguments
Override default button event OnMouseEnter
Event arguments
Override default button event OnMouseLeave
Event arguments
Override default button event OnPaint
Paint event arguments
Disposing Image
Image object reference
Dispose
Should disposing
Source for background image for disable state
Source for background image for out state
Source for background image for hover state
Source for background image for hover state
Value indicate enable button or not
Value that indicate should apply background images or not
Custom control for Wizard using for list contents manipulations
ListBox control
ImageButton control for move up ability
ImageButton control for move down ability
ImageButton control for add ability
ImageButton control for remove ability
Value indicate enable buttons(ImageButton) or not
Should apply background images for ImageButton controls
Create instance of ManagedListBox class
Apply background images for ImageButton controls
Should apply background images for ImageButton controls
Internal component initialization
Calls when Selected index of element of ListBox changed
ListBox object
Event arguments
Calls when content of ListBox changed
ListBox object
Value indicate enable buttons(ImageButton) or not
ListBox control
ImageButton control for add ability
ImageButton control for move down ability
ImageButton control for add ability
ImageButton control for remove ability
Should apply background images for ImageButton controls
Delegate for content of ListBox changed event
ListBox
Class describe a collection of ListBoxItems and its functionality
Collection owner
Create new instance of ListBoxItems class
ListBox
Create new instance of ListBoxItems class
ListBox
ListBoxItems collection
Create new instance of ListBoxItems class
ListBox
Values for ListBoxItems collection
Add item into the collection
Item for adding
Add items into the collection
Items values for adding
Add items into the collection
Items for adding
Add items into the collection
Items values for adding
Clearing collection
Insert item into the collection at specific position
Items position
Item for adding
Remove item from collection
Item that should be remove
Remove item from collection
Item with that index should be remove
Calls when content of ListBoxItems collection changed
Class describe functionality for controlling ListBox
Default method for ListBoxItemsChanged event
Sender
Create new instance of ListBoxContolling class
Create Items Collection for ListBox
ObjectCollection
Event occurs when items collection of ListBox changed
Items collection
Text block for input numbers only
Value as number
Create new instance of NumberTextBox class
Override OnLeave event
Event arguments
Value as number
Delegate calls when TabPage activate
Class describe TapPage for Wizard
Delegate calls when TabPage activate
Create new instance of WizardTabPage class
Delegate for getting list of names of available DataSources
List of names of available DataSources
Delegate for getting name of selected DataSource
List of names of available DataSources
Transfer data from DataSourse in to the control
Delegate provide event which occurs when DataSource changed
Sender object
Event arguments
Delegate provide functionality for configuration DataSorce in the design Time
Delegate for set DataSourceID in the control
Class provide Wizard GUI in the design time for chart controls
Chart component designer object
Chart component contains a original control
Chart component contains a temporary control which use in the wizard
Collection for preview series types
Collection for preview skins
Default method for GetDataSourcesList delegate
Default method for GetSelectedDataSourceName delegate
Default method for GetData delegate
Default method for DataSourceChanged delegate
Default method for DataSourceDesignerConfigure delegate
Default method for SetDataSourceID delegate
DataTable data source helper object
Create a new instance of Wizard class
Create a new instance of Wizard class
Chart component designer object
Create a new instance of Wizard class
Chart component designer object
Should apply skins for wizard or not
Initialize wizard internal controls
Fills ComboBox controls from Enum
ComboBox control
Enum
Gets enum value by its position
Enum
Position index
Management for controls in the Data tab page
Add Events for tab with series type selection
Remove Events for tab with series type selection
Initialize tab with series type selection
Create ChartPreview object
Series type
Required width for image rendering
Required height for image rendering
ChartPreview object
Create series in the chart
Series name
Main color
Second color
Series type
Chart
Change SeriesOrientation property depending of RadioButton state, when RadioButton state changing
RadioButton
Event arguments
Change SeriesOrientation property depending of RadioButton state, when RadioButton state changing
RadioButton
Event arguments
Add events for internal controls in the Data tab
Goto Axis tab
Label
Event arguments object
Change series type for selected series
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select series labels Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select series Y2 values Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select series Y values Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select series X2 values Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select series X values Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Change series name
TextBox
Event arguments object
Change series item Y2 value for selected item
TextBox
Event arguments object
Change series item Y value for selected item
TextBox
Event arguments object
Change series item X2 value for selected item
TextBox
Event arguments object
Change series item X value for selected item
TextBox
Event arguments object
Change series item label value for selected item
TextBox
Event arguments object
Change series item name for selected item
TextBox
Event arguments object
Define selected series item
ListBox
Event arguments object
Remove series item
Button
Event arguments object
Add series item
Button
Event arguments object
Change series item position(move down) in the collection for selected item
Button
Event arguments object
Change series item position(move up) in the collection for selected item
Button
Event arguments object
Define selected series
ListBox
Event arguments object
Remove selected series
Button
Event arguments object
Add series
Button
Event arguments object
Change series position(move down) in the collection for selected item
Button
Event arguments object
Change series position(move up) in the collection for selected item
Button
Event arguments object
Remove events from internal controls in the Data tab
Init internal controls in the Data tab
Init controls which bind to the series
Init controls which bind to the series items
Gets a visible item mark for display in the ListBox
Series Item
item mark text
Select series by index
series index
should change selected index or not
Select series item by index
series index
should change selected index or not
Fill DropDownList from list of available DataSources
Initialize controls which bind to the DataBinding functionality
Supporting method for preview data from data source
Data from data source
Call DataSource properties and setting dialog
Button
Event arguments object
Apply selecting DataSourse
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select axis labels Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Select grouping Field from binding source
DropDownList
Event arguments object
Initialize controls on the Skin tab
Create preview for skin
Skin Name
Required width for preview image
Required height for preview image
ChartSkinPreview object
Go to the data tab
Label
Event arguments
Remove events from controls that binding with values of data table
Add events from controls that binding with values of data table
Set Y coordinate for DataTable
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set X coordinate for DataTable
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Initialize controls that binding with values of data table
Change RenderType of DataTable
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Change AlignedPosition of DataTable
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Change Visible of DataTable
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Change Position.Auto of DataTable
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Add events from controls in the Axis Tab
Go to the Data tab
Label object
Event arguments object
Set Tick.Visible for selected axis
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Remove events from controls in the Axis Tab
Initialize controls base on the XAxis
Initialize controls base on the YAxis
Initialize controls base on the YAxis2
Initialize Axis tab internal controls
Set Axis.Visible for selected axis
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Set AxisItems visible for selected axis
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Set AutoScale for selected axis
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Set Axis label text for selected axis
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set Axis step text for selected axis
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set Axis label rotation angle for selected axis
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set MinValue for selected axis
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set MaxValue for selected axis
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set VisibleValues for selected axis
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set ValueFormat for selected axis
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set selected axis
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set base axis for copy setting
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set AxisLabel AlignedPosition for selected axis
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Copy settings from one axis to another
Button object
Event arguments object
Move up selected manual axis item
Button object
Event arguments object
Move down selected manual axis item
Button object
Event arguments object
Set text for manual axis item
Button object
Event arguments object
Remove manual axis item
Button object
Event arguments object
Select target manual axis item
ListBox object
Event arguments object
Add manual items into the ListBox
Collection of ChartAxisItems
Add new manual axis item
Button object
Event arguments object
Get selected axis
ChartAxis
Initialize controls that bindings to the SeriesLabels
Series index
Set SeriesLabel AlignedPosition for selected series
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set AxisLabel Distance for selected series
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set AxisLabel Rotation angle for selected series
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set AxisLabel Visible angle for selected series
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Set selected series
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set Legend Alignment
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set Figure for markers of bindable legend items
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set Visible for Legend
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Set Title text
TextBlock object
Event arguments object
Set AlignedPosition for Title
DropDownList object
Event arguments object
Set Visible for Title
CheckBox object
Event arguments object
Required method for Designer support - do not modify
the contents of this method with the code editor.
Mouse Wheel support in the wizard tabs
Object
Mouse Event Arguments object
Select Tab
Tab object
Event Arguments object
Apply Skin
Should apply skin
Override OnCreateControl: initialize BackgroundImage for form
Override OnPaint: Drawing BackgroundImage for form
Paint Event Arguments object
Submit button click
Button object
Event Arguments object
Apply button click
Button object
Event Arguments object
Cancel button click
Button object
Event Arguments object
Wizard MouseMove event
Wizard
Event Arguments object
Wizard MouseDown event
Wizard
Event Arguments object
WizardAdded event
Form
Close button click
Button object
Event Arguments object
Wizard form MouseDown event
Form
Event Arguments object
Wizard form MouseDown event
Wizard
Event Arguments object
Wizard Title MouseDown event
Wizard
Event Arguments object
Wizard Title MouseMove event
Wizard
Event Arguments object
Support class for additional functionality which is used in the specific controls in wizard
Gets image from resource library
Resource name
Image
Trace Bitmap data into region
Image as bitmap
Region
Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode.
Used for select palette
Object that provide an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display
Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property
grid control in design mode.
ListBox for palette selection
Create a instance of ChartPaletteEditor class
Return edit style for ListBox
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Edit style
Call when value change
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object
Value
New value
Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection
Object which generate a event
Event arguments
Dispose
Dispose
True - if should disposing
For resize ability
Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode.
Used for skins collection changes
Object which Provides an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display
Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property
grid control in design mode.
ListBox for select value
Create a instance of ChartSkinEditor class
Return edit style for ListBox
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Edit style
Call when value change
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object
Value
New value
Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection
Object which generate a event
Event arguments
Return a component for changes
Object which defines a mechanism for retrieving a service object.
Object which provides functionality required by all components
Dispose object
Dispose object
Should dispose
Used for resize ability
Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode.
Used for DataColumn changing
Object which Provides an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display
Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property
grid control in design mode.
ListBox for select value
Previous value
Return edit style for ListBox
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Edit style
Call when value change
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object
Value
New value
Filling listbox
Data
DataMember
Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection
Object which generate a event
Event arguments
Dispose object
Dispose object
Should dispose
Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode.
Used for figure change
Object which Provides an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display
Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property
grid control in design mode.
ListBox for select value
Previous value
Style object
Create new instance of FiguresEditor class
Return edit style for ListBox
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Edit style
Call when value change
Object which provide contextual information about a component
Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object
Value
New value
Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection
Object which generate a event
Event arguments
Dispose object
Should dispose
Dispose object
Should dispose
Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode.
Used for DataColumn with numeric data changing
Filling listbox
Data
DataMember
Common interface for a ordering collections
Adds IOrdering elements list in the collection
IOrdering list to add
The starting index at collection to add elements to
Adds only visible items to collection
IOrdering list to add
The starting index at collection to add elements to
Adds only visible item to collection
IOrdering element to add
The starting index at collection to add element to
Gets the IOrdering element from collection at the given index
Element index
IOrdering element
A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
Sets the edge type of rectangular shapes.
Container object
Create new instance of Corners class.
Container object
Create new instance of Corners class.
Create new instance of Corners class.
RoundSize for coners
Create new instance of Corners class.
Type of top left corner
Type of top right corner
Type of bottom left corner
Type of bottom right corner
RoundSize of corners
Implicitly creates a Corners from the specified string.
The string to parse
Object of corners type
Converts the specified string to Corners.
The string to convert.
Corners that represents the specified string.
Converts the specified string to a Corners.
The string to convert.
CultureInfo used
Object of corners type
Set specified type for all corners
Type of corners
Compare two objects of Corners type
Object to compare with
Whether objects equal
Gets HashCode
HashCode
Clone this object
New instance of Corners type
Copy fields from specified object
Object to copy from
Reset all settings to default
Gets and sets the type of the top left corner of the rectangular shape.
Type of top left corner
Gets and sets the type of the top right corner of the rectangular shape.
Type of top right corner
Gets and sets the type of the bottom left corner of the rectangular shape.
Type of bottom left corner
Gets and sets the type of the bottom right corner of the rectangular shape.
Type of bottom right corner
Gets and sets the round size of the corner.
Round size of corners
Check whether all corners are of Rectangle type.
Check whether can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context
Context for types converting
Type to convert
Can convert an object or not
Conversion of an object to the type of this converter
Context for types converting
To use at the current culture
Object to convert
Converted object
Conversion of an object to the specified type
Context for types converting
To use at the current culture
Object to convert
Type to convert the value parameter to
converted object
Get Properties Supported
Context
Properties Supported
Gets Properties of type
Context
Properties of this type
Get Create Instance Supported
Context
Get Create Instance Supported
Create new instance
Context
Properties
New instance
Corner type
Specifies a sharp corner.
Specifies a rounded corner.
Represents custom shape of an element.
Represents element shape. Base class for specialized shapes such as
EllipseShape, RoundRectShape, Office12Shape, etc.
Serializes properties. Required for serialization mechanism of telerik
framework.
Deserializes properties. Required for the deserialization mechanism of telerik
framework.
Initializes a new instance of the CustomShape class.
Initializes a new instance of the CustomShape class using a container.
Creates a path using a ractangle for bounds.
Serializes properties. Required for telerik serialization mechanism.
Deserializes properties. Required for telerik deserialization mechanism.
Gets a List of Shape points.
Gets or sets a Rectangle indicating the dimension of the shape.
Represents a shape editor control.
Required designer variable.
Clean up any resources being used.
true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
Required method for Designer support - do not modify
the contents of this method with the code editor.
Required designer variable.
Clean up any resources being used.
true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
Required method for Designer support - do not modify
the contents of this method with the code editor.
Represents a shape point.
Represents a base class of the ShapePoint class.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePointbase class.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using X and Y
coordinates.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using a Point structure.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using an instance of the
ShapePointBase class.
Sets the X and Y coordinates of the shape point.
Sets the point position from a Point structure.
Retrieves a Point structure corresponding to the point position.
Retrieves a string representation of the ShapePointBase class.
Gets or sets a float value indicating the X coordinate of the shape point.
Gets or sets a float value indicating the Y coordinate of the shape point.
Gets or sets a value indicating the anchor style.
Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the shape point is locked.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class from
the X and Y coordinates of the point.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class from a Point structure.
Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using a ShapePoint instance.
Creates a Bezier curve between the current point and the point given as a
parameter.
Gets or sets the first control point.
Gets or sets the second control point.
Exposes the line direction.
Exposes the line position.
Indicates horizontal position.
Indicates vertical position.
Represents element shape converter.
Represents round rectangle shape.
Initializes a new instance of the RoundRectShape class.
Initializes a new instance of the RoundRectShape class using a radius.
Greates round rectangle like path.
Serializes properties. Required for telerik serialization mechanism.
Deserializes properties. Required for telerik deserialization mechanism.
Gets or sets the radius of the shape.
User-defined figure
Creates new instance of CustomFigure class.
Creates new instance of CustomFigure class.
Name of figure
Data in string format used for figure creation
Gets String representation
String representation
Gets and sets Figure's name
Name of figure
Gets and sets Figure's source
Data in string format needed to restore object
Custom figures collection
Gets or sets a custom figures collection item.
Index to get figure
Figure at specified index
Gets or sets a custom figures collection item.
Name of figure to get
Figure with specified name
Adds a custom figure to the collection.
Figure for adding
Adds an array of figure items to the figures collection.
Figures for adding
Indicates whether the specified figure item exists in the collection.
Figure name
Whether the specified figure item exists in the collection or not
Returns the index of the specified figure item.
Name of figure
Index of figure with specified name
Removes figure with specified name
Name of figure
Default figures' names
List of default figures' names
Gets whether list contains figure with specified name
Name of figure
Whether list contains figure with specified name or not
Get graphics path of figure with specified name
Name of figure
Graphics path
Create graphics path for star figure
Count of points in star
Rectangle of star figure
Ratio
Graphics path of star figure
Default figures
List of figures
Create new instance of FiguresCollection class.
Create new instance of FiguresCollection class.
Chart to add figures into collection
Add list of figures into collection
List of figures
Add figure with specified name
Name figure for adding
Gets graphics path of figure with specified name
Name of figure
Graphics path
Gets graphics path of figure with specified name in chart's custom figures
Name of figure
Chart with custom figures
Graphics path
Gets list of figures
User-defined palettes collection
Create new instance of CustomPalettesCollection class.
Indicates whether the specified palette item exists in the collection.
Name of palette
Whether the specified palette item exists in the collection
Returns the index of the specified palette item.
Name of palette
Index of the specified palette item
Removes palette with specified name from collection
Name of palette
Returns a reference to the Palette object at the specified index.
Index to get palette
Palette at specified index
Returns a reference to the Palette object by the specified name.
Name of palette
Palette object with specified name
Series color palette. Used for an automatic series items colors assignment
Palette items collection that palette contains
Create new instance of Palette class.
Create new instance of Palette class.
Name of palette
Create new instance of Palette class.
Name of palette
Main colors of palette items
Second colors of palette items
Create new instance of Palette class.
Name of Palette
Additional colors of palette
Create new instance of Palette class.
Name
Colors of items
If true than second and main colors are equal
Fill items collection from two color arrays
Main colors of items
Second color of items
Gets palette item with specified index
Index where palette item should be get
Palette item
Gets string representation
String representation
Clone this object
New instance with the same fields as this one
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState data
Save data into ViewState
Saved data
Gets and sets Palette item at specified index
Index to get palette item
Palette item at specified index
Palette item
Gets Palette Items Collection
Specifies the palette name
Palette name
Palette item
Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending
Create new instance of PaletteItem class.
Create new instance of PaletteItem class.
Colors with positions
Create new instance of PaletteItem class.
Name of item
Colors with positions
Create new instance of PaletteItem class.
Name of item
Main color of item
Second color of item
Create new instance of PaletteItem class.
Main color of item
Second color of item
Reset all settings to default
Gets string representation
String representation
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data into ViewState
Saved data
Clone this object
New instance with fields equal to these ones
Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending
Specifies the main color for palette item
Main color of item
Specifies the second color for palette item
Second color of item
Specifies the name for palette item
Name of item
Palette items collection
Create new instance of PaletteItemsCollection class.
Gets Palette item at specified index
Index to get palette item
Palette item at specified index
Default palettes
Default color palettes listing
Creates object of PalettesCollection class
Returns default palette by name
Name of palette
Checks whether palette name exist in default palettes list
Name of palette
Whether palette name exist in default palettes list or not
Returns custom palette by name
Name of palette
Chart to get custom palettes
Represents the custom property attribute used to mark property as skinable and being used with a skin application
Defines whether attribute is skinable
Create new instance of SkinnablePropertyAttribute class.
Gets whether attribute is skinable
XML document to save and load style data
Should serialize all properties or only that have skinable property attributes
Save specified object to XML
Object which properties should be save to XML
Saved XML text
Serialize properties to XML
Object which properties should be save to XML
Elemnt created in XML
Serialize properties to XML
Object which properties should be save to XML
Name that created element in XML should have
Elemnt created in XML
Serialize specified property to XML
Abstraction of property style
Parent element
Object which properties should be save to XML
Serialize complex object
Abstraction of property style
Parent element
Object which properties should be save to XML
Load elements and properties from XML
String that contains XML representation of the object
Object which properties should be load from XML
Deserialize element from XML
Root element
Object which properties should be load from XML
Deserialize property from XML
Abstraction of property on a one of styles class
Property element that should be deserialized
Object which properties should be load from XML
Deserialize element of ColorBlend type
Root element
ColorBlend object
High index limit for which deserialization should take place
Checks if property has default value
Abstraction of property on a one of styles class
Style container object
Whether property has default value or not
Gets the default value for specified property
Abstraction of property on a one of styles class
Default value
Gets the default value for specified property
Abstraction of property on a one of styles class
Style container object
Default value
Gets and sets XML document
Should serialize all properties or only that have skinable property attributes
Shadow rendering support class
Draw shadow for line
Chart graphics object
Pen used for line shadow
Points that create line's path
Type of line(0-Line, 1-Bezier, 2-Spline)
Width of line
PlotArea's width
PlotArea's height
Shadow's distance
Shadow's color
Shadow's blur
Shadow's position type
Draw shadow for line
Chart graphics object
Pen used for line shadow
Line's path
Line's width
PlotArea's width
PlotArea's height
Shadow's distance
Shadow's color
Shadow's blur
Shadow's position type
Set shadow start point position by shadowPosition parameter and shadowDistance
Shadow's position type
Calculated shadow position
Shadow's distance
Corrected shadow position depended on distance and position type
Draws shadow for polygon
ChartSeries that contains shadow style
Garphics path of polygon
ChartGraphics object
PlotArea's width
PlotArea's height
Draw shadow for polygon
ChartSeries that contains shadow style
Points that form polygon
ChartGraphics object
PlotArea's width
PlotArea's height
Draw shadow for polygon
Garphics path of polygon
ChartGraphics object
PlotArea's width
PlotArea's height
Shadow's distance
Shadow's color
Shadow's blur
Shadow's position type
Draw shadow for polygon
Points that form polygon
ChartGraphics object
PlotArea's width
PlotArea's height
Shadow's distance
Shadow's color
Shadow's blur
Shadow's position type
Method creates shadow for path, based on shadow parameters and Gaussian blur logic for render shadow
Path, that describe a figure
Brush, that used for drawing a shadow (define shadow color and transparency)
Pen, that used for drawing a shadow
Distance from object to it shadow
Blur coefficient
Size for image, that contain shadow
Draw figure type
Image that contains shadow with blur
Creates pixels array from image using managed code
Source bitmap to get pixels
Weight of bitmap
Height of bitmap
Pixels colors
Updates image from pixels array using managed code
Source bitmap to get pixels
Pixels colors
Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array
Weight of bitmap
Height of bitmap
Updates image from pixels array using unmanaged code
Source bitmap to get pixels
Pixels colors
Blur top point
Blur height
Blur left point
Blur width
Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array
Weight of bitmap
Height of bitmap
Data about bitmap locked in memory
Gaussian blur algorithm for bitmap image
Image, that can be degraded
Blur coefficient
Degraded bitmap
Blur rectangle
Blur image
Support function for blur, generate one dimensional array with coefficients
Blur coefficient
Array with blur coefficients
Sets pixels colors to image
Image to set pixels colors
Pixels colors as two-dimensioned array
Blur top point
Blur height
Blur left point
Blur width
Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array
Image width
Image height
Types for drawing figures
Only lines
Only fills
Lines and fills
Describe a 4-byte color and functionality that works with color and byte arrays
Red channel
Green channel
Blue channel
Alpha (transparency) channel
Create new instance of BColor class
Red component
Green component
Blue component
Transparency channel
New instance of BColor class
Create new instance of BColor class
New instance of BColor class
Create new instance of BColor class
Red channel value
Green channel value
Blue channel value
Alpha (transparency) channel value
Convert BColor object to string representation
String
Get pixels colors from image
Iamge to get pixels
Width of image
Height of image
Pixels colors from image
Transform one dimensional byte array to two dimensional BColor array, that describe the image
Array of 4 channel image bytes
Image width
Image height
Two dimensional BColor array, that describe the image
Convert two-dimensioned array of pixels colors to one-dimensioned array
Two-dimensioned array of pixels colors
One-dimensioned array of pixels colors
Pixels colors represented as one-dimensioned array each four elements of it contain information about pixel color(r,g,b,a)
Two-dimensioned array of pixels colors
Top
Height
Left
Width
Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array
Image height
Image width
Possible shadow positions listing
Assign the right position for shadow
Assign the left position for shadow
Assign the top position for shadow
Assign the bottom position for shadow
Assign the top right position for shadow
Assign the top left position for shadow
Assign the bottom right position for shadow
Assign the bottom left position for shadow
Assign the behind position for shadow
Chart skin
Skin name
XML document that contains skin properties.
Create new instance of ChartSkin class.
Create new instance of ChartSkin class with specified name.
Name of skin.
Create new instance of ChartSkin class.
XML document that contains skin properties.
Checks if skin is not specified for chart.
Skin name
Whether skin is not specified for chart or not
Applies skin to given chart
Chart to apply skin
Grabs skin from given chart
Chart to get skin
Skin name
Gets and sets skin name.
Name of skin
Gets and sets XML document that contains skin properties.
Chart skins collection
A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
Skins listing. New skin name should be added here
Resource that holds skins.
Gets the names of the skins in the collection.
Names of skins in collection.
Resource manager.
Provides information about resource.
Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
Embedded background images for skins.
A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
Get image with specified name of specified skin.
Name of image.
Skin name.
Image from resource
Resource manager.
Provides information about resource.
Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
Chart background image of Inox skin.
Chart background image of Mac skin.
Chart background image of Marble skin.
Chart background image of Metal skin.
Chart background image of Wood skin.
PlotArea background image of Inox skin.
PlotArea background image of Marble skin.
PlotArea background image of Metal skin.
Aligned positions listing
Assign the right position for element
Assign the left position for element
Assign the top position for element
Assign the bottom position for element
Assign the center position for element
Assign the top right position for element
Assign the top left position for element
Assign the bottom right position for element
Assign the bottom left position for element
Define auto wrap option for text
Means that value of auto text wrap will be inherit of parent element.
Means that auto text wrap will be applied.
Means that auto text wrap will not be applied.
Specifies different axis styles for positioning of item labels and marks.
Sets the default axis layout style.
Sets the endmost axis items inside the axis.
Sets axis items between axis marks.
Define visibility option for axis
Means that axis will be visible if it is XAxis or any series belongs to it.
Means that axis will be visible.
Means that axis will be not visible.
Axis visible values range positive / negative
All values will be visible.
Only positive values will be visible.
Only negative values will be visible.
Specifies that no default format string is specified. Uses CustomFormat if is .
Default format string is set to currency : "C".
Default format string is set to scientific : "E".
Default format string is set to general : "G".
Default format string is set to number : "N".
Default format string is set to percent : "P".
Converts to short date using ShortDatePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set.
Converts to short time using ShortTimePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set.
Converts to long date using LongDatePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set.
Converts to long time using LongTimePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set.
Gradient element
Create new instance of GradientElement class.
Create new instance of GradientElement class.
Color
Position
Reset to default parameters
Comparing to objects
Object for comparing
Whether objects are equal or not
Gets hash code
Hash code
Clone this object.
New instance of GradientElement class with the same fields as this one
Gets and sets Color
Color
Gets and sets Position
Position
Defines arrays of elements and positions used for interpolating GradientElement blending in a multicolor gradient.
Container element
Create new instance of ColorBlend class.
Create new instance of ColorBlend class.
Colors to add
Create new instance of ColorBlend class.
Colors to add to the object
Container element
Create new instance of ColorBlend class.
Colors to add to the object.
Positions of colors.
Container element
Create new instance of ColorBlend class.
Colors to add to the object
Positions of colors
Create new instance of ColorBlend class.
Container element.
Adds a range of elements to the collection.
Object that contains element to add
Load pairs colors\positions from specified object.
Object to load from.
Gets ColorBlend's colors.
ColorBlend's colors.
Gets ColorBlend's positions.
ColorBlend's positions.
Gets color at specified position.
Position to get color.
Color at specified position.
Returns gradient brush
Rectangle of brush
Angle of brush.
Gradient brush
Comparing two objects.
Object to compare.
Whether objects equal or not
Color blends comparer
First object for comparing
Second object for comparing
Whether objects equal or not
Clone this object.
New instance of ColorBlend class with the same fields as this one.
Defaults
Dimensions base class
Interface that sizable objects implement.
Gets and sets auto size mode.
Gets and sets height value.
Gets and sets width value.
Gets and sets margins.
Gets and sets paddings.
Specifies the margins properties
Specifies the paddings properties
Gets if Height property should be serializable.
If Height property should be serializable.
Reset Height to default value.
Gets if Width property should be serializable.
If Width property should be serializable.
Gets if Width property should be serializable.
If Width property should be serializable.
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Container element
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Width of element
Height of element
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Width of element
Height of element
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Margins of element
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Paddings of element
Create new instance of Dimensions class.
Margins of element
Paddings of element
Container element.
Copy of this object.
Resets to default values
Checks if objects are equal without margins and paddings.
Object to compare
If objects are equal without margins and paddings
Sets the new Width and Height values
Width of element
Height of element
Sets the new Width and Height values
Width of element
Height of element
Copy dimensions from the object.
Object tot copy from.
Comparing of two objects.
Object to compare with.
Whether objects are equal.
Gets hash code.
Hash code.
Returns True if dimensions width and height are zero values
True if dimensions width and height are zero values
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Clone this object.
New instance of Dimensions class with the same fields as this object.
Track ViewState.
Load data from ViewState.
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState.
Saved data
Gets and sets Auto sizing mode
True if auto size, false - if not.
Specifies the height property
Height value of Unit type.
Specifies the width property
Width value of Unit type
Specifies the margins properties
Margins for element
Specifies the paddings properties
Paddings for element
Gets property value by name.
Name of property.
Value of property.
Specific series point marks dimensions
Create new instance of DimensionsSeriesPointMark class.
Container element.
Create new instance of DimensionsSeriesPointMark class.
Resets Height to default values
Resets Width to default values
Resets to default values
Clone this object.
New instance of DimensionsSeriesPointMark class with the same fields as this object.
Specifies Height of element.
Specifies Width of element.
Specifies margins of element.
Specifies paddings of element.
Chart title's dimensions
Create new instance of DimensionsTitle class.
Reset to default values.
Specifies margins of element.
Specifies paddings of element.
Default plot area's dimensions
Create new instance of DimensionsPlotArea class.
Reset to default settings
Specifies margins of element.
Chart's dimensions
Reset Height to default settings
Reset Width to default settings
Default height
Default width
Reset to default settings
Specifies Height of element
Specifies Width of element
Legend's dimensions
Create new instance of DimensionsLegend
Reset to default settings
Specifies margins of element
Specified paddings of element
Marker's default dimensions
Create new instance of DimensionsMarker class.
Container element
Create new instance of DimensionsMarker class.
Create new instance of DimensionsMarker class.
Width of element
Height of element
Reset Height to default settings
Reset Width to default settings
Reset to default settings
Specifies paddings of element
Gets and sets Auto size mode of element
Specifies height of element
Specifies width of element
PointMark's default dimensions
Clone this object.
New instance of DimensionsPointMarker class with the same fields as this object.
Specifies margins of element
Empty values representation mode
Empty value
Empty value point appearance
Line, Spline, Bezier series line style
Specifies an empty bar fill style
Create new instance of EmptyValue class.
Reset all settings to default.
Clone this object.
New instance of the object EmptyValue with the same fields as this object has.
Track ViewState.
Load data from ViewState.
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState.
Saved data.
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Gets and sets Empty values representation mode
Gets and sets Empty line style
Gets and sets Empty value point mark
Specifies an empty bar fill style
Specifies the direction of a linear gradient.
Fill settings
Specifies the blend colors for Gradient fill
Create new instance of FillSettings class.
Container object
Create new instance of FillSettings class.
Constructor for FillSettings for the Linear gradient fill mode
Linear gradient fill mode
Linear gradient fill angle
Specifies the blend colors for Gradient fill
Constructor for FillSettings for the Hatch fill mode
Hatch style
Constructor for FillSettings for the Image fill mode
Image mode
Image path
Alignment of image
Flip mode
Container element
Reset to default values
Get background image of chart
Chart to get image
Image from resources
Clone this object
New instance of FillSettings class with the same fields as this object.
Comparing two objects.
Object for comparing
Whether objects are equal or not
Gets hash code
Hash code
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Specifies the Linear gradient fill mode
Specifies the Linear gradient fill angle
Specifies the blend colors for Gradient fill
Specifies the style of hatch fill type
Specifies how image should be drawing
Specifies the URL of Image file
Specifies the Image align mode
Specifies the image flip settings
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Vertical gradient default fill settings
Reset values to default
Specifies the Linear gradient fill mode
Fill style base class
Fill settings
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Container element
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Main color
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Main color
Second color
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Main color
One of FillType values(Solid, Gradient, ComplexGradient, Image,Hatch)
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Main color
Second color
One of FillType values(Solid, Gradient, ComplexGradient, Image,Hatch)
Create new instance of FillStyle class.
Main color
Second color
Fill settings
Specifies whether gamma correction should be used
One of FillType values(Solid, Gradient, ComplexGradient, Image,Hatch)
Container element
Reset to default settings
Clone of this object
New instance of FillStyle class with the same fields as this object
Comparing of two objects
Object to compare
Whether objects are equal or not
Gets hash code
Hash code
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Gets and sets the main color of figure background
Gets and sets the second color of figure background
Gets and sets fill settings
Gets and sets the main color opacity coefficient
Gets and sets the second color opacity coefficient
Specifies whether gamma correction should be used
Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used
Gets value of property by its name
Name of property
Value of property
Series fill style
FillStyleSeries with default settings
Create new instance of FillStyleSeries class.
Create new instance of FillStyleSeries class.
Container element(series)
Reset to default values
Gets or sets the color of the data series.
Gets or sets the color of the data series.
Series points fill style
Create new instance of FillStyleSeriesPoint class.
Container element
Create new instance of FillStyleSeriesPoint class.
Reset to default values
Chart's background fill style
Create new instance of FillStyleChart class.
Reset to default values
Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used
Gets or sets the color of the data series.
Create new instance of FillStylePlotArea class.
Default value of Main color
Default value of Second color
Reset to default values
Chart plot area main color
Chart plot area second color
Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used
Title's background fill style
Reset to default values
Chart title main color
Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used
Marked zone fill style
Reset to default values
Chart marked zone main color
Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used
Fill types listing
Element is filled by one color.
Element is filled by two color.
Element is filled by colors at specified positions.
Element is filled by Hatch type(standard).
Element is filled by image.
Image is located at Top of element.
Image is located at Bottom of element.
Image is located at Right of element.
Image is located at Left of element.
Image is located at Center of element.
Image is located at TopRight of element.
Image is located at TopLeft of element.
Image is located at BottomRight of element.
Image is located at BottomLeft of element.
Image is aligned by specified alignment.
Stretch image.
Flip image.
Fill element by image that repeats by X and Y.
Fill element by image that flips by X.
Fill element by image that flips by Y.
Fill element by image that flips by X and Y.
Interface that objects with position implement.
Gets position.
Specifies how marker and text block are situated related to each other.
Marker at left, TextBlock - at right
Marker at right, TextBlock - at left
Marker at top, TextBlock - at bottom
Marker at bottom, TextBlock - at top
Marker and TextBlock use Position-AlignedPosition. Default value.
Base class for a chart Margins and Paddings
Container element
Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class.
Container element
Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class.
Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class.
Container element
Top side
Right side
Bottom side
Left side
Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class.
Top side
Right side
Bottom side
Left side
Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class.
Container element
Top side
Right side
Bottom side
Left side
Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class.
Value in pixels or percents of all sides
Reset to default settings.
Set value in pixels or percents of all sides
Value in pixels or percents of all sides
Checks whether objects are equal
Object to compare
Result of comparing
Gets hash code
Hash code
Operator comparing
First object for comparing
Second object for comparing
Result of comparing
Operator not equal
First object for comparing
Second object for comparing
Whether objects are not equal
Clone this object
New instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class with the same fields as this one
Copy fields from object
Object to copy from
Sets the left side in pixels or percents of the chart's width.
Sets the right side in pixels or percents of the chart's width.
Sets the top side in pixels or percents of the chart's height.
Sets the bottom side in pixels or percents of the chart's height.
Base appearance settings for any element being calculated
Base style class
Specifies the shadowStyle property
Specifies the border for style
Style container object
Chart style related to
Creates new instance of Style class.
Container object element
Creates new instance of Style class.
Creates new instance of Style class.
Style border
Creates new instance of Style class.
Style border
Visibility
Creates new instance of Style class.
Style border
Visibility
Shadow style
Gets element visibility
Element visibility to check
Visibility of the specified element
Reset settings to default
Set pixels value to width and height properties of element
Element to calculate pixel values
Container of element
Set pixels value to width and height properties of element
Element to calculate pixel values
Container's width
Container's height
Set pixels value to width and height properties of element's dimensions
Element's dimensions
Container's width
Container's height
Calculate bounds of element depend on its rotation and previous dimensions
Dimensions of element
Rotation angle
Clone this object
Cloned object
Gets property value of element by name
Element to get property
Property name
Property value of specified element
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState to load data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Specifies the border style
Specifies the shadow settings
Specifies visibility
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Specifies chart style related to
Position of element
Dimensions of element
Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class.
Container object
Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class.
Position of element
Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class.
Dimensions of element.
Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class.
Position of element
Dimensions of element.
Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class.
Border of element
Visibility of element
Shadow
Position
Dimensions
Reset to default settings
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Specifies the elements Position property
Specifies the elements Dimensions property
Border style
Style container object
Determines whether this instance is visible.
true if this instance is visible; otherwise, false.
Creates new instance of StyleBorder class
Container object
Creates new instance of StyleBorder class
Creates new instance of StyleBorder class
Border visibility
Creates new instance of StyleBorder class
Border color
Creates new instance of StyleBorder class
Border color
Border width
Creates new instance of StyleBorder class
Border color
Border width
Border PenStyle
Reset to default settings
Compare two objects
Object tot compare
Result of comparing
Gets hash code
Hash code
Clone this object
Object with the same fields as this one
Specifies the line color property
Specifies the pen style property
Specifies the width property
Visibility
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Common lines style
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Container object
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Line visibility
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Line color
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Line color
Line width
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Line color
Line width
Line PenStyle
Creates new instance of LineStyle class
Line color
Line width
Line PenStyle
Line end cap
Reset to default settings
Compare two objects
Object tot compare
Result of comparing
Gets hash code
Hash code
Clone this object
Object with the same fields as this one
Specifies the end cap property
Specifies the start cap property
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Line series specific style
Line series color
Reset to default settings
Gets or sets the width of the series line.
Width of line
Gets or sets PenStyle of the series line
PenStyle of line
Checks if line belongs to StyleEmptyLineSeries class.
Gets or sets color of the series line
Color of line
Line series visibility (same as Series.Visible)
Visibility of line
Empty Line series specific style
Reset to default settings
Gets or sets color of the series line
Color of line
Gets or sets PenStyle of the series line
PenStyle of line
Series border specific style
Creates new instance of StyleSeriesBorder class.
Series object
Reset to default settings
Gets or sets PenStyle of the series border
PenStyle of line
Gets or sets color of the series border
Color of line
Title border specific style
Legend border specific style
Reset to default settings
Gets and sets border color
Legend's border color
Chart border specific style
Reset to default settings
Gets and sets border color
Chart's border color
Data table's border specific style
Reset to default settings
Gets and sets border color
DataTable's border color
Series item label connector line specific style
Creates new instance of StyleItemLabelConnector class.
Reset to default settings
Gets and sets item label connector's color
Item label connector'scolor
Scale breaks line specific style
Reset to default settings
Gets and sets ScaleBreak's color
ScaleBreak's color
Margins base class
Creates new instance of ChartMargins class.
Container object
Creates new instance of ChartMargins class.
Creates new instance of ChartMargins class.
Container object
Top margin in pixels or percents
Right margin in pixels or percents
Bottom margin in pixels or percents
Left margin in pixels or percents
Creates new instance of ChartMargins class.
Top margin in pixels or percents
Right margin in pixels or percents
Bottom margin in pixels or percents
Left margin in pixels or percents
Creates new instance of ChartMargins class.
Top margin in pixels
Right margin in pixels
Bottom margin in pixels
Left margin in pixels
Creates new instance of ChartMargins class.
Value to set for all margins
Implicitly creates a new instance of ChartMargins from the specified string.
The string to parse
New instance of ChartMargins from the specified string
Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartMargins.
The string to convert from.
New instance of ChartMargins from the specified string
Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartMargins.
The string to convert from.
Culture info
New instance of ChartMargins from the specified string
Title's margins
Creates new instance of ChartMarginsTitle class.
Reset to default settings
Sets the right margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width.
Sets the top margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height.
Sets the bottom margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height.
Sets the left margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width.
Plot area's margins
Creates new instance of ChartMarginsPlotArea class.
Reset to default settings
Sets the left margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width.
Sets the right margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width.
Sets the top margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height.
Sets the bottom margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height.
Legend's margins
Creates new instance of ChartMarginsLegend class.
Reset to default settings
Sets the right margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width.
Specifies a horizontal drawing
Specifies a vertical drawing
Not set
Full auto resizing by contents
Horizontal auto resizing by contents
Vertical auto resizing by contents
No auto resizing
Base paddings class
Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class.
Container element
Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class.
Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class.
Container object
Top padding in pixels or percents
Right padding in pixels or percents
Bottom padding in pixels or percents
Left padding in pixels or percents
Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class.
Top padding in pixels or percents
Right padding in pixels or percents
Bottom padding in pixels or percents
Left padding in pixels or percents
Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class.
Top padding in pixels
Right padding in pixels
Bottom padding in pixels
Left padding in pixels
Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class.
Value to set for all paddings
Implicitly creates an instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string.
The string to parse
Instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string
Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartPaddings class.
The string to convert from.
Instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string
Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartPaddings class.
The string to convert from.
Culture info
Instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string
Chart title's paddings
Creates new instance of ChartPaddingsTitle class.
Reset to default values
Specifies the left padding
Specifies the right padding
Specifies the top padding
Specifies the bottom padding
Chart title's paddings
Creates new instance of ChartPaddingsLegend class.
Reset to default values
Specifies the top padding
Specifies the right padding
Specifies the bottom padding
Specifies the left padding
Direction of label position in auto mode
Horizontal label's direction
Vertical label's direction
Represents the element position in the container
Contains elements' calculated position X for speed optimization
Contains elements' calculated position Y for speed optimization
Contains True if calculation of Positions is needed
Copy of positions
Manages design-time serialization of X
True if value should be serialized
Reset X coordinate to default
Manages design-time serialization of Y
True if value should be serialized
Reset Y coordinate to default
Creates an instance of Position class.
Container element
Creates an instance of Position class.
Creates an instance of Position class.
X coordinate
Y coordinate
Creates an instance of Position class.
Aligned position of element
Creates an instance of Position class.
Aligned position of element
X coordinate
Y coordinate
Container element
Reset to default settings
Resets the cached position
Aligned Positions correction for AutoLayout
Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object.
Object to compare
Result of comparing
Gets hash code
Hash code
Clone this object
Cloned object
Defines if position is Top (Top, TopLeft, TopRight, None)
Defines if position is Bottom (Bottom, BottomLeft, BottomRight)
Defines if position is Left (Left, BottomLeft, TopLeft)
Defines if position is Right (Right, TopRight, BottomRight)
Defines if position is None
Gets and sets copy of positions
Positions to copy
Automatic positioning
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specifies the X coordinate of the figure position
Specifies the Y coordinate of the figure position
Gets value of property by name
Property name
Object
Gets and sets X calculated position used for speed optimization
Gets and sets Y calculated position used for speed optimization
Defines whether position coordinates were already calculated
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Center
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Top
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Bottom
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.TopLeft
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Right
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.TopRight
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Left
Reset to default settings
Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure
Shadow settings
Create new instance of ShadowStyle class.
Create new instance of ShadowStyle class.
Shadow color
Shadow blur
Shadow distance
Shadow position
Reset to default settings
Comparing of two objects
Object to compare
Result of comparing
Gets hash code
Hash code
Clone this object
New instance with the same fields as this one
Specifies the shadow color property
The main color opacity coefficient
Specifies the shadow position property
Specifies the shadow blur property
Specifies the shadow distance property
Common shadow settings
Chart shadow related to
Create new instance of ShadowStyleChart class.
Parent chart element
Sets blur for all chart elements
Blur to set
Sets position for all chart elements
Position to set
Sets distance for all chart elements
Distance to set
Sets color for all chart elements
Color to set
Specifies the shadow blur property
Specifies the shadow color property
Specifies the shadow distance property
Specifies the shadow position property
Possible style properties
Axis appearance
Specifies the orientation property
Default style for axis label
Default axis items text properties style
Axis minor ticks style
Axis major ticks style
Major Grid Lines options
Minor Grid Lines options
Reset to default settings
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Axis related to
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Axis orientation
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Axis orientation
Axis related to
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Axis orientation
Visibility of axis
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Axis orientation
Visibility of axis
Axis orientation
Creates new instance of StyleAxis class
Axis orientation
Visisbility of axis
Line style of axis
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Major Grid Lines options
Minor Grid Lines options
Specifies the orientation property
Color of Axis
Specifies the axis visibility option
Specifies a predefined numerical format string.
Default style for all axis items
ChartAxis minor ticks style
ChartAxis major ticks style
Specifies a custom numerical format string.
Specifies the width of the axis.
Common axis items labels text blocks settings
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Y axis specific style
Creates new instance of StyleAxisY class
Axis related to
Reset to default settings
Specifies the orientation property
X axis specific style
Creates new instance of StyleAxisX class
Axis related to
Reset to default settings
Specifies minor ticks options
Specifies major ticks options
Specifies the orientation property
Specifies the quality at which text is rendered.
Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font smoothing settings the user has selected for the system.
Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used.
Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature.
Specifies that each character is drawn using its anti aliased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to anti aliasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off.
Specifies that each character is drawn using its anti aliased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to anti aliasing, but at a higher performance cost.
Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph CT bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features.
Specifies the quality at which image is rendered.
Specifies the default mode.
Specifies anti aliased rendering.
Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
Specifies no anti aliasing.
Main chart appearance settings
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Creates new instance of StyleChart class.
Chart related to.
Creates new instance of StyleChart class.
Chart dimensions
FillStyle of chart
Corners of chart
Chart border style
Chart shadow style
Visibility of chart
Reset to default settings
Clone this object
Cloned object
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewSatate with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Determines the width of bars.
Determines how much of the bar's area is overlapped in multiple bar charts.
Specifies the quality at which text in chart is rendered.
Specifies the quality at which chart image is rendered.
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Specifies the figure property
Gets visibility of chart
Gets positions
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
DataTable appearance settings
Specifies the background property
Specifies the text properties
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Style parent object
Creates a new instance of StyleChartDataTable class.
Creates a new instance of StyleChartDataTable class.
Parent element
Creates a new instance of StyleChartDataTable class.
DataTable's dimensions
DataTable's fillStyle
DataTable's position
DataTable's textProperties
DataTable's border
DataTable's shadowStyle
DataTable's visiblity
Reset to default settings
Save DataTable's dimensions
Save DataTable's dimensions and positions for auto layout
Restore dimensions
Restore margins
Clone this object
Cloned object
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Saved data to ViewState
saved data
Specifies DataTable visibility
Specifies data table cell width
Specifies data table cell height
Specifies data table rendering type
Should horizontal lines be rendered
Should vertical lines be rendered
Hide/show all lines
Specifies text vertical alignment
Specifies text horizontal alignment
Specifies the figure property
Specifies the background property
Specifies text wrap property for texts in Data Table
Specifies the text properties
Specifies RadChart's styles for the grid lines layout.
Sets normal grid lines.
Sets expanded grid lines.
Grid line specific style
Checks whether grid line be rendered or not
Reset to default settings
Should grid lines be hidden with axis or not
Default value is true
Gets or sets the width of the grid line.
Specifies the pen style used for grid lines' drawing.
Specifies the color of the grid lines.
Reset to default settings
Gets and sets grid lines' visibility
Reset to default settings
Reset to default settings
Specifies the pen style used for grid lines' drawing.
Base label appearance style
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Specifies that style has container object
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
Style container element
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
FillStyle of label
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
Label's position
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
FillStyle of label
Label's position
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
FillStyle of label
Label's position
Label's dimensions
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
FillStyle of label
Corners of label
Label's position
Label's dimensions
Creates new instance of StyleLabel class.
CompositionType to specify textblock and marker positions
Label's dimensions
Label's figure
FillStyle of label
Label's position
Rotation angle
Corners of label
Label's border
Shadow style of label
Label's visibility
Reset to default settings
Copy dimensions
Restore saved dimensions value
Restore margins initial value
Save dimensions and positions for autolayout
Clone this object
Cloned object
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Specifies the figure property
Specifies the rotation angle property
Specifies the label's items composition type
Specifies tha label's visibility
Specifies that style has container object
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Property value
Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class.
Container element
Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class.
Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class.
FillStyle of label
Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class.
Label's position
Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class.
FillStyle of label
Label's position
Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class.
FillStyle of label
Label's position
Label's dimensions
Reset to default settings
Specifies tha label's visibility
Specifies label item's style
Specifies label item's marker's style
Specifies label item's textblock's style
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
Container element
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
FillStyle of label
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
Position of label
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
FillStyle of label
Position of label
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
FillStyle of label
Position of label
Label's dimensions
Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class
Composition type of label items
Label's dimensions
Label's figure
Label's fillstyle settings
Layout of label items
Label's position
Label's rotation angle
Label's corners
Label's border
Label's shadow style
Label's visibility
Dispose object
Clone this object
Cloned object
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Specifies label location (InsidePlotArea, OutsidePlotArea)
Specifies item label's style
Specifies item label's text's style
Specifies item label's marker's style
Specifies the behavior when overflow occurred
Specifies the series names format shown in Legend when data grouping being used and names are digits.
Supported format strings as "#VALUE" / "#NAME"
Series item appearance style
Style of connector line
Specifies that style has container object
Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItemLabel class.
Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItemLabel class.
Style container element
Reset to default settings
Clone this object
Cloned object
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Save data to ViewState
Saved data
Label distance from series when LabelLocation equals Auto
Specifies labels' visibility
Gets label's connector's style
Specifies label's layout
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Inside item
Outside item
Auto
Inside PlotArea location
Outside PlotArea location
Legend appearance style
Creates new instance of StyleLabelLegend class.
Reset to default settings
Save dimensions and positions for AutoLayout
Gets label's figure
Specifies label's overflow
Axis label style
Creates new instance of StyleAxisLabel class.
Reset to default settings
Axis label style
Reset to default settings
Specifies label's rotation angle
Chart title style
Creates new instance of StyleLabelTitle class.
Creates new instance of StyleLabelTitle class.
Style container object
Reset to default settings
Save dimensions and positions for AutoLayout
Empty series message style
Creates new instance of StyleLabelEmptySeriesMessage class.
Reset to default settings
Specifies label' visibility
Marked zone. Used to mark the values ranges at the plot area.
Specifies the FillStyle property
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkedZoneclass.
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkedZoneclass.
FillStyle of Marked Zone
Marked Zone's border
Marked Zone's shadow style
Visibility of Marked Zone
Reset to default settings
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Saved data to ViewState
saved data
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Specifies the FillStyle property
Get property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Base marker's style
Specifies the corners of background rectangle
Specifies the FillStyle property
Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class.
Style container object
Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class.
Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class.
Marker's figure name
Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class.
Marker's figure name
Width and height of marker
Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class.
Marker's figure name
Dimensions of marker
Marker's fillstyle settings
Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class.
Dimensions of marker
Marker's figure name
Marker's fillstyle settings
Marker's positions
Marker's rotation angle
Corners of marker
Border of marker
Marker's shadow style
Marker's visibility
Reset to default settings
Comparing of two objects
Object to compare
Result of comparing
Gets hash code
Hash code
Clone this object
Cloned object
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Saved data to ViewState
saved data
Specifies marker's visibility
Specifies the corners of background rectangle
Specifies the FillStyle property
Specifies the Rotation angle
Specifies the Figure property
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Specific series point markers style
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerSeriesPoint class.
Series that is style container object
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerSeriesPoint class.
Specifies marker's positions
Specifies marker's visibility
Specifies Figure
Specific series point markers style
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerLegend class.
Reset to default settings
Specifies marker's figure
Specifies marker's visibility
Specific empty point marker style
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerEmptyValue class.
Reset to default settings
Specifies marker's visibility
Specifies marker's figure
Specific empty point marker style
Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerPositionNone class.
Reset to default settings
Specifies marker's visibility
Plot area's appearance
Parent element
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Margins for auto layout
Creates a new instance of StylePlotArea class.
Creates a new instance of StylePlotArea class.
Dimensions of PlotArea
FillStyle settings
PlotArea's position
Palette used in PlotArea
PlotArea's corners
Border of PlotArea
PlotArea's shadow style
PlotArea's visibility
Reset to default settings
Save dimensions for auto layout
Save dimensions
Restore previous saved dimensions
Restore previous saved dimensions
Restore previous saved margins
Cloned this object
New instance of StylePlotArea class with the same fields as this one
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Saved data to ViewState
saved data
Specifies parent element
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Specifies the figure property
Specifies the series palette
Gets property value by name
Name of property
Value of property
Series appearance
Default size of bubbles
Default series legend display mode
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Default series items labels style
Default series item labels' text style
Point marks style
Line, Spline, Bezier series line style
Style of empty values
Parent series element
Dimensions of points in Point series
Reset to default settings
Constructor for Series's style
Parent series element
Creates new instance of StyleSeries class.
Creates new instance of StyleSeries class.
FillStyle of series
Series default labels' settings
Style of Point marker
Items' corners
Border of series
Series' shadow style
Visibility of series
Cloned this object
New instance of StyleSeries class with the same fields as this one
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Saved data to ViewState
saved data
Determines the width of bars.
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the background property
Specifies the shape for point series
Specifies the dimensions of points in point series
Specifies the Rotation angle
Legend visualization mode
Specifies whether the item labels should be shown or not.
Specifies whether a line should be drawn between the label and the item.
Gets or sets the start angle of the pie. Zero angle is identical with the X axis direction.
Gets or sets the pie's diameter length according to the size of the plot area.
Gets or sets the explode percent of the exploded items.
Specifies the x offset of the pie center.
Specifies the y offset of the pie center.
Default bubble size
Gets or sets the common settings for the series items labels
Line, Spline, Bezier series line style
Series points appearance
Gets or sets the common text settings for the series items
Empty value point mark
Specifies the border
Specifies visibility of series
Series item appearance
Specifies the background property
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Dimensions of points in Point series
Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItem class.
Style container object
Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItem class.
Reset to default settings
Cloned this object
New instance of StyleSeriesItem class with the same fields as this one
Track ViewState
Load data from ViewState
ViewState with data
Saved data to ViewState
saved data
Specifies item's shadow
Specifies the background property
Exploded of item in Pie series
Specifies the corners for background rectangle
Specifies the figure property for point series
Specifies the Rotation angle
Specifies the dimensions of points in point series
Text block appearance
Specifies the corners of background rectangle
Specifies the FillStyle property
Specifies the Rotation angle
Specifies the Text properties
Specifiers the overflow behavior
Text string formatting properties
Should the MaxLength property be serialized or not
True if should be serialized
Sets the default value for a MaxLength property
Creates a new class instance
Creates a new class instance
Fill style settings
Creates a new class instance
Fill style settings
Position settings
Creates a new class instance
Text appearance settings
Creates a new class instance
Fill style settings
Text appearance settings
Creates a new class instance
Fill style settings
Position settings
Text appearance settings
Creates a new class instance
Fill style settings
Position settings
Text appearance settings
Dimensions
Creates a new class instance
Fill style settings
Position settings
Text appearance settings
Dimensions
Rotation angle
Corners appearance
Border settings
Shadow settings
Visibility settings
Sets the text alignment accordingly to the AlignedPosition property value
Sets the default values for a properties
Creates the object's clone
Clone
Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources
true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
Tracks view state changes
Loads class settings from a view state
ViewState to load from
Saves class data to a view state
Saved view state
Max number of visible characters. Rest will be truncated
Full string will be added to parent label's ActiveRegion.Tooltip
MaxLength property changed event
Specifies the corners of background rectangle
Specifies the FillStyle property
Specifies the Figure property
Specifies the Text properties
Gets the property value by its name
Name of the property. String
Object
Gets or sets the automatic text wrapping functionality switch
Gets the string format
Series item label text block's appearance
Creates a new class instance
Creates a new class instance
Chart series
Sets the default values for a properties
Gets should the MaxLength value be serialized
True if can be serialized, overwise returns false
Sets the default value
Axis item label text block's appearance
Creates a new class instance
Sets the default values for a properties
Gets should the MaxLength value be serialized
True if can be serialized, overwise returns false
Sets the default value
Title text block's appearance
Creates a new class instance
Sets the default values for a properties
Error text block's appearance
Creates a new class instance
Sets the default values for a properties
Hidden text block's default appearance
Sets the default values for a properties
Visibility. False by default
Hidden text block's default appearance
Creates a new class instance
Sets the default values for a properties
Base axis ticks appearance settings
Creates the new class instance
Creates the new class instance
Tick length in pixels
Creates the new class instance
Tick length in pixels
Tick visibility
Creates the new class instance
Tick length in pixels
Tick visibility
Tick line color
Sets the default values for a class properties
Specifies the Length of tick
Tick line color
Tick line width
Gets the property by its name
Property name. String
Object or null
Minor ticks style
Creates a new class instance
Creates a new class instance
Minor ticks count
Creates a new class instance
Visibility value
Creates a new class instance
Minor tick visibility
Minor tick length
Minor ticks count between two major ticks
Sets the default values for a properties
Minor ticks count between the two major ticks
Specifies the Length of tick
Gets the property value by its name
Name of the property
Object or null
Major ticks visual style
Specifies the text rendering direction
Assign the right to left text direction
Assign the left to right text direction
Assign the left to right top to bottom text direction
Assign the left to right bottom to top text direction
Base text appearance settings class (Font, Color)
Creates a new class instance
Creates a new class instance
Text color
Creates a new class instance
Text color
Text font
Creates a new class instance
Text color
Font family
Font size in EM
Font style
Graphics measurement unit
Class instance container
Sets the default values
Creates an object clone
object
Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object.
The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object
true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object;
otherwise, false.
Serves as a hash function for a TextProperties type.
A hash code for the current class instance
Specifies the text color property
Specifies the text font properties
Gets the property by its name
Property name. String
Object
Default Title's text properties
Sets the default values for a properties
Specifies the text font properties
Default value is Verdana, 15pt
Errors text properties
Sets the default values for a properties
Specifies the text color property
Specifies the text font properties
Default value is Verdana, 10pt, style=Bold
Axis item label text properties
Sets default values for a properties
Specifies the text color property
Axis item label text properties
Sets default values for a properties
Specifies the text color property
Series item label text properties
Sets default values for a properties
Specifies the text color property
Specifies the axis Ticks location relatively to plot area
Inside of plot area
Outside of plot area (default value)
Tick line crosses the axis line
Provides a type converter to convert IList objects to and from a different representations
Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
The type to convert from
True if conversion is possible
The System.Object to convert.
The System.Type to convert the value parameter to.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
Provides a unified way of converting Double type values to other types, as well
as for accessing standard values and sub properties.
Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
The type to convert from
True if conversion is possible
The System.Object to convert.
The System.Type to convert the value parameter to.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
Provides a unified way of converting ChartMargins type values to other types, as well
as for accessing standard values and sub properties.
Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
The type to convert from
True if conversion is possible
Converts the given object to the ChartMargins, using the specified
context and culture information.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
Current culture settings
The System.Object to convert.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
The System.Object to convert.
The System.Type to convert the value parameter to.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
Creates an instance of the type that this MarginsConverter
is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property
values for the object.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values.
An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or
null if the object cannot be created.
Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary)
to create a new value, using the specified context.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
true
Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
true
Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the
value parameter, using the specified context and attributes.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
An System.Object that specifies the type of array for which to get properties.
An array of type System.Attribute that is used as a filter.
A System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptorCollection with the properties
that are exposed for this data type, or null if there are no properties.
Provides a unified way of converting ChartMargins type values to other types, as well
as for accessing standard values and sub properties.
Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
The type to convert from
True if conversion is possible
Converts the given object to the ChartPaddings, using the specified
context and culture information.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
Current culture settings
The System.Object to convert.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
The System.Object to convert.
The System.Type to convert the value parameter to.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
Creates an instance of the type that this PaddingsConverter
is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property
values for the object.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values.
An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or
null if the object cannot be created.
Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary)
to create a new value, using the specified context.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
true
Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
true
Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the
value parameter, using the specified context and attributes.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
An System.Object that specifies the type of array for which to get properties.
An array of type System.Attribute that is used as a filter.
A System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptorCollection with the properties
that are exposed for this data type, or null if there are no properties.
Provides a unified way of converting Units type values to other types, as well
as for accessing standard values and sub properties.
Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
The type to convert from
True if conversion is possible
Converts the given object to the Unit type, using the specified
context and culture information.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
Current culture settings
The System.Object to convert.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified
context and culture information.
An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context.
A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed.
The System.Object to convert.
The System.Type to convert the value parameter to.
An System.Object that represents the converted value.
Specifies the unit of measurement.
Measurement is in pixels.
Measurement is a percentage relative to the parent element.
Represents a length measurement.
Represents an empty Unit. This field is read-only.
Compares two Unit objects to determine whether they are not equal.
The Unit on the left side of the operator.
The Unit on the right side of the operator.
true if the Unit objects are not equal; otherwise, false.
Compares two Unit objects to determine whether they are equal.
The Unit on the left side of the operator.
The Unit on the right side of the operator.
true if both Unit objects are equal; otherwise, false.
Implicitly creates a Unit of type Pixel from the specified float.
A float that represents the length of the Unit.
A Unit of type Pixel that represents the specified by the n parameter.
Converts the specified string to a Unit.
The string to convert.
A Unit that represents the specified string.
Creates a Unit of type Pixel from the specified 32-bit signed integer.
A 32-bit signed integer that represents the length of the Unit.
A Unit of type Pixel that represents the length specified by the n parameter.
Creates a Unit of type Percentage from the specified double-precision floating-point number.
A double-precision floating-point number that represents the length of the Unit
A Unit of type Percentage that represents the length specified by the double-precision floating-point number.
Gets the string representation of the Unit type
Unit type value to get string of
System.String with unit type value
Gets the UnitType by its string representation
Unit type string
UnitType
Creates a class instance
Creates a class instance
UnitType specifies the target Unit type
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number.
A double precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels.
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number.
A float precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels.
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified 32-bit signed integer.
A 32-bit signed integer that represents the length of the Unit in pixels.
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified 32-bit signed integer and the target type
A 32-bit signed integer that represents the length of the Unit in pixels.
Unit type
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number and the target type
A double precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels.
Unit type
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number and the target type.
A float precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels.
Unit type (Pixel / Percentage)
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified length.
A string that represents the length of the Unit.
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified length.
A string that represents the length of the Unit.
CultureInfo
Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified length.
A string that represents the length of the Unit.
CultureInfo
Unit type
Returns a hash code for this Unit.
Hash code
Compares this Unit with the specified object.
The specified object for comparison.
true if the Unit that this method is called from is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
Gets the pixels equivalent of the Unit.Value
The parent elements dimension to get the percents of
Gets the pixels equivalent of the Unit.Value
Creates a Unit clone
New Unit class instance
Base ToString override
String representation of the Unit instance
Base ToString override
CultureInfo
String representation of the Unit instance
Gets whether Unit is empty
The unit length in Pixels
Gets or sets the unit type of the Unit.
Gets or sets the length of the Unit.
Event arguments when a chart element is clicked.
Reverse link to a parent
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The element.
Reverse link to a parent
Represents the active region of the chart element/item.
Parent chart element
List contains all regions for element
Creates a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Checks whether point lies inside region
The point.
if set to true [onclick].
Checks whether point lies inside region
The point.
Opens a web browser to the specified URL
Returns true if ActiveRegion contains no data
Determine on which elements(if its visually intersect) of chart click occur
Click coordinates
Container object
Active region object collection
Has click event or not
Called after a Click event
Called when [click].
The sender.
Reference to the parent.
Define a graphic path
URL
Tooltip
Attributes
Fires when the chart element to which the active region belongs is
clicked.
Chart graphics class. Wrapper over the System.Drawing.Graphics.
Base System.Drawing.Graphics object
Fixed displacement for X coordinate
Fixed displacement for Y coordinate
Default translate transform order
Apply TranslateTransform with fixed displacements
Apply TranslateTransform with fixed negative displacements
Create instance of class
System.Drawing.Graphics object
Apply TranslateTransform with fixed displacements and sets its
Fixed displacement for X coordinate
Fixed displacement for Y coordinate
Apply TranslateTransform with fixed displacements and sets its
Fixed displacement for X coordinate
Fixed displacement for Y coordinate
Matrix order
Changing fixed displacements
Fixed displacement for X coordinate
Fixed displacement for Y coordinate
Adds a comment to the current System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile.
Array of bytes that contains the comment.
Saves a graphics container with the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics
and opens and uses a new graphics container.
This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents
the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics at the time of the method call.
Saves a graphics container with the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics
and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that, together with the srcrect parameter,
specifies a scale transformation for the container.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that, together with the dstrect parameter,
specifies a scale transformation for the container.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure for the container.
This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents
the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics at the time of the method call.
Saves a graphics container with the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics
and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that, together with the srcrect parameter,
specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that, together with the dstrect parameter,
specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure for the container.
This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents
the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics at the time of the method call.
Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background
color.
System.Drawing.Color structure that represents the background color of the
drawing surface.
Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle
of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics.
The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
The size of the area to be transferred.
Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle
of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics.
The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
The size of the area to be transferred.
One of the System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation values.
CopyPixelOperation is not a member of System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation.
The operation failed.
Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle
of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination
rectangle.
The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination
rectangle.
The size of the area to be transferred.
Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle
of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle
The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination
rectangle.
The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination
rectangle.
The size of the area to be transferred.
One of the System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation values.
copyPixelOperation is not a member of System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation.
The operation failed
Releases all resources used by this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle
structure.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point
of the arc.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending
point of the arc.
Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF
structure.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point
of the arc.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending
point of the arc.
Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of
coordinates, a width, and a height.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the
ellipse.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the
ellipse.
Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point
of the arc.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending
point of the arc.
Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of
coordinates, a width, and a height.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the
ellipse.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the
ellipse.
Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point
of the arc.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending
point of the arc.
Draws a Bézier spline defined by four System.Drawing.Point structures.
System.Drawing.Pen structure that determines the color, width, and style
of the curve.
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the starting point of the
curve.
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the first control point for
the curve.
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the second control point for
the curve.
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
Draws a Bezier spline defined by four System.Drawing.PointF structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the starting point of the
curve.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the first control point for
the curve.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the second control point
for the curve.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent
points.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of System.Drawing.Point structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the points that determine
the curve.
Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points that
determine the curve.
Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point
structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point
structures using a specified tension.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored.
Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures using a specified tension.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.Point
structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.Point
structures using a specified tension.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures using a specified tension.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points that
define the curve.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Offset from the first element in the array of the points parameter to the
starting point in the curve.
Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.Point
structures using a specified tension.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Offset from the first element in the array of the points parameter to the
starting point in the curve.
Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the
beginning of the array.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Offset from the first element in the array of the points parameter to the
starting point in the curve.
Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding System.Drawing.RectangleF.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates,
a height, and a width.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates,
a height, and a width.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Draws the image represented by the specified System.Drawing.Icon within the
area specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Icon to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the icon
parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area.
Draws the image represented by the specified System.Drawing.Icon at the specified
coordinates.
System.Drawing.Icon to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Draws the image represented by the specified System.Drawing.Icon without
scaling the image.
System.Drawing.Icon to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains
its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped
to fit inside it.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image, using its original physical size,
at the specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn image.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with
the specified shape and size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image, using its original physical size,
at the specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the upper-left corner of
the drawn image.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with
the specified shape and size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with
the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with
the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn image.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image, using its original physical size,
at the specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location
specified by a coordinate pair.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with
the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Width of the drawn image.
Height of the drawn image
Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the System.Drawing.Image
to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with
the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Width of the drawn image.
Height of the drawn image.
Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Point[],System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.PointF[],System.Drawing.RectangleF,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Point[],System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort
delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Point[],System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32)
method.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image
object to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used by the srcRect parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.PointF[],System.Drawing.RectangleF,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort
delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.PointF[],System.Drawing.RectangleF,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32)
method.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for image.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.IntPtr)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort
delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the DrawImage
method.
Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the
specified location and with the specified size.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image
to draw.
Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma
information for the image object.
System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to
call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to
check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.IntPtr)
method according to application-determined criteria.
Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort
delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the DrawImage
method.
Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the
drawn image.
Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
System.Drawing.Rectangle that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn
image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner.
The Width and Height properties are ignored.
Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location
specified by a coordinate pair.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
Not used.
Not used.
Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to
fit in the specified rectangle.
The System.Drawing.Image to draw.
The System.Drawing.Rectangle in which to draw the image.
Draws a line connecting two System.Drawing.Point structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the first point to connect.
System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the second point to connect.
Draws a line connecting two System.Drawing.PointF structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the first point to connect.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the second point to connect.
Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
The x-coordinate of the first point.
The y-coordinate of the first point.
The x-coordinate of the second point.
The y-coordinate of the second point.
Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
The x-coordinate of the first point.
The y-coordinate of the first point.
The x-coordinate of the second point.
The y-coordinate of the second point.
Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of System.Drawing.Point
structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line
segments.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the points to connect.
Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of System.Drawing.PointF
structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line
segments.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points to connect.
Draws a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the path.
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath to draw.
Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle
structure and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie
shape.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle
that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie shape.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie shape.
Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF
structure and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie
shape.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the bounding rectangle
that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie shape.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie shape.
Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a
width, a height, and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie
shape.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie
shape comes.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the
pie shape comes.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie shape.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie shape.
Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a
width, a height, and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie
shape.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie
shape comes.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the
pie shape comes.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie shape.
Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie shape.
Draws a polygon defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the vertices of the
polygon.
Draws a polygon defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the vertices of
the polygon.
Draws a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
A System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
Draws a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure.
ChartGraphics custom method
A System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
A System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
A System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
The width of the rectangle to draw.
The height of the rectangle to draw.
Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
Width of the rectangle to draw.
Height of the rectangle to draw.
Draws a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.Rectangle structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines
of the rectangles.
Array of System.Drawing.Rectangle structures that represent the rectangles
to draw.
Draws a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.RectangleF structures.
System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines
of the rectangles.
Array of System.Drawing.RectangleF structures that represent the rectangles
to draw.
Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified
System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects.
String to draw.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the
drawn text.
Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified
System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects.
String to draw.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn
text.
Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified
System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects.
String to draw.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified
System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects using the formatting
attributes of the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to draw.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the
drawn text.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as
line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified
System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects using the formatting
attributes of the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to draw.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn
text.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as
line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified
System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects using the formatting
attributes of the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to draw.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as
line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics
to the state saved by a call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.BeginContainer()
method.
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents the container
this method restores.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified
image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using
specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified
image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using
specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structures that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at
a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified
image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using
specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram
using specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using
specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left
corner of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram
using specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram
that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle
using specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of
the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile,
one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle
using specified image attributes.
System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size
of the drawn metafile.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile,
relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the
unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle
specified by the srcRect parameter contains.
System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the
method to which the metafile records are sent.
Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero
for this parameter.
System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information
for the drawn image.
Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to exclude the area
specified by a System.Drawing.Region.
System.Drawing.Region that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region.
Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array
of System.Drawing.Point structures.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array
of System.Drawing.PointF structures.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array
of System.Drawing.Point structures using the specified fill mode.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
how the curve is filled.
Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array
of System.Drawing.PointF structures using the specified fill mode.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
how the curve is filled.
Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array
of System.Drawing.Point structures using the specified fill mode and tension
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
how the curve is filled.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array
of System.Drawing.PointF structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
A System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
how the curve is filled.
Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified
by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle
that defines the ellipse.
Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified
by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the bounding rectangle
that defines the ellipse.
Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified
by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified
by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
Fills the interior of a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath that represents the path to fill.
Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle
that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie section.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie section.
Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a
pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie
section comes.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the
pie section comes.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie section.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie section.
Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a
pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that
defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie
section comes.
Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the
pie section comes.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of
the pie section.
Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the
second side of the pie section.
Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by
System.Drawing.Point structures.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the vertices of the
polygon to fill.
Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by
System.Drawing.PointF structures.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the vertices of
the polygon to fill.
Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by
System.Drawing.Point structures using the specified fill mode.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the vertices of the
polygon to fill.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
the style of the fill.
Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by
System.Drawing.PointF structures using the specified fill mode.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the vertices of
the polygon to fill.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines
the style of the fill.
Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle
structure.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF
structure.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width,
and a height.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
Width of the rectangle to fill.
Height of the rectangle to fill.
Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width,
and a height.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
Width of the rectangle to fill.
Height of the rectangle to fill.
Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.Rectangle
structures.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.Rectangle structures that represent the rectangles
to fill.
Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.RectangleF
structures.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
Array of System.Drawing.RectangleF structures that represent the rectangles
to fill.
Fills the interior of a System.Drawing.Region.
System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
System.Drawing.Region that represents the area to fill.
Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish.
Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting
or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FlushIntention enumeration that specifies
whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations
to finish.
XML comment contains invalid XML: End tag 'doc' does not match the start tag 'member'.
Object
Gets the handle to the device context associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Handle to the device context associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Gets the nearest color to the specified System.Drawing.Color structure.
System.Drawing.Color structure for which to find a match.
A System.Drawing.Color structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the color parameter.
Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the intersection
of the current clip region and the specified System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to intersect with the current clip region.
Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the intersection
of the current clip region and the specified System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to intersect with the current clip region.
Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the intersection
of the current clip region and the specified System.Drawing.Region.
System.Drawing.Region to intersect with the current region.
Indicates whether the specified System.Drawing.Point structure is contained
within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
System.Drawing.Point structure to test for visibility.
true if the point specified by the point parameter is contained within the
visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the specified System.Drawing.PointF structure is contained
within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
System.Drawing.PointF structure to test for visibility.
true if the point specified by the point parameter is contained within the
visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure
is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to test for visibility.
true if the rectangle specified by the rect parameter is contained within
the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF
structure is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure to test for visibility.
true if the rectangle specified by the rect parameter is contained within
the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained
within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
true if the point defined by the x and y parameters is contained within the
visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained
within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
true if the point defined by the x and y parameters is contained within the
visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width,
and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
true if the rectangle defined by the x, y, width, and height parameters is
contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics;
otherwise, false.
Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width,
and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
true if the rectangle defined by the x, y, width, and height parameters is
contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics;
otherwise, false.
Gets an array of System.Drawing.Region objects, each of which bounds a range
of character positions within the specified string.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the layout rectangle for
the string.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such
as line spacing, for the string.
This method returns an array of System.Drawing.Region objects, each of which
bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property,
of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the format of the string.
Maximum width of the string in pixels.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property,
of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font
within the specified layout area.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.SizeF structure that specifies the maximum layout area for
the text.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property,
of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font
and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
Maximum width of the string.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such
as line spacing, for the string.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property,
of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter
and the stringFormat parameter.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font
and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the upper-left corner of
the string.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such
as line spacing, for the string.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property,
of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter
and the stringFormat parameter.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font
and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.SizeF structure that specifies the maximum layout area for
the text.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such
as line spacing, for the string.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property,
of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter
and the stringFormat parameter.
Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font
and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat.
String to measure.
System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string.
System.Drawing.SizeF structure that specifies the maximum layout area for
the text.
System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such
as line spacing, for the string.
Number of characters in the string
Number of text lines in the string.
This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the
size of the string, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit
property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the
stringFormat parameter.
Multiplies the world transformation of this System.Drawing.Graphics and specified
the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix.
4x4 System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix that multiplies the world transformation.
Multiplies the world transformation of this System.Drawing.Graphics and specified
the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix in the specified order.
4x4 System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix that multiplies the world transformation.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that determines
the order of the multiplication.
Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.GetHdc()
method of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.GetHdc()
method of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.GetHdc()
method of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Releases a handle to a device context.
Handle to a device context.
Resets the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to an infinite region.
Resets the world transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics to
the identity matrix.
Restores the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the state represented
by a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState.
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState that represents the state to which
to restore this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Angle of rotation in degrees.
Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics
in the specified order.
Angle of rotation in degrees.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that specifies
whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation.
Saves the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics and identifies the
saved state with a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState.
This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState that represents
the saved state of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this
System.Drawing.Graphics by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
Scale factor in the x direction.
Scale factor in the y direction.
Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this
System.Drawing.Graphics in the specified order.
Scale factor in the x direction.
Scale factor in the y direction.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that specifies
whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation
matrix.
Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the Clip property
of the specified System.Drawing.Graphics.
System.Drawing.Graphics from which to take the new clip region.
Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the specified
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath.
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath that represents the new clip region.
Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the rectangle
specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the new clip region.
Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the rectangle
specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the new clip region.
Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the result of
the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle
specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.
System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to combine.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CombineMode enumeration that specifies
the combining operation to use.
Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the result of
the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle
specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure.
System.Drawing.RectangleF structure to combine.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CombineMode enumeration that specifies
the combining operation to use.
Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using
the current world and page transformations of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies
the destination coordinate space.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies
the source coordinate space.
Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represents the points to transformation.
Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using
the current world and page transformations of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies
the destination coordinate space.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies
the source coordinate space.
Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points to transform.
Translates the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics by specified
amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
The x-coordinate of the translation.
The y-coordinate of the translation.
Translates the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics by specified
amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
The x-coordinate of the translation.
The y-coordinate of the translation.
Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation
to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The x-coordinate of the translation.
The y-coordinate of the translation.
Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation
to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics in the specified
order.
The x-coordinate of the translation.
The y-coordinate of the translation.
Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that specifies
whether the translation is pretended or appended to the transformation matrix.
Base System.Drawing.Graphics object
Gets or sets a System.Drawing.Region that limits the drawing region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
A System.Drawing.Region that limits the portion of this System.Drawing.Graphics that is currently available for drawing.
Gets a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that bounds the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
A System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this System.Drawing.Graphics.
This property specifies a member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CompositingMode enumeration.
Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this System.Drawing.Graphics.
This property specifies a member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CompositingQuality enumeration.
Gets the horizontal resolution of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Gets the vertical resolution of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this
System.Drawing.Graphics.
Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics.
One of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.InterpolationMode values.
Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics
is empty.
true if the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics is empty; otherwise,
false.
Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics
is empty.
true if the visible portion of the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics
is empty; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this System.Drawing.Graphics.
This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page
units for this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this System.Drawing.Graphics.
One of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit values other than System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.World.
System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit is set to System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.World,
which is not a physical unit.
Gets or set a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of
this System.Drawing.Graphics.
This property specifies a member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.PixelOffsetMode
enumeration
Gets or sets the rendering origin of this System.Drawing.Graphics for dithering
and for hatch brushes.
A System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel
and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch
brushes.
Gets or sets the rendering quality for this System.Drawing.Graphics.
One of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.SmoothingMode values.
Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text.
The gamma correction value used for rendering anti aliased and ClearType text.
Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics.
One of the System.Drawing.Text.TextRenderingHint values.
Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this System.Drawing.Graphics.
A copy of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix that represents the geometric
world transformation for this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
A System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents a bounding rectangle
for the visible clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics.
Provides data for RadChart.Zoom event.
Event arguments when a chart element is clicked.
Reverse link to a parent
Chart series
Chart Series Item
Create instance of the class
Parent object
series
series item
Create instance of the class
Parent object
series
Create instance of the class
Parent object
Reverse link to a parent
Chart series
Chart Series Item
Main Image object
Main Graphics object
Chart that should be rendered
Temporary series list for rendering
Show if only bound of axis items be calculated
Resolution of resulting bitmap
Temporary series list
Create instance of class
Chart
Image width
Image height
Create instance of class
Chart
Image width
Image height
Resolution
Create instance of class
Chart
Image width
Image height
Value that indicate should initialize graphics object or not
Destructor
Scaling graphic path
Path for scale
Width
Height
Scaled path
Moving graphic path
Path for moving
New X coordinate
New Y coordinate
Moved path
Translate local elements coordinates to global
Chart element
Global positio
Translate elements visual setting to Pen object
Border style
Pen Alignment
Pen
Translate elements visual setting to Pen object
Elements border style
Pen
Translate elements visual setting to Pen object
Elements line style
Color
Width
Pen
Translate elements visual setting to Brush object
Fill style of elements
Element bound rectangle
Brush
Translate elements visual setting to Brush object
Elements bound rectangle
Elements fill setting
Brush
Return a angle for diagonal in rectangle
Rectangle
Angle
Normalize rectangle
Rectangle
Normalize corners round coefficient
Round coefficient
Type of corner
Type of corner
Width
Height
Round coefficient
Rounding corners for rectangle elements
Corners
X coordinate
Y coordinate
Width
Height
Graphics Path with rounded corners
Rounding corners for rectangle elements
Corners
Rectangle
Series
Graphics Path with rounded corners
Compare list of SizeF object and return the largest of them
List of sizes
Max size
String manipulation use in PrepareForHorisontalOverflow and PrepareForVerticalOverflow methods
Graphics
Result string
String for adding
Spacer
Width
Font
String
Prepare text for vertical overflow
Graphics
String
Font
Width
String
Return area (Region object) for clipping
Type of YAxis
Region
Return area(Region object) for clipping
Chart element
Region
Rendering chart and/or its elements
Chart element
Rendering PlotArea and its elements
Value that indicate should render grid lines or not
Value that indicate should render ticks or not
Drawing ScaleBreacks
Y Axis
Rendering MarkedZones Label
Rendering all MarkedZones
Rendering chart axis items
Axis
Rendering chart axis
Axis
Rendering YAxis
Y axis
Rendering chart axis label
Axis label
Rendering MarkedZone
Marked zone
X Axis
Y Axis
Change x to y and y to x
Point
Grids line drawing
Array of points
Pen
Ticks drawing
Array of points
Length
Pen
Ticks drawing
Ticks drawing
Axis
Ticks drawing
Axis
Grids line drawing
Grids line drawing
Axis
Grids line drawing
Axis
Rendering TextBlock
Text block element
Rendering chart elements
Chart element
Rendering chart elements
Chart element
Series item
Rendering chart elements
Chart element
Value that indicate should drawing fill or not
Value that indicate should drawing border or not
Rendering chart
Rendering chart data table border
Data table
Rendering chart data table
Data table
Translate elements visual setting to Brush object
FillStyle object
X coordinate of element
Y coordinate of element
Elements width
Elements height
Image
Brush
Translate elements visual setting to Brush object
X coordinate
Y coordinate
Width
Height
Image
Brush
Returns a base point for rotation aligned elements
Rectangle
Aligned position
Point
Return a list of all ancestry elements
Element
Parents list
Return global Rotation angle
Chart element
Path
Rotation angle
Initializing elements of chart
Prepare chart elements (calculating sizes, positions, etc) for rendering
Scaling PlotArea for zoom feature
X scale coefficient
Y scale coefficient
Prepare chart elements (calculating sizes, positions, etc) for rendering
IContainer chart element
Create layout zone (for AutoLayout feature) based on chart label element
Label
Is label visible
Labels Layout zone
Prepare chart elements (calculating sizes, positions, etc) for rendering
Chart object
Creating graphics stage for EMF file format
Image width
Image Height
Image MetaFile
First rendering engine initialization
Image width
Image height
Succses
Renders default chart image and returns it
Renders default chart image. Could return image clone.
Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not
Renders Plot area image only
Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not
Rendering chart background area image without plot area
Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not
Value that indicate use background or not
Value that indicate should render title or not
Value that indicate should legend or not
Value that indicate should render plot area border or not
Value that indicate should render XAxis or not
Value that indicate should render YAxis or not
Value that indicate should render YAxis2 or not
Rendering chart axis image with ticks and items
Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not
Axis type
Image
Renders the entire chart image
Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not
Image
Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
Show if need render only shadows
Common bars width
Common bars width ratio
Selected Palette
Rendering chart and/or its elements
Series
Series index
Rendering Bar - type chart
Series
Series index
Series item
Series item index
Bars rectangle
Rendering series shadow for Bar - type chart
Series
Series item
Bars rectangle
Rendering series for Bar - type chart
Series
Series index
Bar ordering mode
Rendering series for StackedBar - type chart
Series type
Bar ordering mode
Modifications in StackedBars for strict mode
Series item
Bars overlap ratio
Item index
Bars x position
Bar width
Modifications in StackedBars (with positive values) for strict mode
Series item
Series item value
Bar width
Bars overlap ratio
Bars x position
Bar width
Minimal value
Total positive value
Value
Modifications in StackedBars (with negatives values) for strict mode
Series item
Series item value
Bar width
Bars overlap ratio
Bars x position
Bar width
Minimal value
Total negative value
Value
Returns array of points
Array of points
Array of points
Returns array of points for drawing points Marks
Array of points
Items count
Array of points
Create path for Area-type series
Series
Series index
Max items count
Array of points
Area path
Create ActiveRegion for Area-type series item
Point for first item
Point for second item
Value of first item
Value of second item
Series Orientation
Path for active region
Area item active region path
Rendering series for Area - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering series for StackedArea - type chart
Series type
Rendering series for Line - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering series for Pie - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering Empty point
Series
Series item
Series item index
Axis start value
Rendering series for Gantt - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering series for Point - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering point label and marker
Series
Series item
Series index
Series item index
Point
Rendering series for Bubble - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering series for CandleStickr - type chart
Series
Series index
Rendering Series labels
Rendering point marks
Series
Array of points
Checking YAxis type for Series
Series
PlotArea
YAxis Visible Values
Rendering shadow for Line - type chart
Pen for shadow drawing
Series
Path
Removing unnecessary zeros from lists' end
List
Rendering series for Line - type chart
Series
Series index
Array of points
Rendering series for Bezier - type chart
Series
Serie index
Array of points
Rendering lines for Area - type chart
Series
Series index
Array of points
Rendering polygon for area-types chart series
Series
Series index
Array of points
Path
Translate elements visual setting to Brush object
Series
Series index
Series item
Series item index
Item rectangle
Brush
Gets the empty brush.
The series.
Index of the series.
The rect.
Translate elements visual setting to Fill
Series
Series index
Series item
Series item index
FillStyle
Return a default color
Fill style of elements
Elements(series or series item) index
Translate elements visual setting to Pen object
Series
Series index
Series item
StyleBorder
Translate elements visual setting to Pen object
Series
Series index
Series item
Pen
Returns empty Pen object
Series
Series index
Series item
Pen
Drop clip area
Set correct ordering mode for x axis
Checking a series. Should be applied categorical x axis or not
BarOrderingMode
Checks if error message rendered
Signal
Provides a mechanism for managing the internal cache used by the reporting engine and the viewers.
Determines if a value with the specified key exists in the cache.
Specifies the key used to identify the value in the cache.
True - if a value with the specified key exists, False - otherwise.
Retrieves the value with the specified key from the cache.
Specifies the key used to identify the value in the cache.
The value with the specified key, or null if no such value exists.
Stores the specified value with the given key in the cache.
Specifies the key used to identify the value in the cache.
Specifies the value to store in the cache with the given key.
Clears all values and their corresponding keys from the cache.
Provides a mechanism for creating a specific instance of a cache.
Creates a new cache using the specified cache information.
Specifies the parameters used to create the cache.
The newly created instance of the cache.
implementation utilizing the MS SQL server database engine.
MsSqlServerStorage connects to SQL server using the
.NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
(System.Data.SqlClient Namespace).
The storage needs a host database with specific tables and
stored procedures which may be created in dedicated or shared
database. The necessary SQL objects may be created using the
DatabaseCacheConfigurator tool (located under the Telerik
Reporting installation folder / Tools) or manually executing
the follow DDL script. It adds all needed objects to an existing
MS SQL database (execute in the context of existing database):
Represents a storage object used from the reporting engine to store
internal state and caching rendered reports
Implement this interface using a storage technology of your flavor
in order to have your reporting engine instance storing its state and cached report in it.
The storage may store single values - string or byte array, and a set of unordered string values.
Acquires a lock on a named resource.
Acquires a lock on a named resource and returns a disposable lock object.
When the lock object owner disposes it, the lock is released.
The name of the lock. When a lock with particular key is acquired,
a subsequent call on AcuireLock with the same key should wait until the original lock is
released (disposed).
A disposable lock object. When disposed from the lock object owner,
the lock of the used key is released.
Stores a string value under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored string value.
The value that is stored.
Stores a byte array value under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored byte array value.
The value that is stored.
Retrieves a string value stored under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored string value.
The string value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing).
Retrieves a byte array value stored under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored byte array value.
The byte array value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing).
Deletes a key with its value (string or byte array) from the storage.
The key that denotes the stored value that should be removed.
Retrieves a value indicating if a single value (string or byte array)
exists in the storage.
The key that denotes the stored value.
True if the key with its value exists in the storage,
otherwise false.
Retrieves a value indicating if a set of values
exists in the storage.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
True if the key with its value exists in the storage,
otherwise false.
Retrieves the count of the values in a set value stored in the storage.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
The count of the values in the set. If no such set exists, zero.
Retrieves all members in a set of string values.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
An enumerable retrieving each value of the set denoted from the given key.
Adds a single string value to a set of values denoted from the given key.
If a set with the given key does not exist in the storage, such set is created
and the value is added as its member.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
The value that is added to the set.
Deletes a single string value from a set of values denoted from the given key.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
The value that should be deleted from the given set.
True if set with the given key is found and it contained the given value before deleted.
Otherwise false.
Creates and initializes an instance of
MsSqlServerStorage.
The connection string to the backend storage.
Connection Strings in ADO.NET
Acquires a lock on a named resource.
Retrieves a value indicating if a single value (string or byte array)
exists in the storage.
Stores a string value under particular key.
Stores a byte array value under particular key.
Retrieves a string value stored under particular key.
Retrieves a byte array value stored under particular key.
Deletes a key with its value (string or byte array) from the storage.
Retrieves a value indicating if a set of values
exists in the storage.
Retrieves the count of the values in a set value stored in the storage.
Retrieves all members in a set of string values.
Adds a single string value to a set of values denoted from the given key.
Deletes a single string value from a set of values denoted from the given key.
Utility method. Creates the data schema (tables and stored procedures) needed from the storage.
Utility method. Clears all data from the storage data tables.
implementation utilizing the file system storage.
FileStorage is appropriate for
single instance deployment scenario only.
Creates an instance of the storage.
The target cache instance which will contain the stored values.
Acquires a lock on a named resource.
The name of the lock.
A disposable lock object.
Implements the interface member.
Retrieves a value indicating if a single value (string or byte array)
exists in the storage.
The key that denotes the stored value.
True if the key with its value exists in the storage,
otherwise false.
Implements the interface member.
Stores a string value under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored string value.
The value that is stored.
Implements the interface member.
Stores a byte array value under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored byte array value.
The value that is stored.
Implements the interface member.
Retrieves a string value stored under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored string value.
The string value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing).
Implements the interface member.
Retrieves a byte array value stored under particular key.
The key that denotes the stored byte array value.
The byte array value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing).
Implements the interface member.
Deletes a key with its value (string or byte array) from the storage.
The key that denotes the stored value that should be removed.
Implements the interface member.
Retrieves a value indicating if a set of values
exists in the storage.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
True if the key with its value exists in the storage,
otherwise false.
Implements the interface member.
Retrieves the count of the values in a set value stored in the storage.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
The count of the values in the set. If no such set exists, zero.
Implements the interface member.
Retrieves all members in a set of string values.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
An enumerable retrieving each value of the set denoted from the given key.
Implements the interface member.
Adds a single string value to a set of values denoted from the given key.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
The value that is added to the set.
Implements the interface member.
Deletes a single string value from a set of values denoted from the given key.
The key that denotes the stored set value.
The value that should be deleted from the given set.
True if set with the given key is found and it contained the given value before deleted.
Otherwise false.
Implements the interface member.
Creates an instance of the storage. The files representing the stored values
go under the current user's temporary folder.
Creates an instance of the storage.
The directory which will contain the files representing
the stored values.
Gets the root directory where data will be stored.
Represents an object which creates instances of particular storage implementation.
Creates an instance of storage.
The newly created storage instance.
Initializes the provider instance with parameters used
to configure each newly created storage instance
Dictionary of name-value pairs
representing storage configuration parameters.
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Returns all the extensions in the config file(Render, Delivery, ...)
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Use this property to access the parameters
Use this property to access the extensions
Internal use only
Internal use only
Use this property to access assembly references
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Internal use only
Gets or sets the name of the DataConnection component.
The name of the DataConnection component.
Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data.
Gets or sets the name of the DataSource component.
The name of the DataSource component.
Gets the calculated fields collection.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the left side field used for binding.
Gets or sets an expression that defines the right side field used for binding.
Represents a data model, based on a textual Comma-Separated-Values data.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the source of the CSV document.
The supported sources are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Gets or sets the set of characters used as field separators (delimiters).
Gets or sets the character used as record separator.
Gets or sets the escape format of the CSV document.
Gets or sets the symbol used for escaping.
Gets or sets the symbol used for comments in the CSV document.
Gets or sets the setting that specifies if the CSV document has a header row.
Gets or sets the option for treating consecutive field separators as one in the CSV document.
Gets or sets the option for treating consecutive record separators as one in the CSV document.
Gets or sets the decimal separator used when parsing numbers.
Invariant culture's '.' separator is used by default.
Gets or sets the thousand separator used when parsing numbers.
Invariant culture's ',' separator is used by default.
Gets or sets the format used when parsing dates.
Gets a defining each column of the CSV data source.
When left empty, Columns are inferred from the data itself:
If header row is available, it is used to infer column names;
The type of each column is considered string.
Gets or sets the option for trimming the fields.
Represents the format that is used in a Csv file
in order to escape field values / special symbols.
No symbols are escaped.
Unix style programs use backslashes for escaping both (field and record) separators.
Backslash is escaped with a second backslash.
Some Unix style programs use backslashes for escaping field separators,
but for escaping record separators can use \r\n instead of backslash.
Backslash is escaped with a second backslash.
Excel uses single or double quotes to embed escaped text.
Single or double quotes are escaped with second single or double quotes.
Some files use a mixed escaping format -
fields are embedded in quotes (Excel like),
quotes (single or double) are escaped with backslash (Unix like).
Backslash is escaped with a second backslash.
Represents an OLAP cube to data items.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to the OLAP database.
Specifies the MDX select statement to execute against the OLAP cube.
Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to the OLAP database.
The ConnectionString property contains a valid connection string or a name of
a in the application's configuration file.
Gets or sets the MDX select statement to execute against the OLAP cube.
Gets a collection with objects.
The Parameters collection is used to pass named parameters when
executing a parameterized MDX select statement against the OLAP cube.
Gets a collection with objects.
The Mappings collection is used to map the names of the data source
fields to the actual fields returned when executing the MDX select statement.
Represents a parameter in a component.
Represents a parameter in a component.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Specifies the value of the parameter.
Gets or sets the name of the parameter.
Gets or sets the value of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Specifies the value of the parameter.
Represents a collection of objects.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name and value to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Converts the collection to an array of parameters.
Array of parameters contained in the collection.
Clones the specified collection.
The source collection.
Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
The parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Represents an Entity data model to data items.
Gets a collection with s.
The Parameters property specifies a collection of parameters
to be passed to the constructor or the method of the business object
during data retrieval. If the DataSource property contains the
of a business object, and the DataMember
property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string,
the constructor with the specified parameters is invoked to create a
new instance of the business object. If the DataMember property
is set to a non-empty string that represents a valid method name, the
parameters are passed to the method with the matching signature.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the context used to connect to data.
Specifies the context member used to connect to data.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the context used to connect to data.
Specifies the context member used to connect to data.
Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data.
The ConnectionString property contains either a valid connection
string or the name of a in the
application configuration file.
Gets or sets the context used to connect to data.
The Context property can contain either an instance of
an context or the of such a context to be
created at run time.
Gets or sets the context member used to connect to data.
The ContextMember property contains the name of a property
or a method of the context to be invoked during data retrieval.
Gets or sets the context used to connect to data.
The Context property can contain either an instance of
an context or the of such a context to be
created at run time.
Gets or sets the context member used to connect to data.
The ContextMember property contains the name of a property
or a method of the context to be invoked during data retrieval.
Represents a business object to data items.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Specifies the data source object that is used to connect to data.
Specifies the data source member that is used to connect to data.
Gets or sets the data source object that is used to connect to data.
The DataSource property can contain either an instance of a
business object or the of such a business object
to be created at run time.
Gets or sets the data source member that is used to connect to data.
The DataMember property can contain the name of a property or
a method of the business object to be invoked during data retrieval.
If the DataSource property contains the of
a business object, and the DataMember property is set to null
(Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the constructor with
the specified parameters is invoked to create a new instance of the
business object.
Represents a parameter in an component.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Specifies the data type of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Specifies the data type of the parameter.
Specifies the value of the parameter.
Gets or sets the data type of the parameter.
Represents a collection of objects.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name and data type to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name, data type and value to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Converts the collection to an array of parameters.
Array of parameters contained in the collection.
Clones the specified collection.
The source collection.
Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
The parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Represents an Open Access data model to data items.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the object context used to connect to data.
Specifies the object context member used to connect to data.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the object context used to connect to data.
Specifies the object context member used to connect to data.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the managed provider name used to connect to data.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the object context used to connect to data.
Specifies the object context member used to connect to data.
Gets or sets the managed provider name used to connect to data.
If the ProviderName property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic)
or an empty string, the default provider is System.Data.SqlClient.
Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data.
The ConnectionString property contains either a valid connection
string or the name of a in the
application configuration file.
Gets or sets the object context used to connect to data.
The ObjectContext property can contain either an instance of
an object context or the of such a context to be
created at run time.
Gets or sets the object context member used to connect to data.
The ObjectContextMember property contains the name of a property
or a method of the object context to be invoked during data retrieval.
Represents an assembly reference.
Generates an AssemblyRef from assembly .dll file location
Returns the resulting AssemblyRef
Returns a string that represents the current object.
Returns a string that represents the current object.
The name of the .dll file containing the .NET assembly
Assembly bytes in common object file format (COFF)-based image containing an emitted assembly
Represents a collection of Assembly References.
AssemblyRefCollection default constructor.
Creates an AssemblyRefCollection from AssemblyRef enumerable.
Assembly references enumerable from which to initialize the collection.
Adds the assembly pointed from the assemblyPath
along with the rest of the .dll files located in the same directory.
The path of the leading assembly
Clones the specified collection.
The source collection.
Adds a single assembly apointed from the assemblyPath parameter.
The path of the assembly to add a reference from
Allows a property of type Object to be edited like a string property in the Properties window
Represents the required information to connect to OpenEdge OpenClient
Gets or sets the URL of the AppServer endpoint
Absolute URL of the AppServer endpoint
Gets or sets the user name required to access the AppServer
The username required to access the AppServer
Gets or sets the password required to access the AppServer
The password required to access the AppServer
Gets or sets the additional settings information of the AppServer
The app server info.
Gets or sets the session model supported by the AppServer operating mode.
Represents the session model supported by the AppServer operating mode.
Managed session model
Session free model
Represents an dedicated component for retrieving data using OpenEdge OpenClient.NET proxy to ABL procedure.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the data source object that is used to connect to data.
The DataSourceType property can contain name
that implements OpenEdge OpenClient AppObject
The assembly references collection containing the assembly
containing the type used in the property
along with all assembly dependencies.
The assembly containing the data retrieval type should be the
first one in the collection. Usually the other dependencies are
Progress.Messages.dll and Progress.o4glrt.dll
Gets or sets the name of the procedure that is used to retrieve the data.
The Procedure property contains the method name
of the AppObject to be invoked during data retrieval.
Gets or sets the name of the DataTable to be used from a the returned DataSet.
Applicable only if the procedure retrieves DataSet.
The DataTable property contains the name
of the DataTable to be used as data.
Gets the connection that is used to connect to OpendEdge OpenClient.
The Connection property contains all necessary options used to connect to OpenEdge AppServer.
Represents an SQL database to data items.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the managed provider name used to connect to data.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the managed provider name used to connect to data.
Specifies the connection string used to connect to data.
Specifies the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute.
Specifies how the select command string to be interpreted.
Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data.
The ConnectionString property contains either a valid connection
string or the name of a in the
application configuration file.
Gets or sets the managed provider name used to connect to data.
If the ProviderName property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic)
or an empty string, the default provider is System.Data.SqlClient.
Gets or sets the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute.
Gets or sets a value indicating how the select command to be interpreted.
One of the enumeration values.
The default value of the SelectCommandType property is Text.
Gets a collection with data source parameters.
Gets or sets the wait time in seconds before terminating the attempt to retrieve data.
The provided value should be valid for the currently used data provider.
The time in seconds to wait before terminating the attempt to retrieve data.
The default value of the CommandTimeout property is 30 seconds.
Specifies how a command string is interpreted.
An SQL text command. (Default)
The name of a stored procedure.
Represents a parameter in a component.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Specifies the data type of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the parameter.
Specifies the data type of the parameter.
Specifies the value of the parameter.
Gets or sets the data type of the parameter.
Represents a collection of objects.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name and data type to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name, data type and value to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Converts the collection to an array of parameters.
Array of parameters contained in the collection.
Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
The parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Represents an user-defined field in a .
Gets or sets the name of the CalculatedField
Gets or sets the expression of the CalculatedField
Gets or sets the data type of the CalculatedField
Represents a collection of s.
Represents a mapping between a field from a data source and its
corresponding short alias used for data binding in expressions.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the name of the field for the mapping.
Specifies the alias of the field for the mapping.
Gets or sets the name of the field from the mapping.
Gets or sets the alias of the field from the mapping.
Represents a collection of objects.
Represents a collection of mappings for the fields of a data source and
their corresponding short aliases used for data binding in expressions.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection.
Determines if the collection contains a mapping for the specified field.
Specifies the name of a field from the collection.
True if a mapping for the specified field exists, False otherwise.
Adds a new mapping for the specified field to the collection.
Specifies the name of the field for the new mapping.
Specifies the alias of the field for the new mapping.
Adds a range of mappings to the collection.
Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection.
Adds a range of mappings to the collection.
Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection.
Converts the collection to an array of mappings.
Array of mappings contained in the collection.
Gets the mapping of the specified field from the collection.
Specifies the name of a field from the collection.
The mapping of the specified field from the collection.
Represents a collection of objects.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a new parameter with the specified name and value to the collection.
Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Adds a range of parameters to the collection.
Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection.
Converts the collection to an array of parameters.
Array of parameters contained in the collection.
Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection.
The parameter with the specified name from the collection.
Represents a data column definition.
Creates a new instance of .
Creates a new instance of .
The name of the column.
This name should be used later when referring a field from this column in expressions.
The type of the column.
Gets or sets the name of the field definition. Used to access the field in expressions.
Field names must be unique in the context of a single report.
The name must be a valid identifier - may contain only digits (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z),
and underscore sign (_). Must begin with a letter or underscore.
Gets or sets the type of the field.
Determines the type of the values. Acceptable values for each type are listed in .
The default parameter type is .
Represents a collection of objects.
Adds an enumerable of objects to the
.
An enumerable of objects to add to
the .
The objects returned from the
enumerable are appended to the end of the
.
Determines whether the
contains a column with a specific name.
A that specifies the parameter name for which
to search the elements of the
.
Returns a value indicating whether the
object contains a report
parameter with the specified name.
Determines the index of a specific column in the
.
The parameter name used to locate the report
parameter in the .
The index of column if found in the
; otherwise, -1.
Creates a with specific settings and
adds it to the
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
.
A constant will be used for the newly created
.
A value that will be used as
for the newly created
.
The newly created and added
Inserts an item to the at
the specified index.
The zero-based index at which item should be
inserted.
The to insert into
the .
Gets a column by name.
The name of the column.
A column if found; otherwise null (Nothing)
Allows a property of type Object to be edited like a string property in the Properties window
Converts the collection to string returning the count of items in it.
Parameter; Binding ...
Parameters; Bindings ...
Represents type options.
Values of type are accepted.
Values of type are accepted.
Values of type , ,
or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to .
Values of type or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to .
Values of type or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to .
Values of type are accepted.
The EncodingMode enumeration determines the type of the acceptable data.
Auto mode.
Accepts byte data.
Allows text data.
Allows numeric data.
Byte Mode.
Allows Text.
Allows numbers.
Not set currently.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
TODO: Update summary.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
This method encodes the data for the Kanji Mode.
Validates the data, to ensure no invalid characters are present.
Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji.
Byte Mode.
Allows Numbers [0-9].
Allows characters or numbers.
Kanji Mode.
Determines how much data is available for error correction.
Low.
Medium.
Quartile.
High.
Determines the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets.
None.
ECI 9.
ECI 8.
ECI 7.
ECI 6.
ECI 5.
ECI 4.
ECI 3.
ECI 2.
ECI 1.
ECI 10.
ECI 11.
ECI 13.
ECI 15.
ECI 17.
ECI 21.
ECI 22.
ECI 23.
ECI 24.
ECI 27.
Signifies application of special formatting to the code data.
None.
FNC 1 in first position.
FNC 1 in second position.
Defines the PDF417 encoder class.
Defines the base class for all 2D barcode encoders.
Defines the base class for all barcode encoders.
Returns a string that represents the current object.
A string that represents the current object.
Creates an instance of the class.
Gets or sets the number of the columns.
This example illustrates how to set the Columns property.
Gets or sets the number of the rows.
This example illustrates how to set the Rows property.
Gets or sets the encoding mode.
This example illustrates how to set the Encoding property.
Gets or sets the error correction level.
This example illustrates how to set the ErrorCorrectionLevel property.
Defines the QRCode encoder class.
Creates an instance of the class.
Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji.
Gets or sets the Version entered by the user.
This example illustrates how to set the Version property.
Gets or sets the error correction Level.
This example illustrates how to set the ErrorCorrectionLevel property.
Gets or sets the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode.
This example illustrates how to set the ECI property.
Gets or sets the FNC1 entered by the user.
This example illustrates how to set the FNC1 property.
Gets or sets the ApplicationIndicator entered by the user.
This example illustrates how to set the ApplicationIndicator property.
Defines the base class for all 1D barcode encoders.
Represents the default constructor of the class.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the barcode should display a
human-readable text representation of the encoded value.
true if the barcode should display text, otherwise false.
This example illustrates how to set the ShowText property.
Defines the Product1 encoder class.
Defines the UPCA encoder class.
Defines the UPCE encoder class.
Defines the EAN13 encoder class.
Defines the EAN8 encoder class.
Defines the Codabar encoder class.
Defines the Code11 encoder class.
Defines the CodeMSI encoder class.
Defines the Postnet encoder class.
Defines the UPCSupplement2 encoder class.
Defines the UPCSupplement5 encoder class.
Defines the Code128 encoder class.
Defines the Code128C encoder class.
Defines the EAN128C encoder class.
Defines the EAN128 encoder class.
Defines the Code128A encoder class.
Defines the EAN128A encoder class.
Defines the Code128B encoder class.
Defines the EAN128B encoder class.
Defines the Code25 encoder class.
Defines the Code25Interleaved encoder class.
Defines the Code25Standard encoder class.
Defines the Code93 encoder class.
Defines the Code93Extended encoder class.
Defines the Code39 encoder class.
Defines the Code39Extended encoder class.
Initializes the Measurements with values converted in graphical units
and zoomed
Used only if Block node is placed inside Inline node (not allowed by XHTML)
The current BlockLayoutEngine that contains the inline node with the block node in it.
Gets the remaining width in the current line that can be occupied.
Gets a value indicating if there is current line available
border: solid 3px Red
e.g. solid 3px Red
Gets a Telerik.Reporting.Drawing.Unit based on a provided string value
If the expression is not a valid font-size expression, Unit.Empty is returned
The returned value indicates if a value is parsed and assigned successfully
If the expression is not representing a valid Unit, Unit.Empty is returned
Gets the number part of the string ending with the '%' sign.
If the parameter is not a valid percentage expression, float.NaN is returned
Base class for all HTML Elements.
Base class for all HTML Elements.
Summary description for HtmlParser.
Parse html string producing HtmlNode tree
input html string
base style for the html nodes
(Some style attributes are relative to the base style)
Initializes a instance configured with the XHTML strict DTD as the default DTD for the content.
When there are sibling inline and block nodes
we need to put all inline elements that are next to another
in one "anonymous" block element. This way all siblings are
either inline or block nodes. (Needed by the layout).
More info: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/visuren.html#anonymous-block-level
Resolves a known and limited set of URIs and entities as local resources.
Adds the specified entity resource to this resolver's list of known resources.
The identifier for the XML resource.
The XML resolver uses this for XmlResolver.GetEntity and XmlResolver.GetResolveUri.
The type to use to resolve the assembly resource's assembly and namespace.
The name of the assembly resource.
Resolves entities using local resources if it is a known entity.
Resolves known URIs to known local resource URIs.
Not supported.
Used internally to track xml entity resource info...
Returns the resource stream that this object describes.
Represents node for displaying subscript text
Represents node for displaying superscript text
Represents any whitespace (converted to " " )
between two html tags (no matter open/close tag).
Calling method must dispose the returned FormatString
Layouts one inline node producing one or more (if it does not fit)
(inline) layout elements on different lines.
The distance in pixels between the list item marker ant the list item content
The left padding/indent of html lists which is used to draw list item markers
Layouts one text node producing one or more (if it does not fit)
text layout elements on different lines.
Fit as much characters as possible on the current line/new line.
Word-wrap is used if possible, else character-wrap.
Returns the count of the fitted characters
Calculates the size of the rows and columns of the Body based on the
Body's Rows/Columns or the size of the report items inside of the Body.
The Body of the table to process
The number of the rows according to the number of the leaf row groups.
The number of the columns according to the number of the leaf column groups.
The default size is applied to rows/columns
which size cannot be calculated (ex. cells have span, etc.)
Output list that contains the dimensions of the rows.
Output list that contains the dimensions of the columns.
True if the body's rows/columns need to be updated; otherwise False.
Calculates the total table size and the related row/col sizes
Calculates the size of the rows/columns based on their table ratios
and updates the cell bounds.
Deletes the first selected column group.
FALSE to ask if to delete the group and the related rows/column as well;
TRUE to use the value of the parameter.
TRUE to delete the related rows/colums as well; otherwise FALSE.
TRUE if any group was deleted; otherwise FALSE.
Deletes the first selected row group.
FALSE to ask if to delete the group and the related rows/column as well;
TRUE to use the value of the parameter.
TRUE to delete the related rows/colums as well; otherwise FALSE.
TRUE if any group was deleted; otherwise FALSE.
Returns the report item suitable for a header label of the given cell; otherwise returns null.
Used by SetHeaderLabelText and for test purposes.
If deleting 2+ rows, always do this from the bottom to the top rows. (reverse iteration)
If deleting 2+ columns, always do this from the right to the left columns. (reverse iteration)
DELETE RELATED GROUPS argument is respected only if SILENT
Deletes the currently selected rows.
FALSE - ask (shows UI) if to delete the related dynamic groups;
TRUE - not to ask and perform accordingly to the parameter.
TRUE to delete the related dynamic groups; otherwise FALSE. This parameter
takes effect only of the parameter is TRUE.
Determines whether the current cell is selected.
Call this method always from outside the TableLayout class.
Otherwise always use the SelectCellsInternal() method.
Call this method always from outside the TableLayout class.
Otherwise always use the SelectCellsInternal() method.
Returns the single selected dynamic column table group;
Returns NULL if only static column groups or 2+ different cols
Returns the single selected dynamic row table group;
Returns NULL if only static row groups
or 2+ different dynamic row groups are selected at once
Walks up the hierarchy and returns the 1st met dynamic ancestor.
TRUE - looks in the column group hierarchy; otherwise - looks in the row group hierarchy
Returns the min size that the member may be shrinked to
if the whole table is shrinked.
Returns the min size that the member may be shrinked to
if only this row is shrinked.
Setting the member's Size will change the Table's size as well.
Indicates what portion of the whole table size is this member
(member size / table size)
Provides custom (user-defined) implementation for aggregate function.
Implement this interface to provide custom logic when aggregating values
over a set of rows from the data source.
Apply the class to the
aggregate implementation in order to set the name and description
of the aggregate function. If no
is defined, the name of the aggregate function is the name of the actual type
that implements the IAggregateFunction interface.
The word "Aggregate" is trimmed from the type name if it ends with it.
This example shows how to implement user-defined aggregate.
Initializes the aggregate function instance. Implement to set the
aggregate in its initial state ready to accumulate and merge values.
Accumulates the passed values in the aggregate.
The values that will be accumulated on a single accumulation operation.
The length of the values array equals to the number of parameters that
the defined aggregate expects (most common one).
Merges another instance of the same aggregate function into the current instance.
Implement this method to allow the reporting engine to merge the two resulting
aggregates coming from two subsets of the aggregated data source rows.
Another instance of the same aggregate function that will be merged
in the current instance.
Gets the value that the aggregate instance keeps currently accumulated.
Returns the currently accumulated value.
Used for RowNumber/ColumnNumber
Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the
aggregate function. This class cannot be inherited.
This example shows the usage of the attribute.
Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its
properties set to default values.
Initializes a new instance of the
class.
Determines if this attribute is the default.
true if the attribute is the default value for this attribute
class; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are
equal.
Another object to compare to.
true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise,
false.
Returns the hash code for this attribute instance.
A 32-bit signed integer hash code.
Gets the name of the aggregate function as it should be used in the
expressions.
Gets the description of the aggregate function displayed in the
expression builder.
Gets a value indicating whether the aggregate should be shown at
design time. Default value is true.
Gets or sets the return type of the aggregate function as it should be used in the
expressions.
Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the
aggregate function parameter.
Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its
properties set to default values.
Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are
equal.
Another object to compare to.
true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise,
false.
Returns the hash code for this attribute instance.
A 32-bit signed integer hash code.
Gets or sets the name of the aggregate function parameter as it should be used in the
expressions.
Gets or sets the description of the aggregate function parameter as it should be used in the
expressions.
Gets or sets the type of the aggregate function parameter as it should be used in the
expressions.
Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the
functions.
Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its
properties set to default values.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The text.
Determines if this attribute is the default.
true if the attribute is the default value for this attribute
class; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are
equal.
Another object to compare to.
true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise,
false.
Returns the hash code for this attribute instance.
A 32-bit signed integer hash code.
Gets or sets the example text.
The example text.
Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the
functions.
Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its
properties set to default values.
Determines if this attribute is the default.
true if the attribute is the default value for this attribute
class; otherwise, false.
Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are
equal.
Another object to compare to.
true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise,
false.
Returns the hash code for this attribute instance.
A 32-bit signed integer hash code.
Gets or sets the namespace of the function as it should be used in the
expressions.
Gets or sets the name of the function as it should be used in the
expressions.
Gets or sets the description of the function displayed in the
expression builder.
Gets or sets the category of the function as it should be displayed
in the expression builder.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the function should be shown at
design time. Default value is true.
Global functions have no namespace
Use for all op except And, Or, In, Is and IsNot
if false to stop processing the op and return the retValue
Base class for all processing instances of report items.
Provides the core measuring logic.
Override this method if have to provide custom measuring logic.
Items usually override MeasureContent.
Items usually override this method.
Provides the core arrangement logic.
Override this method if have to provide custom arrangement logic.
Items usually override ArrangeContent.
Items usually override this method.
Gets the parent element of the current layout element.
Gets or sets the angle in degrees at which the axis labels are rotated.
Calculates the radius of the angular axis for the given label size, angel and outer/max R.
If the value is string that starts with =, it is considered as an expression string and
is parsed, evaluated against the current data item and returns the result of the exp;
otherwise returns the value as is.
Gets or sets the exception that has occurred during the processing.
Use this property in a handler to inspect or clear
the current processing error.
Nested report's Report points to itself -
not the master report.
Gets the that is bound to this report item.
An associated with this item.
A name that would identify the data context
among sibling items in the parent data context.
the number of DataPoint slots in the current Category
Arranges the labels according to the angle.
Used when the AngularAxis is CategoryAxis (Rose).
Also used with the Pie
The labels' text is always horizontal
Arranges a text label around a given point
the label to be arranged
the destination point
the label's relative horizontal position according to the goal point
the label's relative vertical position according to the goal point
the angle on which the label will be rotated
the angle on which the calculations will be shifted.
This calculations will be performed as if the coordinate system is rotated on tiltAngle degrees
Performs arrangements on series having their X value as main (Bars)
Arranges the labels according to the angle.
Used when the RadialAxis is CategoryAxis
Rotates the labels along according to the DataPoint's angle
Performs arrangements on series having their Y value as main (Columns)
For design time purposes: the object to be selected thus shown in the property grid
when a grid line is selected/clicked on the graph design surface.
Used for test purposes.
Arrange items down then across.
Arrange items across then down.
This method is for testing purposes only.
A storage for the categories
Do not push any categories through the list! Use the IncludeInRange() method instead.
1-based index of the category
For testing purposes only
The smallest value of the input domain
The biggest value of the input domain
For ordering the runtime series according to the item's definition
For ordering the runtime series according to the item's definition
Categorizes the value, ex. (x, y) -or- (y, x)
An artificial 1px border, used to avoid the white space between the series (see #219644)
in [millimeters]
in [millimeters]
After build is completed, exposes the count of the generated runtime series
Class for distributing vertically overlapping data point labels. Currently enabled only on the Polar BarSeries (PieChart)
returns "='(' + expr1 + '; ' + expr2 + ')'"
Represents a processing report item.
Used by page sections to prepare the item for the next processing.
The Image rendering (as of now) reuse the only instance of the page
sections and reevaluate them for every page it renders.
Extends ITableCell with read/write functionality
Provides an interface for accessing a processing cell.
Gets the index of the row that contains the cell.
Gets the index of the column that contains the cell.
Gets a value that indicates the total number of rows that the cell spans within the table.
Gets a value that indicates the total number of columns that the cell spans within the table.
Gets the this cell belongs to.
A object which the item belongs to.
Gets the in the cell.
Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for.
Gets or sets the current data item no data message.
Gets a object
specifying the appearance of the no data message.
A object specifying
the items's style.
Indicates if the NoDataMessage will be rendered instead of the actual item content.
True if the NoDataMessage will be rendered. Otherwise false.
Represents an item that may contain other s
Gets a read-only enumeration containing the immediate children of the current container.
This example shows how to access all children of a container in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
MapDesigner only. TODO: needs revision
Indentifies the parent group for a given group;
Indicates which category scales a given category group should update (IncludeInRange);
Indicates which series a given category group should update (IncludeInRange);
Contains the data per category scale;
Returns True to stop the traversal; otherwise returns false.
For groups in the Table.ColumnGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Width of the presenter/item (if any);
For groups in the Table.RowGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Height of the presenter/item (if any);
Returns the offset to the next group level
current level's group
For groups in the Table.ColumnGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Height of the presenter/item (if any);
For groups in the Table.RowGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Width of the presenter/item (if any);
Returns the size of the 1st available/visible leaf group
Gets the point along a line between two points, offset by supplied fraction between 0 and 1
start point
end point
[0 - 1]. 0 means starting point, 1 - ending point.
PointF
Gets the point along a line between two points, offset by a part of their measured distance
start point
end point
part of the distance between the two points
Starting point if A coincides with B, or Point(NaN, NaN) if the passed segment length is greater than the points distance
line starting point
line ending point
circle center
circle radius
crossing points
Canonical spline - Charles Petzold impl
A canonical/cardinal spline is a sequence of individual curves joined to form a larger curve.
The points that define the curve.
The amount of curvature.
The accuracy of the polyline approximation to the spline.
Each line segment of the polyline approximation has an (extremely) approximate
length of Tolerance device-independent units (of 1/96th inch).
The default value is 0.25, indicating that each line segment is roughly 1/400th inch in length.
Having smaller tolerance will produce smoother curve while increasing the number of the spline points;
having greater tolerance will produce a curve will less points, though the line may become jagged
Indicates whether to close the splain
The collection of the points for the polyline that describes the spline
See Petzold, "Programming Microsoft Windows with C#", pages 645-646 or
Petzold, "Programming Microsoft Windows with Microsoft Visual Basic .NET", pages 638-639
for derivation of the following formulas:
Get open-ended Bezier Spline Control Points.
Input Bezier spline points.
Output First Control points array of points.Count - 1 length.
Output Second Control points array of points.Count - 1 length.
parameter must be not null.
array must containg at least two points.
Solves a tridiagonal system for one of coordinates (x or y) of first Bezier control points.
Right hand side vector.
Solution vector.
Null ImageKey specifies that the container is empty
Evaluates the color value from the data.
ColorValue as double or double.NaN if the data is null
Interface which must be implemented by any coordinate converter.
Convert from the collection of coordinates are given
in the form specific for the coordinate system other than WGS 1984
to the collection of the WGS 1984 coordinates.
Collection of coordinates are given
in the form specific for the coordinate system.
Converted collection.
Convert from the collection of coordinates are given
in the WGS 1984 coordinates to the form specific for the coordinate
system other than WGS 1984.
Collection of coordinates are given
in the form specific for the coordinate system.
Converted collection.
Converts from the latitude/longitude to the representation
specific for the coordinate system other than WGS 1984.
Location to be converter.
Coordinate system location.
Converts Location to Coordinate system specific string.
Location.
Coordinate system specific string.
Converts from the coordinate system specific object to
the WGS 1984 latitude/longitude.
Coordinate system specific object.
Location.
Initializes a new instance of the ExtendedData class.
Set of the extended properties this extended data can operates with.
Clones current instance.
The clone.
Gets value of the property.
Name of the property.
Property value.
Gets value which indicates whether extended data
contains specified property.
Name of the property.
True - when extended data contains specified property. Otherwise - false.
Tries to get the underlying value by given property name.
false if not found
Set default value to every extended property.
Sets value of the property.
Name of the property.
Value to be set.
Sets value of the property.
Name of the property.
Value to be set.
Indicates whether the layout changed event should be fired.
Return reference to self.
This property can be used within Binding in XAML to implement
binding which reflect extended property changes.
Gets set of the extended properties this extended data can operates with.
Represents extended property of the map shape.
Name of the property.
Display name of the property (KML).
Type of the property.
Default value of the property.
Initializes a new instance of the ExtendedProperty class.
Name of the property.
Display name of the property.
Type of the property.
Default value.
Gets name of the property.
Gets type of the property.
Gets default value.
Represents set of the extended properties.
Initializes a new instance of the ExtendedPropertySet class.
Converts a String representation of the ExtendedPropertySet into the equivalent ExtendedPropertySet class.
The String representation of the ExtendedPropertySet class.
The equivalent ExtendedPropertySet class.
Register new property.
Name of the property.
Display name of the property.
Type of the property.
Default value.
Prepares coordinates string.
Coordinates.
Prepared coordinates.
Gets extended property definition.
Name of the extended property.
Extended property definition or null.
Converts instances of other types to and from instances of ExtendedPropertySet.
Gets a value that indicates whether this type converter can convert from a given type.
ITypeDescriptorContext for this call.
Type being queried for support.
True if this converter can convert from the specified type; false otherwise.
Attempts to convert to a Point3DCollection from the given object.
The ITypeDescriptorContext for this call.
The CultureInfo which is respected when converting.
The object to convert to an instance of ExtendedPropertySet.
ExtendedPropertySet that was constructed.
Represents the DbfEncodingBase class.
Calculates the number of bytes produced by encoding a set of characters from the specified character array.
The character array containing the set of characters to encode.
The zero-based index of the first character to encode.
The number of characters to encode.
The number of bytes produced by encoding the specified characters.
Encodes a set of characters from the specified character array into the specified byte array.
The character array containing the set of characters to encode.
The zero-based index of the first character to encode.
The number of characters to encode.
The byte array to contain the resulting sequence of bytes.
The zero-based index at which to start writing the resulting sequence of bytes.
The actual number of bytes written into bytes.
Calculates the number of characters produced by decoding a sequence of bytes from the specified byte array.
The byte array containing the sequence of bytes to decode.
The zero-based index of the first byte to decode.
The number of bytes to decode.
The number of characters produced by decoding the specified sequence of bytes.
Decodes a sequence of bytes from the specified byte array into the specified character array.
The byte array containing the sequence of bytes to decode.
The zero-based index of the first byte to decode.
The number of bytes to decode.
The character array to contain the resulting set of characters.
The zero-based index at which to start writing the resulting set of characters.
The actual number of characters written into chars.
Calculates the maximum number of bytes produced by encoding the specified number of characters.
The number of characters to encode.
The maximum number of bytes produced by encoding the specified number of characters.
Calculates the maximum number of characters produced by decoding the specified number of bytes.
The number of bytes to decode.
The maximum number of characters produced by decoding the specified number of bytes.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1250.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Central European (Windows) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1251.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Cyrillic (Windows) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1252.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Western European (Windows) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1253.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Greek (Windows) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1254.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Turkish (Windows) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 437.
Provides encoding capabilities for the OEM United States encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 737.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Greek (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 850.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Western European (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 852.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Central European (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 857 class.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Turkish (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 861.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Icelandic (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 865.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Nordic (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DBF encoding for code page 866.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Cyrillic (DOS) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DbfEncodingMac class.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Western European (Mac) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DbfEncodingMacCE class.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Central European (Mac) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DbfEncodingMacCyrillic class.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Cyrillic (Mac) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DbfEncodingMacGreek class.
Provides encoding capabilities for the Greek (Mac) encoding under Silverlight.
Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding.
Represents the DbfEncoding class.
Provides unified access to a single data record from a data source.
Returns a collection of the available properties
for the underlaying object. To get the actual data object
use .
A with the properties
of the underlaying data object.
Gets the value of the specified member.
The name of the member to get.
When this method returns, contains the value associated with the specified member, if the key is found;
otherwise, null (Nothing). This parameter is passed uninitialized.
true if the member exists; otherwise false.
Gets the value of the specified member.
Depending on the type of the data source the member may refer
to a (when the report is bound to a
or ) or a public property
(when bound to an or
a ).
The name of the member
The value of the member.
Gets the actual object that the current IDataObject wraps.
Depending on the type of the data source the member may refer
to a (when the report is bound to a
or ) or an object
(when bound to an ).
The actual data.
The ESRI shape type definitions.
Null Shape.
Point.
Polyline.
Polygon.
Multipoint.
PointZ.
PolylineZ.
PolygonZ.
MultipointZ.
PointM.
PolylineM.
PolygonM.
MultipointM.
Multipatch.
Represents the ShapeFileReader class.
Reads ESRI shape file from a stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
DBF-file encoding.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file.
The Coordinate Converter.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file.
DBF-file encoding.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file.
DBF-file encoding.
The Coordinate Converter.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads ESRI shape file according to specified parameters.
The parameters of shape-file reader.
List of elements that will be placed on an information layer.
Reads only the DBF schema without iterating through the whole DBF file.
A stream instance initialized with the .dbf file.
The .dbf encoding if known.
ExtendedPropertySet or null if the DbfStream is invalid.
Represents the parameters of shape-file reader.
Stream of ESRI shape file.
Stream of DBF file.
DBF-file encoding.
The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file.
Determines shape source type for the MapShapeReader class instance.
Shape source type will be resolved automatically.
KML file source type.
ESRI shape-file shape source type.
Returns the element content trimmed by leading and ending parentheses
valid WKT element
Used by MapDesigner only
internal for test purposes only
The LocationProvider instance used for geocoding
Used by MapDesigner only
Used by the MapDesigner
Calculates the nearest segment value of the given map and viewport in mapExtent units.
Changes the SI units of the mapExtentWidth if needed.
the width of the map extent in SIUnits
Calculates the viewport segment size in mm, based on the previously calculated map segment.
Radius - not the circle's size
Adjust the item's left position.
If any of the dependent items are grown and overlaps the current item,
move it right preserving the smallest horizontal distance
between this item and the dependent items.
Adjust the item's top position.
If any of the dependent items are grown and overlaps the current item,
move it down preserving the smallest vertical distance
between this item and the dependent items.
The Action that will be executed.
Summary description for ReportItem class.
CheckBox
Base class for TextBox and CheckBox classes
Gets or sets the character(s) that specify how text is formatted.
When in a page section, a single processing text item is re-evaluated for each page;
so we should clear the previous lines (created at the previous measure);
otherwise the old text will appear as well.
Returns one of the three image objects from the definition item
based on the current Value. The object can be Image, string, byte[],
etc.
One of the three image objects from the definition item
based on the current Value.
Gets or sets the value of the processing instance of the check box.
Can be set directly to value.
CheckBoxUtil
Returns one of the three default images based on the passed value.
One of the three default images based on the current Value
Returns one of the three image objects from the definition item
based on the current Value. The object can be Image, string, byte[],
etc.
One of the three image objects from the definition item
based on the current Value.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should
print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section.
Applicable for GroupFooter and ReportFooter sections only.
Creates new node with the provided label string that CANNOT contain
other bookmarks
Evaluated bookmark (label)
that will be inserted in the DocumentMap
Returns the created bookmark node
Creates new node with the provided label string that CAN contain
other bookmarks and the subsequent bookmarks will be added inside it
Evaluated bookmark (label)
that will be inserted in the DocumentMap
Returns the created bookmark node
Ends the current bookmark: all subsequent bookmarks will be added
to the PARENT of the ended bookmark node
Builds document map structure from the bookmarks.
Node where all generated nodes will be added.
Source bookmarks.
Indicates whether there are document map nodes
among the bookmarks.
Used from report viewers. (Resolve the report document without applying parameters.)
From report source
From history
container which children need to be arranged
Provides utility methods that perform common tasks involving nodes in a LayoutElement tree.
Returns all immediate child layout elements within a specified parent.
The parent element.
Enumerable of all layout elements having the specified parent.
If the parent does not have children, an empty enumeration is returned.
This example shows how to access all children of a parent layout element in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
Returns the immediate child layout element within a specified parent at specified index.
The parent element to search within.
The zero-based index of the child to get.
Layout element having the specified parent at the specified index.
This example shows how to access a child by index in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
Returns the first immediate child layout element within a specified parent having a specified name.
The parent element to search within.
The name to search for.
Layout element having the specified name and parent.
This example shows how to get a child by name in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
Determines whether a parent layout element contains immediate child having a specified name.
The parent element to search within.
The name to search for.
true if an layout element having the specified parent and name is found;
Otherwise, false.
This example shows how to determine if a child with name is contained in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a layout element
with a specified name within a parent.
The parent element to search within.
The name to search for.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of a layout element
having the specified name within the specified parent.
This example shows how to get the index of a child in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
Searches for all layout elements with a specified name within a specified parent.
The parent element to search within.
The name to search for.
If true, all descendants within the specified parent
are matched (deep search). Otherwise, only immediate children are matched.
Array containing all matching by name children / descendants.
If no elements are found an empty array is returned
This example shows how to find all children with name in a ItemDataBinding event handler.
A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
Looks up a localized string similar to {0} rendering format is not available..
Can create and hold font measurements needed to measure and draw strings with some font
Provide common conversions and operations during measurement and drawing.
Returns coefficient to convert value in points to value in some graphicalUnit
Returns coefficient to convert value in pixels to value in some graphicalUnit
Calling method must dispose the returned FormatString
Determines if the element is the first element
produced from the layout of the html node
Determines if the element is the first element
produced from the layout of the html node
Baseline according to client rectangle
Determines if the element is the first element
produced from the layout of the html node
Determines if the element is the first element
produced from the layout of the html node
Baseline according to client rectangle
Summary description for HTMLRenderItem.
Determines if the provided value is valid xhtml that can parse.
If the provided value is an expression, true is returned.
The XTHML value.
True if the XHTML is valid.
Indicates whether the rendering engine should
try to keep the item on one page if possible.
Gets or sets the value of the item
Determines whether the value of the current HtmlTextBox
is calculated from an expression, or is a static text (label)
Internal use only
Internal use only
Gets an at the specified row and column index.
This method should be used after the item is data bound.
The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method:
Gets a list of objects that represents the rows in a item.
Gets a list of objects that represents the columns in a item.
Collects all aggregates for a given data item recursively, in order
to prepare a MDQuery.
in mm
size in 0.01mm (GDICompatible)
Represents a processing instance of a ReportParameter.
Initializes a new instance of the Parameter class.
Gets or sets the Name of the parameters
Gets or sets the type of the parameter.
The string that represents the parameter type should be the
of the CLR type corresponding to the ReportParameterType.
Gets or sets the text for the parameter to be displayed in the report viewer.
Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value.
Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's editor.
Determines if the parameter allows an empty string to be passed. Only for parameters of type string.
Determines if the parameter should be displayed in the report viewer.
Determines whether the report viewer should auto-update the report
when the parameter value is changed.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether other parameters depend on the current parameter.
Gets or sets IDs of all parameters that depend on the current parameter.
Gets or sets the list of the available values for the current parameter.
Gets or sets the value of the parameter.
Value should of the allowed types, or containing values of the allowed types.
Gets or sets the ID of the parameter.
Gets the label of the parameter. Returns a string that contains the label
of the current parameter's or an array of strings that contains
the labels of all values when multivalue parameter.
Represents a parameter value.
Gets or sets the name of the ParameterValue.
Gets or sets the value of the ParameterValue.
Parameter ID
Provides information about parameter occurrences in reports
Z-order of the Action. Determines which of two overlapping actions is hit.
Immutable object that identifies a processing instance inside the (master)? report
Returns True if should cancel the current report processing; otherwise false.
Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for.
Returns a collection of runtime report s.
Gets or sets a representing the name
of the report document.
A representing the document name. The
default value is the name of the
this property belongs to.
The value of this property is used to suggest a file name when
exporting a report to one of the available export formats.
Used to evaluate expressions before the processing stage (like parameters).
Functions defined in the current report should not be visible at design time
Allows resource localization via RESX files.
Represents a processing Table item.
Gets an at the specified row and column index.
This method should be used after the item is data bound.
The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method:
Number of the rows reserved for the column headers
Number of the columns reserved for the column headers
Gets a list of objects that represents the rows in a item.
Gets a list of objects that represents the columns in a item.
The keep together region first line index
The keep together region end line index
Currently cells can only be merged but not split
Represents a column in the item.
Gets an at the specified row index.
This method should be used after the item is data bound.
The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method:
An instance.
Gets the index of the current TableColumn in the
collection of the item.
Represents a row in the item.
Gets an at the specified column index.
This method should be used after the item is data bound.
The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method:
An instance.
Gets the index of the current TableRow in the collection of the item.
Gets or sets the value of the TextBox item
Gets the formatted value of the current TextBox processing item.
Determines whether the value of the current TextBox
is calculated from an expression, or is a static text (label)
Splits the text into text lines and adds them
to the text container's child elements.
Calculates the vertical alignment of the text lines and sets the measurements.
Available height
Single line height
The count of the lines that fit inside the available height
Splits the text according to the bounds rectangle.
In degrees
Main split text method.
Changes horizontal alignment if the text is right-to-left.
Calculates the alignment offset for the text lines.
In degrees.
Determines in which quadrant is the angle:
|
Q2(180-269) | Q3(270-359)
|
--------------------------
|
Q1(90-179) | Q0 (0-89)
|
Creates the string format used for drawing.
The original string format of the report item.
Calculates the rectangles of the rotated text line:
TextBounds and TextBoundingRect.
Rotates the text bounds at 180 degrees.
Rectangle in which to draw the text after rotating the graphics.
Rectangle which surrounds the rotated text in the original graphics state.
Checks whether the point is inside the bounds.
Determines the distance between two points.
Calculates the corresponding to the line number width.
Creates a named timer; started immediately and stopped on disposing; displays trace info
Start/stop an external timer without any traces
Fills determined unique names each Group/TableGroup without name.
The target report
Provide methods for XHTML validation
Determines if the provided markup is valid XHTML that can parse.
If the provided value is an expression, true is returned.
The XHTML markup.
True if the XHTML is valid.
Determines if the provided markup is valid XHTML that can parse.
If the XHTML parse operation fail exception is thrown.
If the provided value is an expression, no exception is thrown.
The XHTML markup.
Move the item down and right with the given offsets
Enlarge the item with the given size
Sections and groups are always report-wide
so they have to work with Report.Measurement.Width
Use this class to perform a floating point comparison with precision of 0.01
Point of RoundedFloats
Size of RoundedFloats
Rectangle of RoundedFloats
Provides an unified access to the data of a group member
Enumerates all data items (details) that belongs to the current group member.
A set of raw data items that belongs to the current group member.
The following example, uses the IDataGroupMember.EnumerateRawData() to display the detail items for each member of the Country group.
access only using the ExtendedValues property
Represents a multidimensional query
Represents a collection of AxisDef-s
Represents an axis in the multidimensional query
Test purposes only!
Test purposes only!
cells[axis0_member, axis1_member,..axisN_member]
cells[axis0_member, axis1_member,..axisN_member]
axis0, axis1, axisN
Caches CellDataMembers (Body data)
Parses the input string on constants and embedded expressions.
input string
generated list of expression/const terms
Exception is thrown
when the input sting is not valid sequence of constants
and embedded expressions
Parses the input string on constants and embedded expressions
generates list containing only the expressions.
input string
generated list of expressions
Exception is thrown
when the input sting is not valid sequence of constants
and embedded expressions
Determines if the input string is a valid sequence of constants and
embedded expressions
input string
true if valid, else false
Substitutes some of the general usage ExpressionNodes with Reporting specific nodes.
Converts an image to a byte array in BMP format
Bitmap with BMP ImageFormat
Converts an image bytes in JPG, BMP, etc. to a PNG byte array.
image bytes received from the tile provider
Creates a new bitmap, stitching bitmap2 to bitmap1 at the specified position.
the produced bitmap
MapQuest returns the center of the default country (USA) when not able to find a location.
REF: http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/forums/-/message_boards/view_message/417276
In contrast with Licensed API, Open API returns valid XML with status 0 when not able to find a location.
Location.Latitude
Location.Longitude
The location (Latitude/Longitude) of the returned point.
The query string used to request the current location
The request that is used to get he current result.
The location name as returned from the server.
Tile expiration date
String containing the error thrown during the download.
Converts tile XY coordinates into a QuadKey at a specified level of detail.
Tile X coordinate.
Tile Y coordinate.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
A string containing the QuadKey.
Returns the QuadKey by given Latitude, Longitude and Level of Detail
Latitude of the point, in degrees.
Longitude of the point, in degrees.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
A string containing the QuadKey.
Converts a QuadKey into tile XY coordinates.
QuadKey of the tile.
Output parameter receiving the tile X coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the tile Y coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the level of detail.
Returns the latitude/longitude extent of a given tyle by quad key.
Returns the dependent 4 quad keys of a given quad key.
key referencing a tile
the keys of the sub tiles referenced by the passed quadKey
For TEST purposes only
For TEST purposes only
Class used only for testing purposes.
When GetTilesAsync is called, it will throw an System.Net.WebException if the TileUrl is invalid.
Otherwise it will return an image as if a regular WebTileProvider.
Clips a number to the specified minimum and maximum values.
The number to clip.
Minimum allowable value.
Maximum allowable value.
The clipped value.
Determines the map width and height (in pixels) at a specified level
of detail.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
The map width and height in pixels.
Returns the map size in tiles.
Determines the ground resolution (in meters per pixel) at a specified
latitude and level of detail.
Latitude (in degrees) at which to measure the
ground resolution.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
The ground resolution, in meters per pixel.
Determines the map scale at a specified latitude, level of detail,
and screen resolution.
Latitude (in degrees) at which to measure the
map scale.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
Resolution of the screen, in dots per inch.
The map scale, expressed as the denominator N of the ratio 1 : N.
Converts a point from latitude/longitude WGS-84 coordinates (in degrees)
into pixel XY coordinates at a specified level of detail.
Latitude of the point, in degrees.
Longitude of the point, in degrees.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
Output parameter receiving the X coordinate in pixels.
Output parameter receiving the Y coordinate in pixels.
Converts a pixel from pixel XY coordinates at a specified level of detail
into latitude/longitude WGS-84 coordinates (in degrees).
X coordinate of the point, in pixels.
Y coordinates of the point, in pixels.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
Output parameter receiving the latitude in degrees.
Output parameter receiving the longitude in degrees.
Converts pixel XY coordinates into tile XY coordinates of the tile containing
the specified pixel.
Pixel X coordinate.
Pixel Y coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the tile X coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the tile Y coordinate.
Converts tile XY coordinates into pixel XY coordinates of the upper-left pixel
of the specified tile.
Tile X coordinate.
Tile Y coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the pixel X coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the pixel Y coordinate.
Converts Latitude/Longitude coordinates into tile XY coordinates of the tile containing
the specified point.
Latitude of the point, in degrees.
Longitude of the point, in degrees.
Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail)
to 23 (highest detail).
Output parameter receiving the tile X coordinate.
Output parameter receiving the tile Y coordinate.
Converts tile XY coordinates to Latitude/Longitude coordinates according to the specified level of details.
tile X coordinate
tile Y coordinate
level of detail
Location(latitude, longitude)
Returns the BOTTOM-RIGHT latitude/longitude coordinates of a given tile according to the specified level of details.
Returns the latitude/longitude extent of a given tile for a specified level of detail.
image abstraction
Sets the Latitude/Longitude values of the supplied TileImage.
Subdomain-templated Url that identifies the tile.
TileExtent.LatitudeMin
TileExtent.LongitudeMin
TileExtent.LatitudeMax
TileExtent.LongitudeMax
The image stream returned from the provider
Tile expiration date
DEBUG purposes only!
Copies the URL and the extent properties from the passed TileInfo to the TileImage instance.
Struct defining a tile position
Calculates the distance between two points in kilometers.
Calculates the extent width (difference between longitude coordinates) in kilometers, measuring it in the middle
between the two latitude coordinates
Calculates the difference between latitude coordinates in kilometers, using the minimum longitude as X.
Determines if the rectangular region represented by ext is entirely contained within this Extent region.
True if ext is contained in this Extent
Determines if this extent intersects with ext.
True if ext intersects this Extent
Determines if the extent coordinates are the same, e.g. it is a single point.
Returns the bounds of the current extent according to the world bounds.
Usually calculated by the GetWorldBounds() method
If the extent takes the given bounds calculates the bounds of the entire world.
Ensures that the given extent is conformant with the supplied bounds
Closes all connections managed by this pool.
Call this method when the application is suspended.
Behaviour here is to close any open connections.
Gets the singleton instance of the connection tool.
Represents an open connection to a SQLite database.
Used to list some code that we want the MonoTouch linker
to see, but that we never want to actually execute.
Constructs a new SQLiteConnection and opens a SQLite database specified by databasePath.
Specifies the path to the database file.
Specifies whether to store DateTime properties as ticks (true) or strings (false). You
absolutely do want to store them as Ticks in all new projects. The default of false is
only here for backwards compatibility. There is a *significant* speed advantage, with no
down sides, when setting storeDateTimeAsTicks = true.
Constructs a new SQLiteConnection and opens a SQLite database specified by databasePath.
Specifies the path to the database file.
Specifies whether to store DateTime properties as ticks (true) or strings (false). You
absolutely do want to store them as Ticks in all new projects. The default of false is
only here for backwards compatibility. There is a *significant* speed advantage, with no
down sides, when setting storeDateTimeAsTicks = true.
Retrieves the mapping that is automatically generated for the given type.
The type whose mapping to the database is returned.
Optional flags allowing implicit PK and indexes based on naming conventions
The mapping represents the schema of the columns of the database and contains
methods to set and get properties of objects.
Retrieves the mapping that is automatically generated for the given type.
The mapping represents the schema of the columns of the database and contains
methods to set and get properties of objects.
Executes a "drop table" on the database. This is non-recoverable.
Executes a "create table if not exists" on the database. It also
creates any specified indexes on the columns of the table. It uses
a schema automatically generated from the specified type. You can
later access this schema by calling GetMapping.
The number of entries added to the database schema.
Executes a "create table if not exists" on the database. It also
creates any specified indexes on the columns of the table. It uses
a schema automatically generated from the specified type. You can
later access this schema by calling GetMapping.
Type to reflect to a database table.
Optional flags allowing implicit PK and indexes based on naming conventions.
The number of entries added to the database schema.
Creates an index for the specified table and column.
Name of the index to create
Name of the database table
Name of the column to index
Whether the index should be unique
Creates an index for the specified table and column.
Name of the database table
Name of the column to index
Whether the index should be unique
Creates an index for the specified object property.
e.g. CreateIndex<Client>(c => c.Name);
Type to reflect to a database table.
Property to index
Whether the index should be unique
Creates a new SQLiteCommand. Can be overridden to provide a sub-class.
Creates a new SQLiteCommand given the command text with arguments. Place a '?'
in the command text for each of the arguments.
The fully escaped SQL.
Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the command text.
A
Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?'
in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command.
Use this method instead of Query when you don't expect rows back. Such cases include
INSERTs, UPDATEs, and DELETEs.
You can set the Trace or TimeExecution properties of the connection
to profile execution.
The fully escaped SQL.
Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query.
The number of rows modified in the database as a result of this execution.
Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?'
in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command.
It returns each row of the result using the mapping automatically generated for
the given type.
The fully escaped SQL.
Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query.
An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query.
Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?'
in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command.
It returns each row of the result using the mapping automatically generated for
the given type.
The fully escaped SQL.
Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query.
An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query.
The enumerator will call sqlite3_step on each call to MoveNext, so the database
connection must remain open for the lifetime of the enumerator.
Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?'
in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command.
It returns each row of the result using the specified mapping. This function is
only used by libraries in order to query the database via introspection. It is
normally not used.
A to use to convert the resulting rows
into objects.
The fully escaped SQL.
Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query.
An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query.
Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?'
in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command.
It returns each row of the result using the specified mapping. This function is
only used by libraries in order to query the database via introspection. It is
normally not used.
A to use to convert the resulting rows
into objects.
The fully escaped SQL.
Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query.
An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query.
The enumerator will call sqlite3_step on each call to MoveNext, so the database
connection must remain open for the lifetime of the enumerator.
Returns a queryable interface to the table represented by the given type.
A queryable object that is able to translate Where, OrderBy, and Take
queries into native SQL.
Attempts to retrieve an object with the given primary key from the table
associated with the specified type. Use of this method requires that
the given type have a designated PrimaryKey (using the PrimaryKeyAttribute).
The primary key.
The object with the given primary key. Throws a not found exception
if the object is not found.
Attempts to retrieve the first object that matches the predicate from the table
associated with the specified type.
A predicate for which object to find.
The object that matches the given predicate. Throws a not found exception
if the object is not found.
Attempts to retrieve an object with the given primary key from the table
associated with the specified type. Use of this method requires that
the given type have a designated PrimaryKey (using the PrimaryKeyAttribute).
The primary key.
The object with the given primary key or null
if the object is not found.
Attempts to retrieve an object with the given primary key from the table
associated with the specified type. Use of this method requires that
the given type have a designated PrimaryKey (using the PrimaryKeyAttribute).
The primary key.
The TableMapping used to identify the object type.
The object with the given primary key or null
if the object is not found.
Attempts to retrieve the first object that matches the predicate from the table
associated with the specified type.
A predicate for which object to find.
The object that matches the given predicate or null
if the object is not found.
Begins a new transaction. Call to end the transaction.
Throws if a transaction has already begun.
Creates a savepoint in the database at the current point in the transaction timeline.
Begins a new transaction if one is not in progress.
Call to undo transactions since the returned savepoint.
Call to commit transactions after the savepoint returned here.
Call to end the transaction, committing all changes.
A string naming the savepoint.
Rolls back the transaction that was begun by or .
Rolls back the savepoint created by or SaveTransactionPoint.
The name of the savepoint to roll back to, as returned by . If savepoint is null or empty, this method is equivalent to a call to
Rolls back the transaction that was begun by .
true to avoid throwing exceptions, false otherwise
Releases a savepoint returned from . Releasing a savepoint
makes changes since that savepoint permanent if the savepoint began the transaction,
or otherwise the changes are permanent pending a call to .
The RELEASE command is like a COMMIT for a SAVEPOINT.
The name of the savepoint to release. The string should be the result of a call to
Commits the transaction that was begun by .
Executes within a (possibly nested) transaction by wrapping it in a SAVEPOINT. If an
exception occurs the whole transaction is rolled back, not just the current savepoint. The exception
is rethrown.
The to perform within a transaction. can contain any number
of operations on the connection but should never call or
.
Inserts all specified objects.
An of the objects to insert.
The number of rows added to the table.
Inserts all specified objects.
An of the objects to insert.
Literal SQL code that gets placed into the command. INSERT {extra} INTO ...
The number of rows added to the table.
Inserts all specified objects.
An of the objects to insert.
The type of object to insert.
The number of rows added to the table.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
The object to insert.
The number of rows added to the table.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
If a UNIQUE constraint violation occurs with
some pre-existing object, this function deletes
the old object.
The object to insert.
The number of rows modified.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
If a UNIQUE constraint violation occurs with
some pre-existing object, this function does nothing.
The object to insert.
The number of rows added.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
The object to insert.
The type of object to insert.
The number of rows added to the table.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
If a UNIQUE constraint violation occurs with
some pre-existing object, this function deletes
the old object.
The object to insert.
The type of object to insert.
The number of rows modified.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
The object to insert.
Literal SQL code that gets placed into the command. INSERT {extra} INTO ...
The number of rows added to the table.
Inserts the given object and retrieves its
auto incremented primary key if it has one.
The object to insert.
Literal SQL code that gets placed into the command. INSERT {extra} INTO ...
The type of object to insert.
The number of rows added to the table.
Updates all of the columns of a table using the specified object
except for its primary key.
The object is required to have a primary key.
The object to update. It must have a primary key designated using the PrimaryKeyAttribute.
The number of rows updated.
Updates all of the columns of a table using the specified object
except for its primary key.
The object is required to have a primary key.
The object to update. It must have a primary key designated using the PrimaryKeyAttribute.
The type of object to insert.
The number of rows updated.
Updates all specified objects.
An of the objects to insert.
The number of rows modified.
Deletes the given object from the database using its primary key.
The object to delete. It must have a primary key designated using the PrimaryKeyAttribute.
The number of rows deleted.
Deletes the object with the specified primary key.
The primary key of the object to delete.
The number of objects deleted.
The type of object.
Deletes all the objects from the specified table.
WARNING WARNING: Let me repeat. It deletes ALL the objects from the
specified table. Do you really want to do that?
The number of objects deleted.
The type of objects to delete.
Sets a busy handler to sleep the specified amount of time when a table is locked.
The handler will sleep multiple times until a total time of has accumulated.
Returns the mappings from types to tables that the connection
currently understands.
Whether has been called and the database is waiting for a .
See tests.
using (var r = cmd.ExecuteReader(map))
{
while (r.Read())
{
object value;
if (r.TryGetValue("col1", out value))
{
// use value
}
}
}
Reads a value from the current record.
Since the insert never changed, we only need to prepare once.
Invoked every time an instance is loaded from the database.
The newly created object.
This can be overridden in combination with the
method to hook into the life-cycle of objects.
Type safety is not possible because MonoTouch does not support virtual generic methods.
Represents a parsed connection string.
Compiles a BinaryExpression where one of the parameters is null.
The non-null parameter
Store info for an extension
create and get an instance of extensionType
Combines the default parameter values with the values passed by the user
with type check
Case insensitive name
Case insensitive name
Case insensitive name
Returns a list of core(Telerik provided) IExtension types.
Used by the rendering extension to obtain a stream.
The name of the stream.
The type of the rendering extension.
The encoding used by the stream.
The MIME type of the stream.
The stream to be used by the Reporting engine.
The stream created by the CreateStream delegate is used by the Reporting
engine and for best performance it is not advisable to be closed.
Delegate used to re-evaluate the page header and
footer sections for each generated page.
The current page number.
The total page count.
The report to be evaluated.
Holds arbitrary rendering information.
Holds arbitrary information e.g., PageSettings.
Provides the mechanism for implementing new rendering extension.
The report that has to be rendered.
Contains entries for rendering engine internal usage.
The rendering extension parameters.
A delegate.
A delegate.
True if the rendering operation is successfull; otherwise returns False.
The stream created by the CreateStream delegate is used by the Reporting
engine and for best performance it is not advisable to be closed (it will be closed by the Reporting engine).
Provides support for rendering multiple streams from a rendering extension.
Allows the rendering extension to indicate that there is no additional
content to be added to the given stream.
The number of pages that the renderer has processed
Page number that will be used in expressions (affected by reset)
Page count that will be used in expressions (affected by reset)
The count of the physical pages sent to the writer
Returns true if even one of the reports needs a page count.
Represents a result of the report rendering.
Gets the name of the created document.
Gets the the MIME type of the document.
Gets the file extension of the document.
Gets the character encoding of the document.
Gets a byte array that contains the rendered report.
Gets an array of exceptions that has occurred during the report processing.
Gets a value that indicates whether the collection contains errors.
Represents the object responsible for printing and rendering Reports.
Calculates the total page count and records it in the rendering context.
Initializes a new instance of the ReportProcessor class.
Prints a report document using the specified printer settings.
Specifies an instance of a report document to print.
Both
and
documents are supported.
Specifies the printer settings to be used when printing the document.
If null or invalid settings are specified, the Print Dialog appears.
To prevent the Print Dialog from appearing, you should specify valid
printer settings to this method.
This example illustrates how to prevent the standard Print Dialog from
appearing in a batch print operation or when printing from a service.
// Create an instance of the report to print.
IReportDocument reportDocument = new MyReport();
// Obtain the settings of the default printer.
PrinterSettings printerSettings = new PrinterSettings();
// Adjust the printer settings if necessary...
// Print the report using the printer settings.
ReportProcessor.Print(reportDocument, printerSettings);
' Create an instance of the report to print.
Dim reportDocument As IReportDocument = New MyReport()
' Obtain the settings of the default printer.
Dim printerSettings As New PrinterSettings()
' Adjust the printer settings if necessary...
' Print the report using the printer settings.
ReportProcessor.Print(reportDocument, printerSettings)
Renders a report in the specified format
Export format
Report document to render.
Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension.
The MIME type of the result buffer.
The file extension of the result buffer.
The character encoding of the result buffer.
Byte array that contains the rendered report.
Renders a report in the specified format
Export format
Report document to render.
Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension.
The MIME type of the result buffer.
The name of the created document.
The file extension of the result buffer.
The character encoding of the result buffer.
Byte array that contains the rendered report.
Renders a report in the specified format
Export format
Report document to render
Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension.
The delegate function to call to get a stream to render into.
True if the rendering succeeds.
Renders a report in the specified format
Export format
Report document to render
Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension.
The delegate function to call to get a stream to render into.
The name of the created document.
True if the rendering succeeds.
Prints a report document using the specified printer settings.
Specifies the for the report document to print.
Specifies the printer settings to be used when printing the document.
If null or invalid settings are specified, the Print Dialog appears.
To prevent the Print Dialog from appearing, you should specify valid
printer settings to this method.
This example illustrates how to prevent the standard Print Dialog from
appearing in a batch print operation or when printing from a service.
Processes an IReportDocument.
The for the report document to process.
If the IReportDocument is normal single report, then a List
with one element (the report itself) is returned. If the
IReportDocument is a ReportBook, then a List with all of its reports
is returned.
Renders a report in the specified format
Export format.
See Rendering Extensions
help article for available export formats.
The for the report document to render.
Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension.
Renders a report in the specified format
Export format.
See Rendering Extensions
help article for available export formats.
The for the report document to render.
Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension.
The delegate function to call to get a stream to render into.
The name of the created document.
True if the rendering succeeds.
Specifies a print controller to be used when printing a Report.
If a null value is specified, a default print controller is used,
which displays the Print Progress dialog.
If you need a better control over the printing process, or simply
to customize the appearance of the print UI, you should specify
a custom print controller to this method.
This example shows how to customize the title of the Print Progress
dialog with a custom provided print controller.
To prevent the print UI from appearing, you should specify valid
printer settings and a standard print controller to this method.
This example illustrates how to prevent the print UI from appearing
in a batch print operation or when printing from a service.
Occurs when a processing exception is raised.
For test purposes only
Creates a new instance of file cache in a temp folder that will store cached data.
The newly created cache instance.
Creates a new instance of file cache that will store cached data in a directory of the file system.
The directory path that will be used from the cache as repository.
The newly created cache instance.
Creates new instance of database cache that will store cached data in a database.
Specifies which database engine should be used.
A connection string that should be used to connect to the cache database
The newly created cache instance.
In order to use a database cache you should firstly use the Database Cache Configuration Tool
in order to create the underplaying database and its schema.
Note that the database cache implementation relies on the Telerik OpenAccess
so the following OpenAccess core libraries should be referenced: Telerik.OpenAccess.dll, Telerik.OpenAccess.35.Extensions.dll .
Proper assembly binding redirects might apply.
See also: Configuring the Database Cache Provider
Report service configuration that upon creation reads the restReportService
configuration element from the application configuration file.
Default implementation of the interface.
Represents an object containing all dependencies and setting
which the REST report service needs to operate.
Gets or sets the unique constant name of the application hosting the reports service.
When not set the report service utilizes
the
AppDomainSetup.ApplicationName Property
for the current application domain.
This however is not sufficient for each application setup.
Set a value for this property in order to provide an unique name among all apps
implementing the report service that will be deployed in the same environment.
Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a client session
will be preserved in the service storage after the last interaction
from this client.
The value must be greater than zero.
Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a rendered
report document from a client will be viable for reuse for another
clients' request.
The value must be greater or equal to zero. A zero value will
prevent rendered report document reuse.
Gets or sets an
implementation instance that will be used for internal storage from the report service.
Use this property setter in order to provide a storage instance.
May be one of the built-in storage implementations or a custom implementation.
This is mandatory setting without defaults.
Gets or sets an
implementation instance that will be used for report resolving from the service.
Use this property setter in order to provide a report resolver instance.
May be one of the built-in report resolvers or a custom implementation resolver.
Built-in resolvers may be chained.
This is mandatory setting without defaults.
Creates an instance of the ReportServiceConfiguration class.
Gets or sets the unique constant name of the application hosting the reports service.
When not set the report service utilizes
the
AppDomainSetup.ApplicationName Property
for the current application domain.
This however is not sufficient for each application setup.
Set a value for this property in order to provide an unique name among all apps
implementing the report service that will be deployed in the same environment.
Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a client session
will be preserved in the service storage after the last interaction
from this client.
The value must be greater than zero. The default value is 15 minutes
Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a rendered
report document from a client will be viable for reuse for another
clients' request.
The value must be greater or equal to zero. A zero value will
prevent rendered report document reuse. The default value is zero.
Gets or sets an
implementation instance that will be used for internal storage from the report service.
Use this property setter in order to provide a storage instance.
May be one of the built-in storage implementations or a custom implementation.
This is mandatory setting without defaults.
Gets or sets an
implementation instance that will be used for report resolving from the service.
Use this property setter in order to provide a report resolver instance.
May be one of the built-in report resolvers or a custom implementation resolver.
Built-in resolvers may be chained.
This is mandatory setting without defaults.
Creates an instance of the ConfigSectionReportServiceConfiguration type
and populates any configuration properties that are setup in the config file.
Persistable object identified by Key object (K)
Key object type
Defines a class for storing error information.
Gets or sets the high-level, user-visible message explaining the cause of the error.
Gets or sets the message of the if available.
Gets or sets the type of the if available.
Gets or sets the stack trace information associated with this instance if available.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Represents a resolver that creates from a string representation of a report document reference
Creates a based on its string representation.
The string representation of a report document reference
Supported from the engine are and
Represents an object which creates instances of particular report resolver implementation.
Creates an instance of report resolver.
The newly created report resolver instance.
Initializes the provider instance with parameters used
to configure each newly created report resolver instance
Dictionary of name-value pairs
representing report resolver configuration parameters.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Provides static (Shared in Visual Basic) extension methods for objects that implement the interface.
Validates an object representing a report service configuration.
The object that should be validated.
This method is used internally from the report service.
If specified will be used to parse each parameter value before using.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Telerik internal use only.
Internal use only
Internal use only
Graphics for the string measurements
Used by the group footers with print on every page;
!!! Relative to the current top !!!
Called when the paging of the current page is completed and is ready
for sending to the client.
If true send the page anyway;
otherwise only when there is no more free space left on the page
For the string measurements
Used by the group footers with print on every page;
!!! Relative to the current top !!!
Adjust the item's top position.
If any of the dependent items are grown and overlaps the current item,
move it down preserving the smallest vertical distance
between this item and the dependent items.
Move the item down and right with the given offsets
in absolute coordinates
The intersection between the rect and the page's rect;
If rect is empty, returns the page rect.
Current page Top + reserved top space for this item
Current page Bottom - reserved bottom space for this item
Min distance that the container should preserve
Determines whether the item starts from current page
and continue on the next
Defines whether to calculate the child items.
Returns the text rotation angle in degrees.
Report Header/Footer sections
Detail section
Group Header/Footer sections
Keeps the offsetY for the position of the fixed header on the current page
Keeps the offsetY for the position of the fixed footer on the current page
Implements KeepTogether = true
A line always must stay together.
Number of the page in the output document (including pages from previous reports if ReportBook).
In page coordinates.
In page coordinates.
In page coordinates.
In page coordinates.
In page coordinates.
Borders to render on the current page
Gets a value indicating if the element is actually clipped.
Gets a value indicating if the client area is actually clipped.
The index of the first row not part of the region
The index of the first column not part of the region
The count of lines this cell spans on
The count of cells on each occupied line this cell spans on
Used instead of RectangleRF when reference type needed.
Indicates that the item should be position on the top
of the next page (PagingElementBase.VerticalStateOffset - to offset
from the top)
Try keeping together the header lines + the 1st body line
Calculates the minimum reserved end space
to ensure correct calculates of cell items (KeepTogether/CalculatePage)
The number of the entire lines
(including lines bigger than 1 page) that fit on current page
Just aligns the text inside the client rectangle without
any measurements
Measures the text bounds inside the ITextContainer.ClientRectangle
so that further paging / rendering can be applied on the returned bounds.
Returns the text rotation angle in degrees.
For dashed and dotted borders
Outer stripe
Called when the rendering of the entire report document is completed.
Ends the composition and disposes all composition-wide resources
Called when the rendering of the current page is completed and is ready
for sending to the client.
Graphics for the string measurements
Called when new page should be prepared for rendering.
Called when the rendering of the current page is completed and is ready
for sending to the client.
Creates 1bpp bitmap from a given bitmap.
bitmap to conver to bitonal
1bpp bitmap
DrawImage
Image to draw
in Millimeters
in Pixels
Helper class.
Saves current canvas state and restores in on disposal
DrawImage
Image to draw
in Millimeters
in Pixels
Converts a rectangle in mm to points.
Called when new page should be prepared for rendering.
Called when the rendering of the entire report document is completed.
Ends the composition and disposes all document-wide resources.
Called when the rendering of the entire report document is completed.
Ends the composition and disposes all composition-wide resources
Represents the internal state of an PdfGraphics object.
Gets or sets the current transformation matrix.
Represents a stack of PdfGraphicsState and XGraphicsContainer objects.
Defines an object used to draw glyphs.
Cache PdfFontInfo to speed up finding the right PdfFontDictionary
if this font is used more than once.
Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font. The line spacing is the vertical distance
between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text. Thus, the line spacing includes the
blank space between lines along with the height of the character itself.
Gets the face name of this Font object.
Gets the em-size of this Font object measured in the unit of this
Font object.
Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is bold.
Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is italic.
Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is underline.
Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is strikeout.
Summary description for PdfFontMetrics.
The transformation matrix from the XGraphics page space to the Graphics world space.
(The name 'default view matrix' comes from Microsoft OS/2 Presentation Manager. I choose
this name because I have no better one.)
The graphics state stack.
The transformation matrix from XGraphics world space to page unit space.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfGraphics class for drawing on
a PDF page and provides a GDI+ Graphics object for measurements.
Applies the specified translation operation to the transformation matrix of this object by
prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
Applies the specified translation operation to the transformation matrix of this object
in the specified order.
Resets the transformation matrix of this object to the identity matrix.
Saves the current state of this XGraphics object and identifies the saved state with the
returned PdfGraphicsState object.
Restores the state of this XGraphics object to the state represented by the specified
PdfGraphicsState object.
Empties the clip region, i.e. no clipping takes place.
Draws an image.
The image to draw.
The destination rectangle in POINTS.
The source rectangle in PIXELS.
Draws a line connecting the two points specified by coordinate pairs.
Gets or sets the transformation matrix.
Represents the internal state of an XGraphics object.
Defines an object used to draw GDI Images.
Represents a 3-by-3 matrix that represents an affine 2D transformation.
Degree to radiant factor.
Half of pi.
Initializes a new instance of the Matrix class with the specified points.
Inverts this PdfMatrix object. Throws an exception if the matrix is not invertible.
Multiplies this matrix with the specified matrix.
Multiplies this matrix with the specified matrix.
Translates the matrix with the specified offsets.
Translates the matrix with the specified offsets.
Scales the matrix with the specified scalars.
Scales the matrix with the specified scalars.
Scales the matrix with the specified scalar.
Scales the matrix with the specified scalar.
Rotates the matrix with the specified angle.
Rotates the matrix with the specified angle.
Shears the matrix with the specified scalars.
Shears the matrix with the specified scalars.
Converts this matrix to a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object.
Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal.
Explicitly converts a PdfMatrix to an Matrix.
Explicitly converts a Matrix to an PdfMatrix.
Determines whether to matrices are equal.
Determines whether to matrices are not equal.
Gets an array of double values that represents the elements of this matrix.
Gets a value from the matrix.
Gets a value from the matrix.
Gets a value from the matrix.
Gets a value from the matrix.
Gets the x translation value.
Gets the y translation value.
Indicates whether this matrix is the identity matrix.
Indicates whether this matrix is invertible, i. e. its determinant is not zero.
PdfMatrixOrder
The new operation is applied before the old operation.
The new operation is applied after the old operation.
Implements the ASCII85Decode filter.
Base class for all stream filters
When implemented in a derived class encodes the specified data.
Encodes a raw string.
When implemented in a derived class decodes the specified data.
Decodes to a raw string.
Removes all white spaces from the data. The function assumes that the bytes are characters.
Implements the ASCIIHexDecode filter.
Summary description for Filtering.
Gets the filter specified by the case sensitive name.
Gets the filter singleton.
Gets the filter singleton.
Gets the filter singleton.
Implements the FlateDecode filter by wrapping SharpZipLib.
CMap format 4: Segment mapping to delta values.
The Windows standard format.
Converts the width of a glyph identified by its index to PDF design units.
Character To Glyph Index Mapping Table
This table defines the mapping of character codes to the glyph index
values used in the font. It may contain more than one subtable, in
order to support more than one character encoding scheme. Character
codes that do not correspond to any glyph in the font should be mapped
to glyph index 0. The glyph at this location must be a special glyph
representing a missing character, commonly known as .notdef.
When overridden in a derived class, prepares the font table to be
compiled into its binary representation.
Calculates the checksum of a table represented by its bytes.
Is true for symbol font encoding.
This table contains a list of values that can be referenced by
instructions. They can be used, among other things, to control
characteristics for different glyphs. The length of the table must be
an integral number of FWORD units.
Represents an entry in the TableDirectory of a TrueType font program.
4 -byte tag.
CheckSum for this table.
Offset from beginning of TrueType font file.
Actual table length of this table in bytes.
Gets the table length rounded up to a multiple of 4 bytes.
Represents a TrueType Collection (.ttc).
Reads a System.Byte.
Reads a System.Int16.
Reads a System.UInt16.
Reads a System.Int32.
Reads a System.UInt32.
Reads a System.Int32.
Reads a System.Int16.
Reads a System.UInt16.
Reads a System.Int64.
Reads a System.String with the specified size.
Reads a System.Byte[] with the specified size.
Reads a System.Byte[] with the specified size.
Reads a System.Char[4] as System.String.
A collection of information that uniquely idendifies a particular font.
Used to map PdfFontDictionary to Drawing.PdfFontDictionary.
There is a one to one relationship between a FontDescriptorInfo and a
TrueType/OpenType file.
Returns a string for diagnostic purposes only.
Font Header
This table gives global information about the font. The bounding box
values should be computed using only glyphs that have contours. Glyphs
with no contours should be ignored for the purposes of these
calculations.
Reads all required tables from the font program starting at the
specified offset.
Compiles the font to its binary representation.
Creates a new font image that is a subset of this font image
containing only the specified glyphs.
Adds the specified table to this font image.
Font Program Table
This table is similar to the CVT Program, except that it is only run
once, when the font is first used. It is used only for FDEFs and IDEFs.
Thus the CVT Program need not contain function definitions. However,
the CVT Program may redefine existing FDEFs or IDEFs.
This table is optional.
Represents a writer for generation of font file streams.
Closes the writer and, if specified, the underlying stream.
Closes the writer and the underlying stream.
Writes the specified value to the font stream.
Writes the specified value to the font stream.
Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian.
Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian.
Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian.
Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian.
Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian.
Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian.
Gets the underlying stream.
Gets or sets the position within the stream.
This table contains information that describes the glyphs in the font in the TrueType outline format.
Information regarding the rasterizer (scaler) refers to the TrueType rasterizer.
Prepares the font table to be compiled into its binary representation.
Gets the data of the specified glyph.
Gets the size of the byte array that defines the glyph.
Gets the offset of the specified glyph relative to the first byte of the font image.
Adds for all composite glyphs the glyphs the composite one is made of.
If the specifed glyph is a composite glyph add the glyphs it is made of the the glyph table.
The Glyph Substitution table (GSUB) contains information for
substituting glyphs to render the scripts and language systems
supported in a font. Many language systems require glyph substitutes.
For example, in the Arabic script, the glyph shape that depicts a
particular character varies according to its position in a word or text
string (see figure 1). In other language systems, glyph substitutes are
aesthetic options for the user, such as the use of ligature glyphs in
the English language (see Figure 2).
Horizontal Header Table
This table contains information for horizontal layout. The values in
the minRightSidebearing, minLeftSideBearing and xMaxExtent should be
computed using only glyphs that have contours. Glyphs with no contours
should be ignored for the purposes of these calculations. All reserved
areas must be set to 0.
Horizontal Metrics Table
Index to Location Table
The indexToLoc table stores the offsets to the locations of the glyphs
in the font, relative to the beginning of the glyphData table. In order
to compute the length of the last glyph element, there is an extra
entry after the last valid index.
Prepares the font table to be compiled into its binary representation.
This table establishes the memory requirements for this font.
Fonts with CFF data must use Version 0.5 of this table, specifying only the numGlyphs field.
Fonts with TrueType outlines must use Version 1.0 of this table, where all data is required.
Both formats of OpenType require a 'maxp' table because a number of applications call the
Windows GetFontData() API on the 'maxp' table to determine the number of glyphs in the font.
The naming table allows multilingual strings to be associated with the
OpenTypeTM font file. These strings can represent copyright notices,
font names, family names, style names, and so on. To keep this table
short, the font manufacturer may wish to make a limited set of entries
in some small set of languages; later, the font can be "localized" and
the strings translated or added. Other parts of the OpenType font file
that require these strings can then refer to them simply by their index
number. Clients that need a particular string can look it up by its
platform ID, character encoding ID, language ID and name ID. Note that
some platforms may require single byte character strings, while others
may require double byte strings.
For historical reasons, some applications which install fonts perform
version control using Macintosh platform (platform ID 1) strings from
the 'name' table. Because of this, we strongly recommend that the
'name' table of all fonts include Macintosh platform strings and that
the syntax of the version number (name id 5) follows the guidelines
given in this document.
The OS/2 table consists of a set of metrics that are required in
OpenType fonts.
Post Script Table
This table contains additional information needed to use TrueType or
OpenTypeTM fonts on PostScript printers.
The TrueType font descriptor.
Base class for all font descriptors.
Under Construction
Maps a unicode to the index of the corresponding glyph.
See OpenType spec "cmap - Character To Glyph Index Mapping Table / Format 4: Segment mapping to delta values"
for details about this a little bit strange looking algorhitm.
Converts the width of a glyph identified by its index to PDF design units.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Writes a table name.
Character table by name.
An encoder for PDF DocEncoding.
Converts WinAnsi to DocEncode characters. Incomplete, just maps € and some other characters.
Summary description for PdfEncoding.
Converts a float into a string with up to 3 decimal digits and a decimal point.
Converts an Matrix into a string with up to 3 decimal digits and a decimal point.
Converts an Color into a string with up to 3 decimal digits and a decimal point.
Converts a raw string into a raw string literal, possibly encrypted.
Converts a raw string into a raw string literal, possibly encrypted.
Converts the specified byte array into a byte array representing a
string literal.
The bytes of the string.
Indicates whether one or two bytes are one
character.
Indicates whether to use Unicode prefix FEFF.
Indicates whether to create a hexadecimal string
literal.
The PDF bytes.
Gets the ASCII encoding.
Gets the Windows 1252 (ANSI) encoding.
Gets the PDF DocEncoding encoding.
Gets the UNICODE little-endian encoding.
Gets the raw Unicode encoding.
Summary description for PdfWriter.
Indicates whether the specified character is a PDF delimiter
character.
Increases indent level.
Decreases indent level.
Begins a direct or indirect dictionary or array.
Ends a direct or indirect dictionary or array.
Writes the stream of the specified dictionary.
Writes the specified value to the PDF stream.
Writes the specified value to the PDF stream.
Writes the specified value to the PDF stream.
Writes the specified value to the PDF stream.
Writes the specified value to the PDF stream.
Gets an indent string of current indent.
Determines how the PDF output stream is formatted. Even all formats create valid PDF files,
only Compact or Standard should be used for production purposes.
The PDF stream contains no unnecessary characters. This is default in release build.
The PDF stream contains some superfluous line feeds, but is more readable.
The PDF stream is indented to reflect the nesting levels of the objects. This is usedful
for analysing PDF files, but increases the size of the file significantly.
The PDF stream is indented to reflect the nesting levels of the objects and contains additional
information about the PDFsharp objects. Furthermore content streams are not deflated. This
is usedful for debugging purposes only and increases the size of the file significantly.
An encoder for raw strings. The raw encoding is simply the identity relation between
charachters and bytes. Telerik PDF internally works with raw encoded strings instead of
byte arrays because strings are much more handy than byte arrays.
An encoder for Unicode strings.
Required native Win32 calls. Don't know what to do under Mono.
Reflected from System.Drawing.SafeNativeMethods+LOGFONT
The q/Q nesting level is 0.
The q/Q nesting level is 1.
The q/Q nesting level is 2.
The nesting level of the PDF graphics state stack when the clip
region was set to non empty. Because of the way PDF is made the
clip region can only be reset at this level.
The graphical state stack.
The current graphical state.
The final transformation from the world space to the default page
space.
Appends the content of a GraphicsPath object.
Begins the graphic mode (i.e. ends the text mode).
Gets the content created by this renderer.
Gets the resource name of the specified font within this page or form.
Saves the current graphical state.
Restores the previous graphical state.
Initializes the default view transformation, i.e. the
transformation from the user page space to the PDF page space.
Ends the content stream, i.e. ends the text mode and balances the
graphic state stack.
Realizes the current transformation matrix, if necessary.
Makes the specified pdfFont and brush to the current graphics objects.
Makes the specified gdiImage to the current graphics object.
Gets the resource name of the specified gdiImage within this page or form.
Clones the current graphics state and push it on a stack.
Sets the clip path empty. Only possible if graphic state level has
the same value as it has when the first time SetClip was invoked.
Appends one or up to five Bézier curves that interpolate the arc.
Gets the quadrant (0 through 3) of the specified angle. If the angle lies on an edge
(0, 90, 180, etc.) the result depends on the details how the angle is used.
Appends a Bézier curve for an arc within a quadrant.
Strokes a single connection of two points.
Strokes a series of connected points.
Gets the owning PdfDocument of this page or form.
Gets the PdfResourcesDictionary of this page or form.
Gets the size of this page or form.
Indicates how to handle the first point of a path.
Set the current position to the first point.
Draws a line to the first point.
Ignores the first point.
Degree to radiant factor.
Half of pi.
Represents the current PDF graphics state.
The current transformation matrix.
The unupdated current transformation matrix.
A flag indicating whether the CTM must be realized.
Modifies the current transformation matrix.
Realizes the Current Transformation Matrix.
Converts an array of run embedding levels to a map of
visual-to-logical position and/or logical-to-visual position.
[in] Number of runs to process.
[in] Pointer to an array, of length cRuns,
containing run embedding levels. Embedding levels for all runs on
the line must be included, ordered logically. For more information,
see the Remarks section.
[out] Pointer to an array, of
length cRuns, in which this function retrieves the run embedding
levels reordered to visual order. The first array element
represents the run to display at the far left, and subsequent
entries should be displayed progressing from left to right. The
function sets this parameter to a null pointer if there is no output.
[out] Pointer to an array, of
length cRuns, in which this function retrieves the visual run
positions. The first array element is the relative visual position
where the first logical run should be displayed, the leftmost
display position being 0. The function sets this parameter to a
null pointer if there is no output.
Returns 0 if successful. The function returns a nonzero
HRESULT value if it does not succeed. The application can test the
return value with the SUCCEEDED and FAILED macros.
The crc data checksum so far.
Resets the CRC32 data checksum as if no update was ever called.
Updates the checksum with the int value.
the byte is taken as the lower 8 bits of value
Updates the checksum with the bytes taken from the array.
buffer an array of bytes
Adds the byte array to the data checksum.
the buffer which contains the data
the offset in the buffer where the data starts
the length of the data
Returns the CRC32 data checksum computed so far.
Returns the CRC32 data checksum computed so far.
Hold information about the value of a key in a dictionary.
Initializes a new instance of KeyDescriptor from the specified
attribute during a KeysMeta. Initializes itself using reflection.
Returns the type of the object to be created as value for the described key.
Gets or sets the PDF version starting with the availability of the
described key.
A JavaScript action (PDF 1.3) causes a script to be compiled and
executed by the JavaScript interpreter. Depending on the nature of the
script, various interactive form fields in the document may update their
values or change their visual appearances. Netscape Communications
Corporation’s Client-Side JavaScript Reference and the Adobe JavaScript
for Acrobat API Reference (see the Bibliography) give details on the
contents and effects of JavaScript scripts. Table 8.90 shows the action
dictionary entries specific to this type of action.
3.2.6
A dictionary object is an associative table containing pairs of objects,
known as the dictionary’s entries. The first element of each entry is
the key and the second element is the value. The key must be a name
(unlike dictionary keys in Post-Script, which may be objects of any
type). The value can be any kind of object, including another
dictionary. A dictionary entry whose value is null (see Section 3.2.8,
“Null Object”) is equivalent to an absent entry. (This differs from
Post-Script, where null behaves like any other object as the value of a
dictionary entry.) The number of entries in a dictionary is subject to
an implementation limit; see Appendix C.
Summary description for PdfObject.
The base class of all PDF objects and simple types.
All simple types (i.e. derived from PdfItem but not from PdfObject)
must be immutable.
Creates a copy of this object.
Implements the copy mechanism. Must be overridden in derived classes.
When overridden in a derived class, appends a raw string representation of this object
to the specified PdfWriter.
When overridden in a derived class, prepares the object to get saved.
Saves the stream position. 2nd Edition.
...
Setting the object identifier makes this object an indirect object,
i.e. the object gets a PdfReference entry in the PdfReferenceTable.
Gets the PdfDocument this object belongs to.
Gets the indirect reference of this object. If the value is null,
this object is a direct object.
Gets the object identifier. Returns PdfObjectID.Empty for direct
objects.
Ssets the PdfDocument this object belongs to.
Indicates whether the object is an indirect object.
Creates the stream of this dictionary and initializes it with the specified byte array.
The function must not be called if the dictionary already has a strem.
Writes a key/value pair of this dictionary. This function is
intended to be overridden in derived classes.
Writes the stream of this dictionary. This function is intended to be overridden
in a derived class.
When overridden in a derived class, gets the KeysMeta of this
dictionary type.
Gets the hashtable containing the elements of this dictionary.
Gets or sets the PDF stream belonging to this dictionary. Returns null if the dictionary has
no stream. To create the stream, call the CreateStream function.
The actual javascript source code.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Base class for all dictionary Keys classes.
(Required) The type of action that this dictionary describes;
must be JavaScriptNameTree for a JavaScriptNameTree action.
(Required) A text string or text stream containing the
JavaScriptNameTree script to be executed.
_Note: PDFDocEncoding or Unicode encoding (the latter identified
by the Unicode prefix U+ FEFF) is used to encode the contents
of the string or stream. (See implementation _note 126 in
Appendix H.)
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Specifes the type of a key's value in a dictionary.
Summary description for KeyInfo.
The width or height of the page are set manually and override the PageSize property.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 841 mm times 1189 mm or 33.11 inch times 46.81 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 594 mm times 841 mm or 23.39 inch times 33.1 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 420 mm times 594 mm or 16.54 inch times 23.29 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 297 mm times 420 mm or 11.69 inch times 16.54 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 210 mm times 297 mm or 8.27 inch times 11.69 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 148 mm times 210 mm or 5.83 inch times 8.27 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 860 mm times 1220 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 610 mm times 860 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 430 mm times 610 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 305 mm times 430 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 215 mm times 305 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 153 mm times 215 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 1000 mm times 1414 mm or 39.37 inch times 55.67 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 707 mm times 1000 mm or 27.83 inch times 39.37 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 500 mm times 707 mm or 19.68 inch times 27.83 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 353 mm times 500 mm or 13.90 inch times 19.68 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 250 mm times 353 mm or 9.84 inch times 13.90 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 176 mm times 250 mm or 6.93 inch times 9.84 inch.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 10 inch times 8 inch or 254 mm times 203 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 13 inch times 8 inch or 330 mm times 203 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 10.5 inch times 7.25 inch or 267 mm times 184 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 10.5 inch times 8 inch 267 mm times 203 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 11 inch times 8.5 inch 279 mm times 216 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 14 inch times 8.5 inch 356 mm times 216 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 17 inch times 11 inch or 432 mm times 279 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 17 inch times 11 inch or 432 mm times 279 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 19.25 inch times 15.5 inch 489 mm times 394 mm.
20 ×Identifies a pager sheet size of 20 inch times 15 inch or 508 mm times 381 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 21 inch times 16.5 inch 533 mm times 419 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 22.5 inch times 17.5 inch 572 mm times 445 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 23 inch times 18 inch or 584 mm times 457 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 25 inch times 20 inch or 635 mm times 508 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 28 inch times 23 inch or 711 mm times 584 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 35 inch times 23.5 inch 889 mm times 597 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 45 inch times 35 inch or × mm times 1143 × 889 mm.
Identifies a pager sheet size of 8.5 inch times 5.5 inch 216 mm times 140 mm.
Converts the specified page size enumeration to a pair of values in point.
Represents the base class of all annotations.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the annotation flags of this instance.
Gets or sets the PdfAnnotations object that this annotation belongs to.
Gets or sets the annotation rectangle, defining the location of the annotation
on the page in default user space units.
Gets or sets the text label to be displayed in the title bar of the annotation’s
pop-up window when open and active. By convention, this entry identifies
the user who added the annotation.
Gets or sets text representing a short description of the subject being
addressed by the annotation.
Gets or sets the text to be displayed for the annotation or, if this type of
annotation does not display text, an alternate description of the annotation’s
contents in human-readable form.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; if present,
must be Annot for an annotation dictionary.
(Required) The type of annotation that this dictionary describes.
(Required) The annotation rectangle, defining the location of the annotation
on the page in default user space units.
(Optional) Text to be displayed for the annotation or, if this type of annotation
does not display text, an alternate description of the annotation’s contents
in human-readable form. In either case, this text is useful when
extracting the document’s contents in support of accessibility to users with
disabilities or for other purposes.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) The annotation name, a text string uniquely identifying it
among all the annotations on its page.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) The date and time when the annotation was most recently
modified. The preferred format is a date string, but viewer applications should be
prepared to accept and display a string in any format.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) A set of flags specifying various characteristics of the annotation.
Default value: 0.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) A border style dictionary specifying the characteristics of
the annotation’s border.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) An appearance dictionary specifying how the annotation
is presented visually on the page. Individual annotation handlers may ignore
this entry and provide their own appearances.
(Required if the appearance dictionary AP contains one or more subdictionaries; PDF 1.2)
The annotation’s appearance state, which selects the applicable appearance stream from
an appearance subdictionary.
(Optional) An array specifying the characteristics of the annotation’s border.
The border is specified as a rounded rectangle.
In PDF 1.0, the array consists of three numbers defining the horizontal corner
radius, vertical corner radius, and border width, all in default user space units.
If the corner radii are 0, the border has square (not rounded) corners; if the border
width is 0, no border is drawn.
In PDF 1.1, the array may have a fourth element, an optional dash array defining a
pattern of dashes and gaps to be used in drawing the border. The dash array is
specified in the same format as in the line dash pattern parameter of the graphics state.
For example, a Border value of [0 0 1 [3 2]] specifies a border 1 unit wide, with
square corners, drawn with 3-unit dashes alternating with 2-unit gaps. Note that no
dash phase is specified; the phase is assumed to be 0.
Note: In PDF 1.2 or later, this entry may be ignored in favor of the BS entry.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) An array of three numbers in the range 0.0 to 1.0, representing
the components of a color in the DeviceRGB color space. This color is used for the
following purposes:
• The background of the annotation’s icon when closed
• The title bar of the annotation’s pop-up window
• The border of a link annotation
(Optional; PDF 1.1) An action to be performed when the annotation is activated.
Note: This entry is not permitted in link annotations if a Dest entry is present.
Also note that the A entry in movie annotations has a different meaning.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) The text label to be displayed in the title bar of the annotation’s
pop-up window when open and active. By convention, this entry identifies
the user who added the annotation.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) An indirect reference to a pop-up annotation for entering or
editing the text associated with this annotation.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) The constant opacity value to be used in painting the annotation.
This value applies to all visible elements of the annotation in its closed state
(including its background and border) but not to the popup window that appears when
the annotation is opened.
The specified value is not used if the annotation has an appearance stream; in that
case, the appearance stream must specify any transparency. (However, if the viewer
regenerates the annotation’s appearance stream, it may incorporate the CA value
into the stream’s content.)
The implicit blend mode is Normal.
Default value: 1.0.
(Optional; PDF 1.5) Text representing a short description of the subject being
addressed by the annotation.
Specifies the annotation flags.
If set, do not display the annotation if it does not belong to one of the standard
annotation types and no annotation handler is available. If clear, display such an
unknown annotation using an appearance stream specified by its appearance dictionary,
if any.
(PDF 1.2) If set, do not display or print the annotation or allow it to interact
with the user, regardless of its annotation type or whether an annotation
handler is available. In cases where screen space is limited, the ability to hide
and show annotations selectively can be used in combination with appearance
streams to display auxiliary pop-up information similar in function to online
help systems.
(PDF 1.2) If set, print the annotation when the page is printed. If clear, never
print the annotation, regardless of whether it is displayed on the screen. This
can be useful, for example, for annotations representing interactive pushbuttons,
which would serve no meaningful purpose on the printed page.
(PDF 1.3) If set, do not scale the annotation’s appearance to match the magnification
of the page. The location of the annotation on the page (defined by the
upper-left corner of its annotation rectangle) remains fixed, regardless of the
page magnification. See below for further discussion.
(PDF 1.3) If set, do not rotate the annotation’s appearance to match the rotation
of the page. The upper-left corner of the annotation rectangle remains in a fixed
location on the page, regardless of the page rotation. See below for further discussion.
(PDF 1.3) If set, do not display the annotation on the screen or allow it to
interact with the user. The annotation may be printed (depending on the setting
of the Print flag) but should be considered hidden for purposes of on-screen
display and user interaction.
(PDF 1.3) If set, do not allow the annotation to interact with the user. The
annotation may be displayed or printed (depending on the settings of the
NoView and Print flags) but should not respond to mouse clicks or change its
appearance in response to mouse motions.
Note: This flag is ignored for widget annotations; its function is subsumed by
the ReadOnly flag of the associated form field.
(PDF 1.4) If set, do not allow the annotation to be deleted or its properties
(including position and size) to be modified by the user. However, this flag does
not restrict changes to the annotation’s contents, such as the value of a form
field.
(PDF 1.5) If set, invert the interpretation of the NoView flag for certain events.
A typical use is to have an annotation that appears only when a mouse cursor is
held over it.
Represents the annotations array of a page.
Summary description for PdfArray.
Initializes a new instance of this class.
Gets the collection containing the elements of this object.
Represents the elements of an PdfArray.
Creates a shallow copy of this object.
Moves this instance to another dictionary during object type transformation.
Converts the specified value to float.
If the value not exists, the function returns 0.
If the value is not convertible, the function throws an InvalidCastException.
If the index is out ouf range, the function throws an ArgumentOutOfRangeException.
Adds the specified annotation.
The annotation.
Gets the number of annotations in this collection.
Gets the at the specified index.
Gets the page the annotations belongs to.
Represents a direct boolean value.
Returns 'false' or 'true'.
Writes 'true' or 'false'.
Summary description for PdfCatalogDictionary.
Dispatches PrepareForSave to the objects that need it.
Implementation of PdfDocument.Outlines.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be CatalogDictionary for the catalog dictionary.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) The version of the PDF specification to which the document
conforms (for example, 1.4) if later than the version specified in the file’s header.
If the header specifies a later version, or if this entry is absent, the document
conforms to the version specified in the header. This entry enables a PDF producer
application to update the version using an incremental update.
(Required; must be an indirect reference) The page tree node that is the root of
the document’s page tree.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A number tree defining the page labeling for the document.
The keys in this tree are page indices; the corresponding values are page label dictionaries.
Each page index denotes the first page in a labeling range to which the specified page
label dictionary applies. The tree must include a value for pageindex 0.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) The document’s name dictionary.
(Optional; PDF 1.1; must be an indirect reference) A dictionary of names and
corresponding destinations.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) A viewer preferences dictionary specifying the way the document
is to be displayed on the screen. If this entry is absent, applications should use
their own current user preference settings.
(Optional) A name object specifying the page layout to be used when the document is
opened:
SinglePage - Display one page at a time.
OneColumn - Display the pages in one column.
TwoColumnLeft - Display the pages in two columns, with oddnumbered pages on the left.
TwoColumnRight - Display the pages in two columns, with oddnumbered pages on the right.
TwoPageLeft - (PDF 1.5) Display the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the left
TwoPageRight - (PDF 1.5) Display the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the right.
(Optional) A name object specifying how the document should be displayed when opened:
UseNone - Neither document outline nor thumbnail images visible.
UseOutlines - Document outline visible.
UseThumbs - Thumbnail images visible.
FullScreen - Full-screen mode, with no menu bar, windowcontrols, or any other window visible.
UseOC - (PDF 1.5) Optional content group panel visible.
UseAttachments (PDF 1.6) Attachments panel visible.
Default value: UseNone.
(Optional; must be an indirect reference) The outline dictionary that is the root
of the document’s outline hierarchy.
(Optional; PDF 1.1; must be an indirect reference) An array of thread dictionaries
representing the document’s article threads.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) A value specifying a destination to be displayed or an action to be
performed when the document is opened. The value is either an array defining a destination
or an action dictionary representing an action. If this entry is absent, the document
should be opened to the top of the first page at the default magnification factor.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) An additional-actions dictionary defining the actions to be taken
in response to various trigger events affecting the document as a whole.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) A URI dictionary containing document-level information for URI
(uniform resource identifier) actions.
(Optional; PDF 1.4; must be an indirect reference) A metadata stream
containing metadata for the document.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The document’s structure tree root dictionary.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A mark information dictionary containing information
about the document’s usage of Tagged PDF conventions.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A language identifier specifying the natural language for all
text in the document except where overridden by language specificationsfor structure
elements or marked content. If this entry is absent, the language is considered unknown.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A Web Capture information dictionary containing state information
used by the Acrobat Web Capture (AcroSpider) plugin extension.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) An array of output intent dictionaries describing the color
characteristics of output devices on which the document might be rendered.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A page-piece dictionary associated with the document.
(Optional; PDF 1.5; required if a document contains optional content) The document’s
optional content properties dictionary.
(Optional; PDF 1.5) A permissions dictionary that specifies user access permissions
for the document.
(Optional; PDF 1.5) A dictionary containing attestations regarding the content of a
PDF document, as it relates to the legality of digital signatures.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents the content of a page. PDFsharp supports only one content stream per page.
If an imported page has an array of content streams, the streams are concatenated to
one single stream.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
Common keys for all streams.
Base class for all PDF stream objects.
The dictionary the stream belongs to.
A .NET string can contain char(0) as a valid character.
Moves this instance to another dictionary during object type transformation.
Returns the strem content a raw string.
Get the bytes of the stream as they are, i.e. if one or more filters exists the bytes are
not unfiltered.
Gets the value of the stream unfiltered. The stream content is not modified by this operation.
Common keys for all streams.
(Required) The number of bytes from the beginning of the line following the keyword
stream to the last byte just before the keywordendstream. (There may be an additional
EOL marker, preceding endstream, that is not included in the count and is not logically
part of the stream data.)
(Optional) The name of a filter to be applied in processing the stream data found between
the keywords stream and endstream, or an array of such names. Multiple filters should be
specified in the order in which they are to be applied.
(Optional) A parameter dictionary or an array of such dictionaries, used by the filters
specified by Filter. If there is only one filter and that filter has parameters, DecodeParms
must be set to the filter’s parameter dictionary unless all the filter’s parameters have
their default values, in which case the DecodeParms entry may be omitted. If there are
multiple filters and any of the filters has parameters set to nondefault values, DecodeParms
must be an array with one entry for each filter: either the parameter dictionary for that
filter, or the null object if that filter has no parameters (or if all of its parameters have
their default values). If none of the filters have parameters, or if all their parameters
have default values, the DecodeParms entry may be omitted.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) The file containing the stream data. If this entry is present, the bytes
between stream and endstream are ignored, the filters are specified by FFilter rather than
Filter, and the filter parameters are specified by FDecodeParms rather than DecodeParms.
However, the Length entry should still specify the number of those bytes. (Usually, there are
no bytes and Length is 0.)
(Optional; PDF 1.2) The name of a filter to be applied in processing the data found in the
stream’s external file, or an array of such names. The same rules apply as for Filter.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) A parameter dictionary, or an array of such dictionaries, used by the
filters specified by FFilter. The same rules apply as for DecodeParms.
Optional; PDF 1.5) A non-negative integer representing the number of bytes in the decoded
(defiltered) stream. It can be used to determine, for example, whether enough disk space is
available to write a stream to a file.
This value should be considered a hint only; for some stream filters, it may not be possible
to determine this value precisely.
(Required for Type 1 and TrueType fonts) The length in bytes of the clear-text portion
of the Type 1 font program (see below), or the entire TrueType font program, after it
has been decoded using the filters specified by the stream’s Filter entry, if any.
(Required for Type 1 fonts) The length in bytes of the encrypted portion of the Type 1
font program (see below) after it has been decoded using the filters specified by the
stream’s Filter entry.
(Required for Type 1 fonts) The length in bytes of the fixed-content portion of the
Type 1 font program (see below) after it has been decoded using the filters specified
by the stream’s Filter entry. If Length3 is 0, it indicates that the 512 zeros and
cleartomark have not been included in the FontFile font program and must be added.
(Required if referenced from FontFile3; PDF 1.2) A name specifying the format of the
embedded font program. The name must be Type1C for Type 1 compact fonts,
CIDFontType0C for Type 0 compact CIDFonts, or OpenType for OpenType fonts.
When additional font formats are added to PDF, more values will be defined for
Subtype.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A metadata stream containing metadata for the embedded font
program (see Section 10.2.2, “Metadata Streams”).
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents an array of PDF content streams of a page.
Appends a new content stream and returns it.
Represents a direct date value.
Returns the value in the PDF date format.
Writes the value in the PDF date format.
Parses a PDF date string.
Returns the type of the object to be created as value of the specified key.
Gets the value for the specified key. If the value does not exists, it is optionally created.
Sets the specified name value.
If the value doesn't start with a slash, it is added automatically.
Converts the specified value to a name.
If the value not exists, the function returns the empty string.
Converts the specified value to integer.
If the value not exists, the function returns 0.
If the value is not convertible, the function throws an InvalidCastException.
Converts the specified value to String.
If the value not exists, the function returns the empty string.
Converts the specified value to PdfRectangle.
If the value not exists, the function returns an empty rectangle.
If the value is not convertible, the function throws an InvalidCastException.
Gets all keys currently in use in this dictionary as an array
of PdfName objects.
Gets or sets an entry in the dictionary. The specified key must
be a valid PDF name starting with a slash '/'. This property
provides full access to the elements of the PDF dictionary.
Wrong use can lead to errors or corrupt PDF files.
Gets or sets an entry in the dictionary identified by a PdfName object.
Summary description for PdfDocument.
Creates a new page and adds it to this document.
Dispatches PrepareForSave to the objects that need it.
Gets the root of the outline (or bookmark) tree.
Get the pages dictionary.
Gets the PdfCatalogDictionary of the current document.
Gets the cross-reference table of the current document.
Gets the document ExtGState table that holds all form state objects
used in the current document.
Gets the document font table that holds all fonts used in the current document.
Gets the document gdiImage table that holds all images used in the
current document.
Summary description for PdfDocumentInformationDictionary.
Gets or sets the creator application.
Gets the producer application.
Gets or sets the creation date.
Gets or sets the modification date.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) The document’s title.
(Optional) The name of the person who created the document.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) The subject of the document.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) Keywords associated with the document.
(Optional) If the document was converted to PDF from another format,
the name of the application (for example, empira MigraDoc®) that created the
original document from which it was converted.
(Optional) If the document was converted to PDF from another format,
the name of the application (for example, this library) that converted it to PDF.
(Optional) The date and time the document was created, in human-readable form.
(Required if PieceInfo is present in the document catalog; otherwise optional; PDF 1.1)
The date and time the document was most recently modified, in human-readable form.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A name object indicating whether the document has been modified
to include trapping information.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents a set of document generation options.
Does not embed fonts.
Embeds only used subsets of the fonts.
Fully embeds fonts.
Represents an extended graphics state object.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Common keys for all streams.
(Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be ExtGState for a graphics state parameter dictionary.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The line width (see “Line Width” on page 185).
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The line cap style.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The line join style.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The miter limit.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The line dash pattern, expressed as an array of the form
[dashArray dashPhase], where dashArray is itself an array and dashPhase is an integer.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The name of the rendering intent.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether to apply overprint. In PDF 1.2 and earlier,
there is a single overprint parameter that applies to all painting operations.
Beginning with PDF 1.3, there are two separate overprint parameters: one for stroking
and one for all other painting operations. Specifying an OP entry sets both parameters
unless there is also an op entry in the same graphics state parameter dictionary, in
which case the OP entry sets only the overprint parameter for stroking.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A flag specifying whether to apply overprintfor painting operations
other than stroking. If this entry is absent, the OP entry, if any, sets this parameter.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The overprint mode.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) An array of the form [font size], where font is an indirect
reference to a font dictionary and size is a number expressed in text space units.
These two objects correspond to the operands of the Tf operator; however,
the first operand is an indirect object reference instead of a resource name.
(Optional) The black-generation function, which maps the interval [0.0 1.0]
to the interval [0.0 1.0].
(Optional; PDF 1.3) Same as BG except that the value may also be the name Default,
denoting the black-generation function that was in effect at the start of the page.
If both BG and BG2 are present in the same graphics state parameter dictionary,
BG2 takes precedence.
(Optional) The undercolor-removal function, which maps the interval
[0.0 1.0] to the interval [-1.0 1.0].
(Optional; PDF 1.3) Same as UCR except that the value may also be the name Default,
denoting the undercolor-removal function that was in effect at the start of the page.
If both UCR and UCR2 are present in the same graphics state parameter dictionary,
UCR2 takes precedence.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) The current stroking alpha constant, specifying the constant
shape or constant opacity value to be used for stroking operations in the transparent
imaging model.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) Same as CA, but for nonstroking operations.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) The alpha source flag (“alpha is shape”), specifying whether
the current soft mask and alpha constant are to be interpreted as shape values (true)
or opacity values (false).
(Optional; PDF 1.4) The text knockout flag, which determines the behavior of
overlapping glyphs within a text object in the transparent imaging model.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Contains all used ExtGState objects of a document.
Base class for FontTable, ImageTable, FormXObjectTable etc.
Maps from alpha values (range "0" to "1000") to PdfExtendedGraphicsStateDictionary objects.
Initializes a new instance of this class, which is a singleton for each document.
Gets a PdfExtendedGraphicsStateDictionary with the key 'CA' set to the specified alpha value.
Gets a PdfExtendedGraphicsStateDictionary with the key 'ca' set to the specified alpha value.
A PDF font descriptor specifies metrics and other attributes of a simple font,
as distinct from the metrics of individual glyphs.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be
FontDescriptor for a font trueTypeDescriptor.
(Required) The PostScript name of the font. This name should be the same as the
value of BaseFont in the font or DESCENDANT dictionary that refers to this font trueTypeDescriptor.
(Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents)
A string specifying the preferred font family name. For example, for the font
Times Bold Italic, the FontFamily is Times.
(Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents)
The font stretch value. It must be one of the following names (ordered from
narrowest to widest): UltraCondensed, ExtraCondensed, Condensed, SemiCondensed,
Normal, SemiExpanded, Expanded, ExtraExpanded or UltraExpanded.
Note: The specific interpretation of these values varies from font to font.
For example, Condensed in one font may appear most similar to Normal in another.
(Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents)
The weight (thickness) component of the fully-qualified font name or font specifier.
The possible values are 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, or 900, where each
number indicates a weight that is at least as dark as its predecessor. A value of
400 indicates a normal weight; 700 indicates bold.
Note: The specific interpretation of these values varies from font to font.
For example, 300 in one font may appear most similar to 500 in another.
(Required) A collection of flags defining various characteristics of the font.
(Required, except for Type 3 fonts) A rectangle (see Section 3.8.4, “Rectangles”),
expressed in the glyph coordinate system, specifying the font bounding box. This
is the smallest rectangle enclosing the shape that would result if all of the
glyphs of the font were placed with their origins coincident and then filled.
(Required) The angle, expressed in degrees counterclockwise from the vertical, of
the dominant vertical strokes of the font. (For example, the 9-o’clock position is 90
degrees, and the 3-o’clock position is –90 degrees.) The value is negative for fonts
that slope to the right, as almost all italic fonts do.
(Required, except for Type 3 fonts) The maximum height above the baseline reached
by glyphs in this font, excluding the height of glyphs for accented characters.
(Required, except for Type 3 fonts) The maximum depth below the baseline reached
by glyphs in this font. The value is a negative number.
(Optional) The spacing between baselines of consecutive lines of text.
Default value: 0.
(Required for fonts that have Latin characters, except for Type 3 fonts) The vertical
coordinate of the top of flat capital letters, measured from the baseline.
(Optional) The font’s x height: the vertical coordinate of the top of flat nonascending
lowercase letters (like the letter x), measured from the baseline, in fonts that have
Latin characters. Default value: 0.
(Required, except for Type 3 fonts) The thickness, measured horizontally, of the dominant
vertical stems of glyphs in the font.
(Optional) The thickness, measured vertically, of the dominant horizontal stems
of glyphs in the font. Default value: 0.
(Optional) The average width of glyphs in the font. Default value: 0.
(Optional) The maximum width of glyphs in the font. Default value: 0.
(Optional) The width to use for character codes whose widths are not specified in a
font dictionary’s Widths array. This has a predictable effect only if all such codes
map to glyphs whose actual widths are the same as the value of the MissingWidth entry.
Default value: 0.
(Optional) A stream containing a Type 1 font program.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) A stream containing a TrueType font program.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) A stream containing a font program whose format is specified
by the Subtype entry in the stream dictionary.
(Optional; meaningful only in Type 1 fonts; PDF 1.1) A string listing the character
names defined in a font subset. The names in this string must be in PDF syntax—that is,
each name preceded by a slash (/). The names can appear in any order. The name .notdef
should be omitted; it is assumed to exist in the font subset. If this entry is absent,
the only indication of a font subset is the subset tag in the FontName entry.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
The PDF font descriptor flags.
All glyphs have the same width (as opposed to proportional or variable-pitch
fonts, which have different widths).
Glyphs have serifs, which are short strokes drawn at an angle on the top and
bottom of glyph stems. (Sans serif fonts do not have serifs.)
Font contains glyphs outside the Adobe standard Latin character set. This
flag and the Nonsymbolic flag cannot both be set or both be clear.
Glyphs resemble cursive handwriting.
Font uses the Adobe standard Latin character set or a subset of it.
Glyphs have dominant vertical strokes that are slanted.
Font contains no lowercase letters; typically used for display purposes,
such as for titles or headlines.
Font contains both uppercase and lowercase letters. The uppercase letters are
similar to those in the regular version of the same typeface family. The glyphs
for the lowercase letters have the same shapes as the corresponding uppercase
letters, but they are sized and their proportions adjusted so that they have the
same size and stroke weight as lowercase glyphs in the same typeface family.
Determines whether bold glyphs are painted with extra pixels even at very small
text sizes.
A collection of information that uniquely idendifies a particular
PDF font. Two PDF fonts are equal if and only if their font imageInfo
objects are equal.
Initializes a new instance of PdfFontSelector from an PdfFontDictionary.
Returns a string for diagnostic purposes only.
Gets the (generated) resource name of the font. In our own PDF
files equal fonts share the same resource name in all contents
streams.
TrueType with WinAnsi encoding.
TrueType with Identity-H encoding (unicode).
Contains all used fonts of a document.
Map from PdfFontInfo to PdfFontDictionary.
Initializes a new instance of this class, which is a singleton for each document.
Gets a PdfFontDictionary from an Drawing.PdfFontDictionary.
If no PdfFontDictionary already exists, a new one is created.
Gets the FontDescriptor identified by the specified FontDescriptorInfo.
If no such objects exists, a new FontDescriptor is created and
added to the stock.
Represents a Type0 composite font with Identity-H encoding.
Contains PdfCIDFontType2Dictionary and PdfToUnicodeCMapDictionary.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be Font for a font dictionary.
(Required) The type of font; must be Type0 for a Type 0 font.
(Required) The PostScript name of the font. In principle, this
is an arbitrary name, since there is no font program
associated directly with a Type 0 font dictionary. The
conventions described here ensure maximum compatibility with
existing Acrobat products. If the descendant is a Type 0
DESCENDANT, this name should be the concatenation of the
DESCENDANT’s BaseFont name, a hyphen, and the CMap name given in
the Encoding entry (or the CMapName entry in the CMap). If the
descendant is a Type 2 DESCENDANT, this name should be the same
as the DESCENDANT’s BaseFont name.
(Required) The name of a predefined CMap, or a stream
containing a CMap that maps character codes to font numbers
and CIDs. If the descendant is a Type 2 DESCENDANT whose
associated TrueType font program is not embedded in the PDF
file, the Encoding entry must be a predefined CMap name (see
“Glyph Selection in CIDFonts” on page 408).
(Required) A one-element array specifying the DESCENDANT
dictionary that is the descendant of this Type 0 font.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) A stream containing a CMap file that maps
character codes to Unicode values.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents a CIDFontType2 descendant font.
Initializes a new instance of PdfFontDictionary from an PdfFontDictionary.
Gets a PdfArray containing all pages of this document. The array must not be modified.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary
describes; must be Font for a font dictionary.
(Required) The type of font; CIDFontType0 or CIDFontType2.
(Required) The PostScript name of the font. For Type 0
CIDFonts, this is usually the value of the CIDFontName entry
in the font program. For Type 2 CIDFonts, it is derived the
same way as for a simple TrueType font; see Section 5.5.2,
“TrueType Fonts.” In either case, the name can have a subset
prefix if appropriate; see Section 5.5.3, “Font Subsets.”
(Required) A dictionary containing entries that define the
character collection of the font. See Table 5.13 on page
406.
(Required; must be an indirect reference) A font descriptor
describing the font’s default metrics other than its glyph
widths (see Section 5.7, “Font Descriptors”).
(Optional) The default width for glyphs in the font (see
“Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page 409). Default value: 1000.
(Optional) A description of the widths for the glyphs in the
font. The array’s elements have a variable format that can
specify individual widths for consecutive CIDs or one width
for a range of CIDs (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page
409). Default value: none (the DW value is used for all
glyphs).
(Optional; applies only to CIDFonts used for vertical writing)
An array of two numbers specifying the default metrics for
vertical writing (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page 409).
Default value: [880 ?1000].
(Optional; applies only to CIDFonts used for vertical writing)
A description of the metrics for vertical writing for the
glyphs in the font (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page
409). Default value: none (the DW2 value is used for all
glyphs).
(Optional; Type 2 CIDFonts only) A specification of the
mapping from CIDs to glyph indices. If the value is a stream,
the bytes in the stream contain the mapping from CIDs to glyph
indices: the glyph index for a particular CID value c is a
2-byte value stored in bytes 2 ? c and 2 ? c + 1, where the
first byte is the high-order byte. If the value of CIDToGIDMap
is a name, it must be Identity, indicating that the mapping
between CIDs and glyph indices is the identity mapping.
Default value: Identity.
This entry may appear only in a Type 2 font whose
associated True-Type font program is embedded in the PDF file.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) A string identifying the issuer of the character
collection—for example, Adobe. For information about assigning
a registry identifier, contact the Adobe Solutions Network or
consult the ASN Web site (see the Bibliography).
(Required) A string that uniquely names the character
collection within the specified registry—for example, Japan1.
(Required) The supplement number of the character collection.
An original character collection has a supplement number of 0.
Whenever additional CIDs are assigned in a character
collection, the supplement number is increased. Supplements do
not alter the ordering of existing CIDs in the character
collection. This value is not used in determining
compatibility between character collections.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents a ToUnicode map for composite font.
http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/acrobat/5411.ToUnicode.pdf
Creates the ToUnicode map from the CMapInfo.
Summary description for PdfHeader.
If a PDF file contains binary data, as most do (see Section 3.1,
“Lexical Conventions”), it is recommended that the header line be
immediately followed by a comment line containing at least four
binary characters—that is, characters whose codes are 128 or
greater. This ensures proper behavior of file transfer applications
that inspect data near the beginning of a file to determine whether
to treat the file’s contents as text or as binary.
3.4.1
Returns the file header of the PDF file.
The version of the PDF specification.
The file header of the PDF file.
Represents an PdfImageDictionary
Base class for all PDF external objects.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
Initializes a new instance of PdfImageDictionary from an PdfImage.
Returns 'Image'.
Creates the keys for a JPEG image.
Creates the keys for a FLATE image.
Reads images that are returned from GDI+ without color palette.
4 (32bpp RGB), 3 (24bpp RGB, 32bpp ARGB)
8
true (ARGB), false (RGB)
Gets the underlying Drawing.PdfImageDictionary object.
Common keys for all streams.
(Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
if present, must be XObject for an image XObject.
(Required) The type of XObject that this dictionary describes;
must be Drawingimage for an image XObject.
(Required) The width of the image, in samples.
(Required) The height of the image, in samples.
(Required for images, except those that use the JPXDecode filter; not allowed for image masks)
The color space in which image samples are specified; it can be any type of color space except
Pattern. If the image uses the JPXDecode filter, this entry is optional:
• If ColorSpace is present, any color space specifications in the JPEG2000 data are ignored.
• If ColorSpace is absent, the color space specifications in the JPEG2000 data are used.
The Decode array is also ignored unless ImageMask is true.
(Required except for image masks and images that use the JPXDecode filter)
The number of bits used to represent each color component. Only a single value may be specified;
the number of bits is the same for all color components. Valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, and
(in PDF 1.5) 16. If ImageMask is true, this entry is optional, and if specified, its value
must be 1.
If the image stream uses a filter, the value of BitsPerComponent must be consistent with the
size of the data samples that the filter delivers. In particular, a CCITTFaxDecode or JBIG2Decode
filter always delivers 1-bit samples, a RunLengthDecode or DCTDecode filter delivers 8-bit samples,
and an LZWDecode or FlateDecode filter delivers samples of a specified size if a predictor function
is used.
If the image stream uses the JPXDecode filter, this entry is optional and ignored if present.
The bit depth is determined in the process of decoding the JPEG2000 image.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) The name of a color rendering intent to be used in rendering the image.
Default value: the current rendering intent in the graphics state.
(Optional) A flag indicating whether the image is to be treated as an image mask.
If this flag is true, the value of BitsPerComponent must be 1 and Mask and ColorSpace should
not be specified; unmasked areas are painted using the current nonstroking color.
Default value: false.
(Optional except for image masks; not allowed for image masks; PDF 1.3)
An image XObject defining an image mask to be applied to this image, or an array specifying
a range of colors to be applied to it as a color key mask. If ImageMask is true, this entry
must not be present.
(Optional) An array of numbers describing how to map image samples into the range of values
appropriate for the image’s color space. If ImageMask is true, the array must be either
[0 1] or [1 0]; otherwise, its length must be twice the number of color components required
by ColorSpace. If the image uses the JPXDecode filter and ImageMask is false, Decode is ignored.
Default value: see “Decode Arrays”.
(Optional) A flag indicating whether image interpolation is to be performed.
Default value: false.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) An array of alternate image dictionaries for this image. The order of
elements within the array has no significance. This entry may not be present in an image
XObject that is itself an alternate image.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A subsidiary image XObject defining a soft-mask image to be used as a
source of mask shape or mask opacity values in the transparent imaging model. The alpha
source parameter in the graphics state determines whether the mask values are interpreted as
shape or opacity. If present, this entry overrides the current soft mask in the graphics state,
as well as the image’s Mask entry, if any. (However, the other transparencyrelated graphics
state parameters—blend mode and alpha constant—remain in effect.) If SMask is absent, the
image has no associated soft mask (although the current soft mask in the graphics state may
still apply).
(Optional for images that use the JPXDecode filter, meaningless otherwise; PDF 1.5)
A code specifying how soft-mask information encoded with image samples should be used:
0 If present, encoded soft-mask image information should be ignored.
1 The image’s data stream includes encoded soft-mask values. An application can create
a soft-mask image from the information to be used as a source of mask shape or mask
opacity in the transparency imaging model.
2 The image’s data stream includes color channels that have been preblended with a
background; the image data also includes an opacity channel. An application can create
a soft-mask image with a Matte entry from the opacity channel information to be used as
a source of mask shape or mask opacity in the transparency model. If this entry has a
nonzero value, SMask should not be specified.
Default value: 0.
(Required in PDF 1.0; optional otherwise) The name by which this image XObject is
referenced in the XObject subdictionary of the current resource dictionary.
(Required if the image is a structural content item; PDF 1.3) The integer key of the
image’s entry in the structural parent tree.
(Optional; PDF 1.3; indirect reference preferred) The digital identifier of the image’s
parent Web Capture content set.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) An OPI version dictionary for the image. If ImageMask is true,
this entry is ignored.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A metadata stream containing metadata for the image.
(Optional; PDF 1.5) An optional content group or optional content membership dictionary,
specifying the optional content properties for this image XObject. Before the image is
processed, its visibility is determined based on this entry. If it is determined to be
invisible, the entire image is skipped, as if there were no Do operator to invoke it.
Helper class for creating bitmap masks (8 pels per byte).
Creates a bitmap mask.
Starts a new line.
Adds a pel to the current line.
Adds a pel from an alpha mask value.
Returns the bitmap mask that will be written to PDF.
An object that uniquely identifies a particular PdfImageDictionary.
Used for identical image caching.
Creates a new instance of the PdfImageInfo object used for hashing
equivalent images.
The image.
The source rectangle in PIXELS.
Computes a hash value based on the binary image data and the source
rectangle. These two elements uniquely identify a PdfImageInfo.
The image.
The source rectangle from the OriginalImage in PIXELS.
Specifies whether the entire image should be drawn. This is used
to draw the image directly, instead of creating a new bitmap to
draw a portion of the image.
Contains all used images of a document.
Map from PdfImageInfo to PdfImageDictionary.
Initializes a new instance of this class, which is a singleton for each document.
Gets a PdfImageDictionary from an PdfImageDictionary.
If no PdfImageDictionary already exists, a new one is created.
Summary description for PdfInteger.
Writes the integer as string.
Represents a link annotation.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Optional; not permitted if an A entry is present) A destination to be displayed
when the annotation is activated.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) The annotation’s highlighting mode, the visual effect to be
used when the mouse button is pressed or held down inside its active area:
N (None) No highlighting.
I (Invert) Invert the contents of the annotation rectangle.
O (Outline) Invert the annotation’s border.
P (Push) Display the annotation as if it were being pushed below the surface of the page.
Default value: I.
Note: In PDF 1.1, highlighting is always done by inverting colors inside the annotation rectangle.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A URI action formerly associated with this annotation. When Web
Capture changes an annotation from a URI to a go-to action, it uses this entry to save
the data from the original URI action so that it can be changed back in case the target page for
the go-to action is subsequently deleted.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents text that is written 'as it is' into the PDF stream.
Initializes a new instance with the specified string.
3.2.4
A name object is an atomic symbol uniquely defined by a sequence of
characters. Uniquely defined means that any two name objects made up of
the same sequence of characters are identically the same object. Atomic
means that a name has no internal structure; although it is defined by
a sequence of characters, those characters are not considered elements
of the name. A slash character (/) introduces a name. The slash is not
part of the name but is a prefix indicating that the following sequence
of characters constitutes a name. There can be no white-space
characters between the slash and the first character in the name. The
name may include any regular characters, but not delimiter or
white-space characters (see Section 3.1, “Lexical Conventions”).
Uppercase and lowercase letters are considered distinct: /A and /a are
different names.
Returns the name. The string always begins with a slash.
Returns the value of the PdfName. This class must behave like a
value type. Therefore it cannot be changed (like System.String).
Implements a comparer that compares PdfName objects.
Some categories of objects in a PDF file can be referred to by name
rather than by object reference. The correspondence between names and
objects is established by the document’s name dictionary (PDF 1.2),
located by means of the Names entry in the document’s catalog
(see Section 3.6.1, “Document Catalog”). Each entry in this dictionary
designates the root of a name tree (Section 3.8.5, “Name Trees”)
defining names for a particular category of objects.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A name tree mapping name strings to
document-level JavaScript actions (see “JavaScriptNameTree Actions”
on page 709).
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
A name tree is constructed of nodes, each of which is a dictionary
object. Table 3.33 shows the entries in a node dictionary.
The nodes are of three kinds, depending on the specific entries they
contain. The tree always has exactly one root node, which contains a
single entry: either Kids or Names but not both. If the root node has a
Names entry, it is the only node in the tree. If it has a Kids entry,
each of the remaining nodes is either an intermediate node, containing
a Limitsentry and a Kids entry, or a leaf node, containing a Limits
entry and a Namesentry.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
(Root and leaf nodes only; required in leaf nodes; present in the
root node if and only if Kidsis not present) An array of the form
[ key1 value1 key2 value2 … keyn valuen ] where each keyi is a
string and the corresponding valuei is the object associated with
that key. The keys are sorted in lexical order, as described below.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Base class for direct number values (not yet used, maybe superfluous).
3.2.9 Indirect Objects
Any object in a PDF file may be labeled as an indirect object. This
gives the object a unique object identifier by which other objects can
refer to it (for example, as an element of an array or as the value of
a dictionary entry). The object identifier consists of two parts:
• A positive integer object number. Indirect objects are often numbered
sequentially within a PDF file, but this is not required; object
numbers may be assigned in any arbitrary order.
• A non-negative integer generation number. In a newly created file,
all indirect objects have generation numbers of 0. Nonzero generation
numbers may be introduced when the file is later updated; see Sections
3.4.3, “Cross-Reference Table,” and 3.4.5, “Incremental Updates.”
Together, the combination of an object number and a generation number
uniquely identifies an indirect object. The object retains the same
object number and generation number throughout its existence, even if
its value is modified.
Represents the empty object identifier.
Indicates whether this object is an empty object identifier.
Represents an outline item in the outlines tree. An outline is also knows as a bookmark.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document.
Creates key/values pairs according to the object structure.
The total number of open descendants at all lower levels.
Gets or sets the title.
Gets or sets the destination page.
Gets or sets the destination left coordinate on the destination page
Gets or sets the destination top coordinate on the destination page
Gets or sets whether the outline item is opened (or expanded).
Gets or sets the style.
Gets or sets the color of the text.
The color of the text.
Gets the outline collection of this node.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Represents a collection of outlines.
Adds the specified outline.
Gets the index of the specified outline.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
Indicates whether the outline has at least one entry.
Gets the number of entries in this collection.
Gets the at the specified index.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; if present,
must be Outlines for an outline dictionary.
(Required) The text to be displayed on the screen for this item.
(Required; must be an indirect reference) The parent of this item in the outline hierarchy.
The parent of a top-level item is the outline dictionary itself.
(Required for all but the first item at each level; must be an indirect reference)
The previous item at this outline level.
(Required for all but the last item at each level; must be an indirect reference)
The next item at this outline level.
(Required if the item has any descendants; must be an indirect reference)
The first of this item’s immediate children in the outline hierarchy.
(Required if the item has any descendants; must be an indirect reference)
The last of this item’s immediate children in the outline hierarchy.
(Required if the item has any descendants) If the item is open, the total number of its
open descendants at all lower levels of the outline hierarchy. If the item is closed, a
negative integer whose absolute value specifies how many descendants would appear if the
item were reopened.
(Optional; not permitted if an A entry is present) The destination to be displayed when this
item is activated.
(Optional; not permitted if an A entry is present) The destination to be displayed when
this item is activated.
(Optional; PDF 1.3; must be an indirect reference) The structure element to which the item
refers.
Note: The ability to associate an outline item with a structure element (such as the beginning
of a chapter) is a PDF 1.3 feature. For backward compatibility with earlier PDF versions, such
an item should also specify a destination (Dest) corresponding to an area of a page where the
contents of the designated structure element are displayed.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) An array of three numbers in the range 0.0 to 1.0, representing the
components in the DeviceRGB color space of the color to be used for the outline entry’s text.
Default value: [0.0 0.0 0.0].
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A set of flags specifying style characteristics for displaying the outline
item’s text. Default value: 0.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Specifies the font style for the outline (bookmark) text.
Regular font.
Italic font.
Bold font.
Bold and italic font.
Summary description for PdfPageDictionary.
The content stream currently used by an PdfGraphics object for rendering.
Initializes a new page. The page must be added to a document before
it can be used.
Gets the resource name of the specified font within this page.
Gets the resource name of the specified gdiImage within this page.
Adds an intra document link.
The rect.
The destination page.
Adds a link to the Web.
The rect.
The URL.
Adds a link to a file.
The rect.
Name of the file.
Gets or sets the width of the page. If orientation is Landscape, this function applies to
the height.
Gets or sets the height of the page. If orientation is Landscape, this function applies to
the width.
Gets or sets one of the predefined standard sizes like.
Gets or sets the orientation of the page. The default value PageOrientation.Portrait.
If an imported page has a /Rotate value that satisfys the formula 90 + n * 180 the
orientation is set to PageOrientation.Landscape.
Gets or sets the PdfDocument this page belongs to.
Gets or sets the media box directly. XGrahics is not prepared to
work with a media box with an origin other than (0,0).
Gets the array of content streams of the page.
Gets the annotations array of this page.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Specifies the orientation of a page.
The default page orientation.
The width and height of the page are reversed.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
Predefined keys common to PdfPageDictionary and PdfPagesDictionary.
(Required; inheritable) A dictionary containing any resources required by the page.
If the page requires no resources, the value of this entry should be an empty dictionary.
Omitting the entry entirely indicates that the resources are to be inherited from an
ancestor node in the page tree.
(Required; inheritable) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the
boundaries of the physical medium on which the page is intended to be displayed or printed.
(Optional; inheritable) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the
visible region of default user space. When the page is displayed or printed, its contents
are to be clipped (cropped) to this rectangle and then imposed on the output medium in some
implementationdefined manner. Default value: the value of MediaBox.
(Optional; inheritable) The number of degrees by which the page should be rotated clockwise
when displayed or printed. The value must be a multiple of 90. Default value: 0.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be Page for a page object.
(Required; must be an indirect reference)
The page tree node that is the immediate parent of this page object.
(Required if PieceInfo is present; optional otherwise; PDF 1.3) The date and time
when the page’s contents were most recently modified. If a page-piece dictionary
(PieceInfo) is present, the modification date is used to ascertain which of the
application data dictionaries that it contains correspond to the current content
of the page.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the
region to which the contents of the page should be clipped when output in a production
environment. Default value: the value of CropBox.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the
intended dimensions of the finished page after trimming. Default value: the value of
CropBox.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the
extent of the page’s meaningful content (including potential white space) as intended
by the page’s creator. Default value: the value of CropBox.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A box color information dictionary specifying the colors and other
visual characteristics to be used in displaying guidelines on the screen for the various
page boundaries. If this entry is absent, the application should use its own current
default settings.
(Optional) A content stream describing the contents of this page. If this entry is absent,
the page is empty. The value may be either a single stream or an array of streams. If the
value is an array, the effect is as if all of the streams in the array were concatenated,
in order, to form a single stream. This allows PDF producers to create gdiImage objects and
other resources as they occur, even though they interrupt the content stream. The division
between streams may occur only at the boundaries between lexical tokens but is unrelated
to the page’s logical content or organization. Applications that consume or produce PDF
files are not required to preserve the existing structure of the Contents array.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A group attributes dictionary specifying the attributes of the page’s
page group for use in the transparent imaging model.
(Optional) A stream object defining the page’s thumbnail gdiImage.
(Optional; PDF 1.1; recommended if the page contains article beads) An array of indirect
references to article beads appearing on the page. The beads are listed in the array in
natural reading order.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) The page’s display duration (also called its advance timing): the
maximum length of time, in seconds, that the page is displayed during presentations before
the viewer application automatically advances to the next page. By default, the viewer does
not advance automatically.
(Optional; PDF 1.1) A transition dictionary describing the transition effect to be used
when displaying the page during presentations.
(Optional) An array of annotation dictionaries representing annotations associated with
the page.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) An additional-actions dictionary defining actions to be performed
when the page is opened or closed.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A metadata stream containing metadata for the page.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A page-piece dictionary associated with the page.
(Required if the page contains structural content items; PDF 1.3)
The integer key of the page’s entry in the structural parent tree.
(Optional; PDF 1.3; indirect reference preferred) The digital identifier of
the page’s parent Web Capture content set.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The page’s preferred zoom (magnification) factor: the factor
by which it should be scaled to achieve the natural display magnification.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A separation dictionary containing information needed
to generate color separations for the page.
(Optional; PDF 1.5) A name specifying the tab order to be used for annotations
on the page. The possible values are R (row order), C (column order),
and S (structure order).
(Required if this page was created from a named page object; PDF 1.5)
The name of the originating page object.
(Optional; PDF 1.5) A navigation node dictionary representing the first node
on the page.
(Optional; PDF 1.6) A positive number giving the size of default user space units,
in multiples of 1/72 inch. The range of supported values is implementation-dependent.
(Optional; PDF 1.6) An array of viewport dictionaries specifying rectangular regions
of the page.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Summary description for PdfPagesDictionary.
Creates a new PdfPageDictionary, adds it to this document, and retruns it.
Inserts the specified PdfPageDictionary at the specified position to this document and retruns a may be new PdfPageDictionary object.
The value returned is a new object if the inserted page comes from a foreign document.
Gets the number of pages.
Gets a PdfArray containing all pages of this document. The array must not be modified.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be Pages for a page tree node.
(Required except in root node; must be an indirect reference)
The page tree node that is the immediate parent of this one.
(Required) An array of indirect references to the immediate children of this node.
The children may be page objects or other page tree nodes.
(Required) The number of leaf nodes (page objects) that are descendants of this node
within the page tree.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents a direct real value.
Returns the real number as string.
Writes the real value with up to three digits.
Represents a PDF rectangle value, that is internally an array with 4 real values.
Represents an empty PdfRectangle.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with two points specifying
two diagonally opposite corners. Notice that in contrast to GDI+ convention the
3rd and the 4th parameter specify a point and not a width. This is so much confusing
that this function is for internal use only.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with two points specifying
two diagonally opposite corners.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with the specified location and size.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with the specified PdfRectangle.
Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with the specified PdfArray.
Tests whether the specified object is a PdfRectangle and has equal coordinates.
Tests whether two structures have equal coordinates.
Tests whether two structures differs in one or more coordinates.
Determines if the specified point is contained within this PdfRectangle.
Determines if the specified point is contained within this PdfRectangle.
Determines if the rectangular region represented by rect is entirely contained within this PdfRectangle.
Determines if the rectangular region represented by rect is entirely contained within this PdfRectangle.
Returns the rectangle as a string in the form «[x1 y1 x2 y2]».
Writes the rectangle.
Tests whether all coordinate are zero.
Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the first corner of this PdfRectangle.
Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the first corner of this PdfRectangle.
Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the second corner of this PdfRectangle.
Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the second corner of this PdfRectangle.
Gets X2 - X1.
Gets Y2 - Y1.
Gets or sets the coordinates of the first point of this PdfRectangle.
Gets or sets the size of this PdfRectangle.
3.4.3
Summary description for PdfReference.
Initializes a new PdfReference instance for the specified indirect
object.
Writes an indirect reference.
Gets a string representing the object identifier.
The byte offset is a 10-digit number, padded with leading zeros if
necessary, giving the number of bytes from the beginning of the
file to the beginning of the object.
Gets or sets the document this object belongs to.
Implements a comparer that compares PdfReference objects by their PdfObjectID.
3.4.3
The cross-reference referenceTable contains information that permits random
access to indirect objects within the file so that the entire file need
not be read to locate any particular object.
Adds a PdfObject to the table.
Returns the next free object number.
Writes the cross-reference table section in the pdf stream.
Gets a cross reference entry from an object identifier.
Base class for all dictionaries that map resource names to objects.
Represents a PDF resource object.
Maps all PDFsharp resources to their local resource names.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Optional) A dictionary that maps resource names to graphics
state parameter dictionaries.
(Optional) A dictionary that maps each resource name to either the name of a
device-dependent color space or an array describing a color space.
(Optional) A dictionary that maps each resource name to either the name of a
device-dependent color space or an array describing a color space.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) A dictionary that maps resource names to shading dictionaries.
(Optional) A dictionary that maps resource names to external objects.
(Optional) A dictionary that maps resource names to font dictionaries.
(Optional) An array of predefined procedure set names.
(Optional; PDF 1.2) A dictionary that maps resource names to property list
dictionaries for marked content.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Determines the encoding of a PdfString or PdfStringObject.
Internal wrapper for PdfStringEncoding.
Represents a direct text string value.
Returns the string.
Writes the string DocEncoded.
Gets or sets the string value for encryption purposes.
3.4.4
The trailer of a PDF file enables an application reading the file to
quickly find the cross-reference table and certain special objects.
Initializes a new instance of PdfTrailerDictionary.
(Required; must be an indirect reference)
The catalog dictionary for the PDF document contained in the file.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required; must not be an indirect reference) The total number of entries in the file’s
cross-reference table, as defined by the combination of the original section and all
update sections. Equivalently, this value is 1 greater than the highest object number
used in the file.
Note: Any object in a cross-reference section whose number is greater than this value is
ignored and considered missing.
(Present only if the file has more than one cross-reference section; must not be an indirect
reference) The byte offset from the beginning of the file to the beginning of the previous
cross-reference section.
(Required; must be an indirect reference) The catalog dictionary for the PDF document
contained in the file.
(Optional; must be an indirect reference) The document’s information dictionary.
(Optional, but strongly recommended; PDF 1.1) An array of two strings constituting
a file identifier for the file. Although this entry is optional,
its absence might prevent the file from functioning in some workflows
that depend on files being uniquely identified.
(Optional) The byte offset from the beginning of the file of a cross-reference stream.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
Represents a PDF transparency group XObject dictionary.
Initializes a new instance of PdfTransparencyDictionary with default transparency values.
Initializes a new instance of PdfTransparencyDictionary with default transparency values.
Specifies the owner PdfDocument for this PdfTransparencyDictionary instance.
Predefined keys for this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be Group for a group XObject.
(Required) The group subtype, which identifies the type of group whose attributes
this dictionary describes; must be Transparency for a transparency group.
(Required) The group color space, which is used for the following purposes:
- As the color space into which colors are converted when painted into the group;
- As the blending color space in which objects are composited within the group;
- As the color space of the group as a whole when it in turn is painted as an
object onto its backdrop.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether the transparency group is isolated.
If this flag is true, objects within the group are composited against a
fully transparent initial backdrop; if false, they are composited against
the group’s backdrop. The default value is false.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether the transparency group is a knockout group.
If this flag is false, later objects within the group are composited with earlier
ones with which they overlap; if true, they are composited with the group’s initial
backdrop and overwrite any earlier overlapping objects. The default value is false.
Gets or sets HideToolbar.
Gets or sets HideMenubar.
Gets or sets HideWindowUI.
Gets or sets FitWindow.
Gets or sets CenterWindow.
Gets or sets DisplayDocTitle.
Gets or sets Direction.
Gets or sets PrintScaling.
Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type.
Predefined keys of this dictionary.
(Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes;
must be ViewerPreferences for the ViewerPreferences dictionary.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide the viewer
application’s tool bars when the document is active.
Default value: false.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide the viewer
application’s menu bar when the document is active.
Default value: false.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide user interface
elements in the document’s window (such as scroll bars and
navigation controls), leaving only the document’s contents
displayed. Default value: false.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether to resize the document’s
window to fit the size of the first displayed page. Default
value: false.
(Optional) A flag specifying whether to position the document’s
window in the center of the screen. Default value: false.
(Optional; PDF 1.4) A flag specifying whether the window’s title
bar should display the document title taken from the Title entry
of the document information dictionary (see Section 10.2.1,
“Document Information Dictionary”). If false, the title bar
should instead display the name of the PDF file containing the
document. Default value: false.
(Optional; PDF 1.3) The predominant reading order for text:
L2R Left to right
R2L Right to left (including vertical writing systems, such
as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean)
This entry has no direct effect on the document’s contents or
page numbering but can be used to determine the relative
positioning of pages when displayed side by side or printed
n-up. Default value: L2R.
Gets the KeysMeta for these keys.
The predominant reading order for text. This entry has no direct effect
on the document’s contents or page numbering but can be used to
determine the relative positioning of pages when displayed side by side
or printed n-up.
Left to right.
Right to left (including vertical writing systems, such as Chinese,
Japanese, and Korean).
The page scaling option to be selected when a print dialog is displayed
for this document.
Indicates that the print dialog should reflect no page scaling.
Indicates that applications should use the current print scaling.
Draws rotated text lines in an image.
In degrees.
The columNumber starts from 1, i.e. 1 = "A", 2 = "B", etc.
Base class for items that contain only sections (Report, Group, SubReport, etc.)
Checks weather the rendering item is completely outside its container.
Adjust the Top and Left positions if the item's location is negative.
Checks whether two rectangles intersect with each other
using the specified measurement unit and precision.
Arranges the items so that they do not overlap each other and
adjusts the position to preserve the minimal space between them.
Compares items to arrange them in Left-Right Top-Bottom order.
Compares items to arrange them in Top-Bottom Left-Right order.
Generates the old school Excel page section content.
For an example, open Excel -> Page Setup -> Header/Footer.
Get the PartTextBox items which will be placed inside the current Page Section part.
Creates the content for a single part in the page section.
Excel page sections are separated in 3 parts (left, center, right).
Translates the content of a single text box to Excel page section formatted text.
Creates the text for the text box.
Creates the format of the text box text.
Compares items to arrange them in Left then Top order.
Modifies the image according to its sizing mode.
Adjust the image to fit the destination rectangle.
If true, the PageHeader is rendered as a Excel page header.
If false, the PageHeader is rendered as a sequence of frozen rows.
If true, the PageFooter section is rendered as a true Excel page Footer.
If false, the PageFooter section is rendered as worksheet cells.
Parameters
Adjusts the horizontal/vertical alignment so that our rotation model is more consistent with the Excel rotation model
Converts the processing textbox value to the format or type that is Excel-compliant.
BACKUP: Save Backup Version of the File (40h)
The BACKUP record specifies whether Microsoft Excel should save backup
versions of a file.
Base class for all BIFF records.
RecordType (2 bytes) + Length Entry (2 bytes) = 4 bytes.
The unique record identifier.
The length of the record in bytes.
Interface for records that have type and data.
= 1 if Microsoft Excel should save a backup version of the file
FontAttributes
FontBoldness
FontScripts
FontUnderlines
DiagonalDirection
HorizontalAlignments
VerticalAlignments
ReadingOrder
TextRotate
BLANK: Cell Value, Blank Cell (201h)
A BLANK record describes an empty cell. The rw field contains the
0-based row number. The col field contains the 0-based column number.
Row
Column
Index to the XF record
BOF: Beginning of File (809h)
The BOF record marks the beginning of the Book stream in the BIFF file.
It also marks the beginning of record groups (or "substreams" of the
Book stream) for sheets in the workbook.
BIFF version.
Type of the following data:
0x0005 = Workbook globals
0x0006 = Visual Basic module
0x0010 = Worksheet
0x0020 = Chart
0x0040 = Macro sheet
0x0100 = Workspace file
Build identifier.
Build year.
File history flags.
Lowest BIFF version.
BOOKBOOL: Workbook Option Flag (DAh)
This record saves a workbook option flag.
=1 if the Save External Link Values option is turned off (Options
dialog box, Calculation tab)
Border
BorderKind
Borders
BorderStyle
BorderWeight
BOUNDSHEET: Sheet Information (85h)
This record stores the sheet name, sheet type, and stream position.
Stream position of the start of the BOF record for the sheet
Option flags
Worksheet name.
Page break structure.
Each element of the rgbrk structure contains three 2-byte integers:
the first specifies the row of the break, the second specifies the
starting column, and the third specifies the ending column for the
break. All row and column numbers are 1-based, and the breaks occur
after the row or column. This array is sorted by row, and then by
starting/ending column. No two page breaks may overlap.
CALCCOUNT: Iteration Count (0Ch)
The CALCCOUNT record stores the Maximum Iterations option from the
Options dialog box, Calculation tab.
Iteration count
CALCMODE: Calculation Mode (0Dh)
The CALCMODE record stores options from the Options dialog box,
Calculation tab.
Calculation mode:
= 0 for manual
= 1 for automatic
= –1 for automatic, except tables
CODEPAGE: Default Code Page (42h)
The CODEPAGE record stores the default code page (character set) that
was in use when the workbook was saved.
Code page the file is saved in.
COLINFO: Column Formatting Information (7Dh)
The COLINFO record describes the column formatting for a range of
columns.
First formatted column (0-based)
Last formatted column (0-based)
Column width, in 1/256s of a character width
Index to XF record that contains the default format for the column
(for more information about the XF records, see "XF" on page 426)
Options
Reserved; must be 0 (zero)
The width of the column in characters of the default font
CONTINUE: Continues Long Records (3Ch)
Records that are longer than 8228 bytes (2084 bytes in BIFF7 and
earlier) must be split into several records. The first section appears
in the base record; subsequent sections appear in CONTINUE records.
In BIFF8, the TXO record is always followed by CONTINUE records that
store the string data and formatting runs.
Continuation of record data
COUNTRY: Default Country and WIN.INI Country (8Ch)
This record contains localization information.
Default country index.
The default country index, iCountryDef, is determined by the
localized version of Microsoft Excel that created the BIFF file.
For example, all BIFF files created by the U.S. version of
Microsoft Excel have iCountryDef = 1.
Country index from the Win.ini file.
If Microsoft Excel for Windows created the BIFF file,
iCountryWinIni is equal to the index that corresponds to the
country setting in the Win.ini file.
DBCELL: Stream Offsets (D7h)
The DBCELL record stores stream offsets for the BIFF file. There is one
DBCELL record for each block of ROW records and associated cell records.
Each block can contain data for up to 32 rows. For more information
about the DBCELL record, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on
page 440.
Offset from the start of the DBCELL record to the start of the
first ROW record in the block; this is an offset to an earlier
position in the stream.
Array of stream offsets (2 bytes each). For more information, see
"Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440.
DEFAULTROWHEIGHT: Default Row Height (225h)
The DEFAULTROWHEIGHT record specifies the height of all undefined rows
on the sheet. The miyRw field contains the row height in units of
1/20th of a point. This record does not affect the row height of any
rows that are explicitly defined.
Option flags (see the following table)
Default row height
DEFCOLWIDTH: Default Width for Columns (55h)
The DEFCOLWIDTH record specifies the width, measured in characters, for
columns not explicitly sized in the COLWIDTH record.
Default width of the columns.
Excel adds some extra space to the default width, depending on the
default font and default font size. The algorithm how to exactly
calculate the resulting column width is not known.
Example: The default width of 8 set in this record results in a
column width of 8.43 using Arial font with a size of 10 points.
DELTA: Iteration Increment (10h)
The DELTA record stores the Maximum Change value from the Options
dialog box, Calculation tab. The number is in 8-byte IEEE
floating-point format.
Maximum iteration change.
DIMENSIONS: Cell Table Size (200h)
The DIMENSIONS record contains the minimum and maximum bounds of the
sheet. It provides a concise indication of the sheet size.
Note that both the rwMac and colMac fields are greater by 1 than the
actual last row and column. For example, a worksheet that exists
between cells B3 and D6 would have the following dimensions in the
dimensions record (note rows and columns are 0-based in BIFF files in
which row 1 and column A are both coded as 0):
First defined row on the sheet
Last defined row on the sheet, plus 1
Last defined column on the sheet, plus 1
First defined column on the sheet
Reserved; must be 0 (zero)
DSF: Double Stream File (161h)
The DSF record stores a flag that indicates if the workbook is a double
stream file. Double Stream files contain both BIFF8 and BIFF7 workbooks.
1 if the workbook is a double stream file, 0 otherwise.
EOF: End of File (0Ah)
The EOF record marks the end of the workbook stream or the end of one of
the substreams in the workbook stream. It has no record data field and
is simply 0A000000h.
EXTERNSHEET: External Reference (17h)
The EXTERNSHEET record specifies externally referenced workbooks.
In BIFF7 and earlier, multiple EXTERNSHEET records form a table in the
file. The cxals field of the EXTERNCOUNT record specifies the number of
EXTERNSHEET records. You should not change the order of EXTERNSHEET
records. In BIFF8, the SUPBOOK record stores the encoded pathname and
file name. There is one SUPBOOK record for each externally referenced
workbook. The EXTERNSHEET record contains a table (rgXTI) that points
to the SUPBOOK records. Several ptgs in a BIFF8 formula contain an ixti
field; this is the 0-based index to the rgXTI table in the EXTERNSHEET
record. An externally referenced workbook is called a source workbook.
The workbook that refers to it is called a dependent workbook.
Array of XTI structures.
XTI
EXTSST: Extended Shared String Table (FFh)
The EXTSST record contains a hash table that optimizes external copy
operations.
Number of strings in each bucket
Array of ISSTINF structures
FONT: Font Description (31h)
The workbook font table contains at least five FONT records. FONT
records are numbered as follows: ifnt = 00h (the first FONT record in
the table), ifnt = 01h, ifnt = 02h, ifnt = 03h, ifnt = 05h (minimum
table), and then ifnt = 06h, ifnt = 07h, and so on. Notice that
ifnt = 04h never appears in a BIFF file. This is for
backward-compatibility with previous versions of Microsoft Excel. If
you read FONT records, remember to index the table correctly, skipping
ifnt = 04h.
Height of the font (in units of 1/20th of a point).
Font attributes.
Index to the color palette. In other words Color.
Bold style; a number from 100dec to 1000dec (64h to 3E8h) that
indicates the character weight ("boldness"). The default values are
190h for normal text and 2BCh for bold text.
Superscript/subscript:
00h = None
01h = Superscript
02h = Subscript
Underline style:
00h = None
01h = Single
02h = Double
21h = Single Accounting
22h = Double Accounting
Font family, as defined by the Windows API LOGFONT structure.
Character set, as defined by the Windows API LOGFONT structure.
Reserved. :)
Length of the font name.
Unicode Flag
0 = Compressed
1 = Uncompressed
Font name.
LOGFONT
FORMAT: Number Format (41Eh)
The FORMAT record describes a number format in the workbook.
All the FORMAT records should appear together in a BIFF file. The order
of FORMAT records in an existing BIFF file should not be changed. You
can write custom number formats in a file, but they should be added at
the end of the existing FORMAT records.
Format index code (for public use only).
Microsoft Excel uses the ifmt field to identify built-in formats
when it reads a file that was created by a different localized
version. For more information about built-in formats, see "XF" on
page 426.
Length of the format string.
Format string attributes.
1 = Uncompressed Unicode
Number format string.
Number of built-in function groups.
GRIDSET: State Change of Gridlines Option (82h)
This record indicates that the user changed the state of the Gridlines
option in the Page Setup dialog box, Sheet tab.
= 1 if the user has ever changed the setting of the Gridlines option
GUTS: Size of Row and Column Gutters (80h)
This record contains the size of the row and column gutters, measured
in screen units. The row and column gutters are the spaces that contain
outline symbols. They are located above column headings and to the left
of row headings.
Size of the row gutter that appears to the left of the rows
Size of the column gutter that appears above the columns
Maximum outline level (for the row gutter)
Maximum outline level (for the column gutter)
HCENTER: Center Between Horizontal Margins (83h)
If the Horizontally option is selected on the Margins tab in the Page
Setup dialog box, fHCenter = 1.
= 1 if the sheet is to be centered between horizontal margins when
printed
HIDEOBJ: Object Display Options (8Dh)
The HIDEOBJ record stores options selected in the Options dialog box,
View tab.
= 2 if the Hide All option is turned on
= 1 if the Show Placeholders option is turned on
= 0 if the Show All option is turned on
HORIZONTALPAGEBREAKS: Explicit Row Page Breaks (1Bh)
The HORIZONTALPAGEBREAKS record contains a list of explicit row page
breaks. The cbrk field contains the number of page breaks. Each element
of the rgbrk structure contains three 2-byte integers: the first
specifies the row of the break, the second specifies the starting
column, and the third specifies the ending column for the break. All
row and column numbers are 1-based, and the breaks occur after the row
or column. This array is sorted by row, and then by starting/ending
column. No two page breaks may overlap.
Number of page breaks.
Array of brk structures.
INDEX: Index Record (20Bh)
Microsoft Excel writes an INDEX record immediately after the BOF record
for each worksheet substream in a BIFF file. For more information about
the INDEX record, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440.
Reserved; must be 0 (zero)
First row that exists on the sheet
Last row that exists on the sheet, plus 1
Reserved; must be 0 (zero)
Array of file offsets to the DBCELL records for each block of ROW
records. A block contains ROW records for up to 32 rows. For more
information, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440.
The stream position where the strings begin (stream pointer into
the SST record)
Offset into the SST record that points to where the bucket begins
Reserved; must be 0 (zero)
INTERFACEHDR: Beginning of User Interface Records (E1h)
This record marks the beginning of the user interface section of
the Book (Workbook) stream. In BIFF7 and earlier, it has no record
data field. In BIFF8 and later, the INTERFACEHDR record data field
contains a 2-byte word that is the code page. This is exactly the
same as the cv field of the the CODEPAGE record.
Code page the file is saved in
ITERATION: Iteration Mode (11h)
The ITERATION record stores the Iteration option from the Options
dialog box, Calculation tab.
= 1 if the Iteration option is on
LABEL: Cell Value, String Constant (204h)
A LABEL record describes a cell that contains a string constant. The rw
field contains the 0-based row number. The col field contains the
0-based column number. The string length is contained in the cch field
and must be in the range of 0000h–00FFh (0–255). The string itself is
contained in the rgch field.
Row
Column
Index to the XF record
Length of the string
The string
LABELSST: Cell Value, String Constant/SST (FDh)
A LABELSST record describes a cell that contains a string constant from the shared string table, which is new to BIFF8. The rw field contains the 0-based row number. The col field contains the 0-based column number. The string itself is contained in an SST (shared string table) record, and the isst field is a 0-based index into the shared string table.
Row
Column
Index into the SST record
Index to the XF record
In inches.
This record contains the addresses of merged cell ranges in the current
sheet. If the record size exceeds the limit, it is not continued with a
CONTINUE record, but another self-contained MERGEDCELLS record is
started.
The limit of 8224 bytes per record results in a maximum number of 1027
merged ranges.
Example: A sheet contains 1040 merged cell ranges. The first MERGEDCELLS
record contains a list of 1027 range addresses (the leading number of
ranges is 1027 too). Following a second MERGEDCELLS record with the
remaining 13 merged ranges.
Number of merged ranges
Cell range address list with merged ranges
MMS: ADDMENU/DELMENU Record Group Count (C1h)
This record stores the number of ADDMENU groups and DELMENU groups in
the Book stream.
Number of ADDMENU record groups.
Number of DELMENU record groups.
MSODRAWING: Microsoft Office Drawing (ECh)
This record contains a drawing object provided by the Microsoft Office
Drawing tool. For more information on this file format, see the article "Microsoft Office Drawing File Format" on the Microsoft Developer Network Online Web site (http://www.microsoft.com/msdn/).
MULBLANK: Multiple Blank Cells (BEh)
The MULBLANK record stores up to the equivalent of 256 BLANK records;
the MULBLANK record is a file size optimization. The number of ixfe
fields can be determined from the ColLast field and is equal to
(colLast - colFirst + 1). The maximum length of the MULBLANK record is
(256 x 2 + 10) = 522 bytes, because Microsoft Excel has at most 256
columns. Note that storing 256 blank cells in the MULBLANK record takes
522 bytes as compared with 2560 bytes for 256 BLANK records.
Column number (0-based) of the first column of the multiple RK
record
Last column containing the BLANKREC structure
Row number (0-based)
NAME: Defined Name (18h)
The NAME record describes a defined name in the workbook.
The NAME record stores two types of names: global names and local names.
A global name is defined for an entire workbook, and a local name is
defined on a single sheet. For example, MyName is a global name, whereas
Sheet1!MyName is a local name.
Option flags
Keyboard shortcut
Length of the name text
Length of the name definition
Index to the sheet that contains this name, if the name is a local
name. The ixals field in the NAME record will be nonzero for local
names and will index the list of EXTERNSHEET records for the sheets
in the workbook. The following field, itab, is equal to ixals.
This field is equal to ixals.
Length of the custom menu text
Length of the description text
Length of the help topic text
Length of the status bar text
Unicode Flag
0 = Compressed
1 = Uncompressed
Name text
Name definition
1904: 1904 Date System (22h)
The 1904 record stores the date system used by Microsoft Excel.
= 1 if the 1904 date system is used
NUMBER: Cell Value, Floating-Point Number (203h)
A NUMBER record describes a cell containing a constant floating-point
number. The rw field contains the 0-based row number. The col field
contains the 0-based column number. The number is contained in the num
field in 8-byte IEEE floating-point format.
Row
Column
Index to the XF record
Floating-point number value
OBJ: Describes a Graphic Object (5Dh)
BIFF files may contain several different variations of the OBJ record.
They correspond to the graphic objects and dialog box controls available
in Microsoft Excel: line object, rectangle object, check box object,
and so on.
PANE: Number of Panes and Their Position (41h)
The PANE record describes the number and position of unfrozen panes in
a window.
Vertical position of the split; 0 (zero) if none
Horizontal position of the split; 0 (zero) if none
Top row visible in the bottom pane
Leftmost column visible in the right pane
Pane number of the active pane
PASSWORD: Protection Password (13h)
The PASSWORD record contains the encrypted password for a protected
sheet or workbook. Note that this record specifies a sheet-level or
workbook-level protection password, as opposed to the FILEPASS record,
which specifies a file password.
Encrypted password.
PRECISION: Precision (0Eh)
The PRECISION record stores the Precision As Displayed option from the
Options dialog box, Calculation tab.
s
= 0 if Precision As Displayed option is selected
PRINTGRIDLINES: Print Gridlines Flag (2Bh)
This record stores the Gridlines option from the Page Setup dialog box,
Sheet tab.
= 1 to print gridlines
PRINTHEADERS: Print Row/Column Labels (2Ah)
The PRINT HEADERS record stores the Row And Column Headings option from
the Page Setup dialog box, Sheet tab.
= 1 to print row and column headings
PROT4REV: Shared Workbook Protection Flag (1AFh)
The PROT4REV record stores a shared-workbook protection flag.
= 1 if the Sharing with Track Changes option is on (Protect Shared
Workbook dialog box)
PROT4REVPASS: Shared Workbook Protection Password (1BCh)
The PROT4REV record stores an encrypted password for shared-workbook
protection.
Encrypted password (if this field is 0 (zero), there is no Shared
Workbook Protection Password; the password is entered in the
Protect Shared Workbook dialog box)
PROTECT: Protection Flag (12h)
The PROTECT record stores the protection state for a sheet or workbook.
= 1 if the sheet or workbook is protected
Range
Gets a column width or row height in pixels.
Horizontal for column width, Vertical for row
height.
The zero based index of the col/row
The dimension of the col/row in pixels.
Direction
This record contains an ID that marks when a worksheet was last
recalculated. It's an optimization Excel uses to determine if it
needs to recalculate the spreadsheet when it's opened. So far, only
the two values 0xC1 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x80 0x38 0x01 0x00
(do not recalculate) and 0xC1 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x60 0x69 0x01 0x00
have been seen. If the field isNeeded is set to false (default), then
this record is swallowed during the serialization process
rt
reserved
dwBuild
REFMODE: Reference Mode (0Fh)
The REFMODE record stores the Reference Style option from the Options dialog box, General tab.
Reference mode:
= 1 for A1 mode
= 0 for R1C1 mode
REFRESHALL: Refresh Flag (1B7h)
This record stores an option flag.
= 1 then Refresh All should be done on all external data ranges and
PivotTables when loading the workbook (the default is = 0)
The height of the row in points
Determines whether the row should be autosized by Excel.
ROW: Describes a Row (208h)
A ROW record describes a single row on a Microsoft Excel sheet. ROW
records and their associated cell records occur in blocks of up to
32 rows. Each block ends with a DBCELL record. For more information
about row blocks and about optimizing your code when searching for cell
records, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440.
Row number.
First defined column in the row.
Last defined column in the row, plus 1.
The miyRw field contains the row height, in units of 1/20th of a
point.
Used by Microsoft Excel to optimize loading the file; if you are
creating a BIFF file, set irwMac to 0.
Reserved
Option flags.
If fGhostDirty = 1 (see grbit field), this is the index to the XF
record for the row. Otherwise, this field is undefined.
Sets the row height in points
SAVERECALC: Recalculate Before Save (5Fh)
If the Recalculate Before Save option is selected in the Options dialog
box, Calculation tab, then fSaveRecalc = 1.
= 1 to recalculate before saving
SELECTION: Current Selection (1Dh)
The SELECTION record stores the selection.s
Number of the pane described
Row number of the active cell
Column number of the active cell
Ref number of the active cell
Number of refs in the selection
Array of refs
SETUP: Page Setup (A1h)
The SETUP record stores options and measurements from the Page Setup
dialog box.
Paper size (see fNoPls in the following table)
Scaling factor (see fNoPls in the following table)
Starting page number
Fit to width; number of pages
Fit to height; number of pages
Option flags (see the following table)
Print resolution (see fNoPls in the following table)
Vertical print resolution (see fNoPls in the following table)
Header margin (IEEE number)
Footer margin (IEEE number)
Number of copies (see fNoPls in the following table)
SST: Shared String Table (FCh)
The SST record contains string constants.
Total number of strings in the shared string table and extended
string table (EXTSST record)
Number of unique strings in the shared string table.
Array of unique strings.
The rgb field contains an array of unicode strings.
SSTHelper
STYLE: Style Information (293h)
Each style in a Microsoft Excel workbook, whether built-in or
user-defined, requires a style record in the BIFF file. When Microsoft
Excel saves the workbook, it writes the STYLE records in alphabetical
order, which is the order in which the styles appear in the drop-down
list box.
Index to the style XF record.
Built-in style numbers:
= 00h Normal
= 01h RowLevel_n
= 02h ColLevel_n
= 03h Comma
= 04h Currency
= 05h Percent
= 06h Comma[0]
= 07h Currency[0]
Level of the outline style RowLevel_n or ColLevel_n.
SUPBOOK: Supporting Workbook (1AEh)
This record stores data about a supporting external workbook.
Number of tabs in the workbook.
WTF?
TABID: Sheet Tab Index Array (13Dh)
This record contains an array of sheet tab index numbers. The record is
used by the Shared Lists feature. The sheet tab indexes have type short
int (2 bytes each). The index numbers are 0-based and are assigned when
a sheet is created; the sheets retain their index numbers throughout
their lifetime in a workbook. If you rearrange the sheets in a workbook,
the rgiTab array will change to reflect the new sheet arrangement. This
record does not appear in BIFF5 files.
Array of tab indexes.
USESELFS: Natural Language Formulas Flag (160h)
This record stores a flag bit.
= 1 if this file was written by a version of Microsoft Excel that
can use natural-language formula input
VCENTER: Center Between Vertical Margins (84h)
If the Center On Page Vertically option is on in the Page Setup dialog
box, Margins tab, then fVCenter = 1.
= 1 if the sheet is to be centered between the vertical margins
when printed
WINDOW1: Window Information (3Dh)
The WINDOW1 record contains workbook-level window attributes. The xWn
and yWn fields contain the location of the window in units of 1/20th of
a point, relative to the upper-left corner of the Microsoft Excel
window client area. The dxWn and dyWn fields contain the window size,
also in units of 1/20th of a point.
Horizontal position of the window.
Vertical position of the window.
Width of the window.
Height of the window.
Option flags:
Bit 0: = 1 if the window is hidden
Bit 1: = 1 if the window is currently displayed as an icon
Bit 2: Reserved
Bit 3: = 1 if the horizontal scroll bar is displayed
Bit 4: = 1 if the vertical scroll bar is displayed
Bit 5: = 1 if the workbook tabs are displayed
Bit 6: Reserved
Bit 7: Reserved
Index of the selected workbook tab (0-based).
Index of the first displayed workbook tab (0-based).
Number of workbook tabs that are selected.
Ratio of the width of the workbook tabs to the width of the
horizontal scroll bar; to obtain the ratio, convert to decimal and
then divide by 1000.
WINDOW2: Sheet Window Information (23Eh)
The WINDOW2 record contains window attributes for a sheet in a workbook.
Option flags
Top row visible in the window
Leftmost column visible in the window
Index to color value for row/column headings and gridlines
Zoom magnification in page break preview
Zoom magnification in normal view
Reserved
WINDOWPROTECT: Windows Are Protected (19h)
The WINDOWPROTECT record stores an option from the Protect Workbook
dialog box.
= 1 if the workbook windows are protected.
WRITEACCESS: Write Access User Name (5Ch)
This record contains the user name, which is the name you type when
you install Microsoft Excel.
For more info on how to write Unicode string in Excel, see 2.3.
Length of the Unicode string.
Option flags
1 = Uncompressed (16-bit characters)
User name
WSBOOL: Additional Workspace Information (81h)
This record stores information about workspace settings.
Option flags
XF: Extended Format (E0h)
The XF record stores formatting properties. There are two different XF
records, one for cell records and another for style records. The fStyle
bit is true if the XF is a style XF. The ixfe of a cell record
(BLANK, LABEL, NUMBER, RK, and so on) points to a cell XF record, and
the ixfe of a STYLE record points to a style XF record. Note that in
previous BIFF versions, the record number for the XF record was 43h.
Prior to BIFF5, all number format information was included in FORMAT
records in the BIFF file. Beginning with BIFF5, many of the built-in
number formats were moved to an public table and are no longer saved
with the file as FORMAT records. You still use the ifmt to associate
the built-in number formats with an XF record. However, the public
number formats are no longer visible in the BIFF file.
Index to the FONT record.
Index to the FORMAT record.
Bits about hiding, locking and others.
Alignment, Wrap, Rotation bits.
Shrink to fit and merger bits.
Border Line Style
Bits about indices to color pallete of borders.
Bits about indices to color pallete of borders.
Index to the color pallete for the fill.
This is a 0-byte record, so it only needs to exist in order to tell
Excel 2000 that the file has been written to by Excel 2000.
Represents a StreamWriter for writing RTF documents.
Creates a new instance of the RtfWriter in Compact writing mode
with the given stream.
The stream to write to.
Creates a new instance of the RtfWriter with the given RtfWriterMode
and the given stream.
The stream to write to.
The writer mode.
Starts a new RTF group.
The entity that starts the group.
Ends the owner's group and all groups inside it.
The entity that ends the group.
Writes an attribute.
The Attribute to write.
Writes info for older readers that do not understand nested tables.
Gets the writer mode.
Gets the Group that is on top of the group stack.
Gets the current group level (zero-based). Return -1 if the group
stack is empty.
The RtfWriter mode specifies how an RtfWriter should output content.
The RTF stream contains no unnecessary characters. This is default
in release build.
The RTF stream is structured so that it is human-readable. This is
default in debug build.
Represents an RTF control word. A control word is a specially formatted
command that RTF uses to mark printer control codes and information that
applications use to manage documents. A control word cannot be longer
than 32 characters.
Represents the base class for all RTF nodes.
When overriden in a derived class this methods should perform all
preparation before the Node is written, i.e. set Attribute values,
prepare child nodes, etc.
When overridden in a derived class, saves the current node to the
specified RtfWriter.
The RtfWriter to which you want to save.
Sets the document of the node.
The document of the node.
Checks whether there is a circular reference between two nodes.
If the toFind node is encountered anywhere going up from the bottom
node an ArgumentException is thrown.
The node from which to start climbing up the
parent-child hierarchy.
The control to look for.
Gets the child nodes of this node.
Represents the collection of nodes belonging to a node.
Validate the name of the attribute.
Validate the value of the attribute.
Validates the length of the attribute.
Gets or sets the name of the attribute.
Gets or sets an optional value for the attribute.
Gets the attributes of this node.
Width adjusted for MS Word behavior. For example when you set a
double border and specify a width of 1pt, Word makes it 3pt --
1pt for each line and 1pt for the space between etc. Use this for
writing the actual value to the writer.
Represents a table cell. The table cell is just a weird kind of
paragraph with some additional attributes that need to be written
in the row's definition.
Represents a RTF Group. Groups are enclosed in braces.
Adds a TextRun with the specified text to the paragraph. If
copyStyle is true then the text run is initialized
with the paragraph properties, such as Font, Color, BackgroundColor.
The text for the TextRun.
Indicates whether to initialize
the new text run with the paragraph style properties.
The TextRun that was added.
Adds a TextRun with the specified text to the paragraph. If
copyStyleFromParagraph is true then the text run is initialized
with the paragraph properties. Otherwise, it is left default.
The text for the TextRun.
The font name for the TextRun.
The font size in points for the TextRun.
The font style for the TextRun.
The text color for the TextRun.
The background color of the TextRun.
The TextRun that was added.
The font size in points.
Needed because of the "Picture Cell with BottomPadding" MS Word bug.
Cell defintion. The thing written as part of the row before cells'
content begins.
The first cell in a range of table cells to be merged.
Contents of the table cell are merged with those of the
preceding cell.
The first cell in a range of table cells to be vertically
merged.
Contents of the table cell are vertically merged with those of
the preceding cell.
This method adds merging information to the cell depending on
several factors. Here is a simple example of a 3x3 merged range:
With RTF control words:
|------|------|------|
|clmgf |clmrg |clmrg |
|clvmgf|clvmgf|clvmgf|
|------|------|------|
|clmgf |clmrg |clmrg |
|clvmrg|clvmrg|clvmrg|
|------|----- |------|
|clmgf |clmrg |clmrg |
|clvmrg|clvmrg|clvmrg|
|------|----- |------|
Legend: HM = Horizontal Master
VM = Vertical Master
HS = Horizontal Slave
VS = Vertical Slave
|------|------|------|
|HM |HS |HS |
|VM |VM |VM |
|------|------|------|
|HM |HS |HS |
|VS |VS |VS |
|------|----- |------|
|HM |HS |HS |
|VS |VS |VS |
|------|----- |------|
Indicates whether the cell is in the top row of the merged range.
Indicates whether the cell is in the bottom row of the merged range.
Indicates whether the cell is in the leftmost column of the
merged range.
Indicates whether the cell is in the rightmost column of the
merged range.
Returns true if the cell takes part in a horizontally merged
range.
Returns true if the cell takes part in a horizontally merged
range.
Returns true if the cell is the merge target, i.e. the top left
cell in the range.
Returns true if the cell is in the same column as the merge
target.
Returns true if the cell is in the same row as the merge target.
Return true is the cell is right of its merge target.
Returns true if the cell is below its merge target.
A border used for table cells. The only difference is the
StartElement which begins with "cl".
Utility class for conversions.
Converts mm to twips.
1in = 72pt = 1440twips
1in = 2.54cm = 25.4mm
1mm = 1440/25.4
The amount in points.
The amount in twips.
Certain control words, referred to as destinations, mark the beginning
of a collection of related text that could appear at another position,
or destination, within the document. Destinations may also be text that
is used (but should not appear) within the document at all. Destinations
added after the RTF Specification published in the March 1987 Microsoft
Systems Journal may be preceded by the control symbol \* (backslash
asterisk). This control symbol identifies destinations whose related
text should be ignored if the RTF reader does not recognize the
destination control word. (RTF writers should follow the convention of
using this control symbol when adding new destinations or groups.)
Destinations whose related text should be inserted into the document
even if the RTF reader does not recognize the destination should not use
\*. All destinations that were not included in the March 1987 revision
of the RTF Specification are shown with \* as part of the control word.
An attribute without value.
DeviceCapsParams
Represents a RTF document. An entire RTF file is considered
a group and must be enclosed in braces.
http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa140298(office.10).aspx
Adjusts the bounds of the frame taking into account how MS Word
renders frames with borders.
Gets or sets the location of the frame in millimeters.
Gets or sets the size of the frame in millimeters.
Represents and RTF document header.
http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa140301(office.10).aspx
Specifies the vertical alignment of an object or text in a report item.
Specifies that the object is aligned to the left.
Specifies that the object is aligned to the center.
Specifies that the object is aligned to the right.
Specifies that the object is justified.
Creates a Graphics for drawing in the specified image with the
given unit of measure.
The image to draw to.
The unit of measure for the Graphics.
A Graphics object that will draw in the supplied image.
Returns a GDICompatible metafile size.
The desired size in millimeters.
A RectangleF representing a metafile bounds in 100ths of an millimeter.
Represents a document page. (RTF section)
Calculates (in mm) where the origin of the image should be so that
it is centered with respect to the container.
The size of the container.
The size of the image.
The sizing mode of the picture.
The repeat mode of the background picture.
Represents a table row
Yet another MS Word issue is alleviated by this method.
When there is an image in the row there should not be any
bottom padding because word stretches everything a lot.
Writes the header of a row. Used by a table after its end or by
the nested table properties at the end of a row.
Writes the nested table properties at the end of a row is nested.
Writes the cell definitions only -- without the actual cell
contents. Used by a nested table to "repeat" its parent row
definitions at the end of the table.
Writes the cell content.
CellCollection
Represents a RTF Table.
Removes the ghost columns/rows served by the crosstab.
Nested tables are the weirdest shit of all. PURE BRAINFUCK.
Repeat the contents of the parent row after this table is
finished in order for the older readers to understand the
table. See the specification example for more info. Also
check out Apache FOP (http://xmlgraphics.apache.org/fop/) to
see their implementation as a reference.
Returns the row that contains the cell that contains this table.
Represents the text flow of a table cell.
Text in a cell flows from left to right and top to bottom
(default).
Text in a cell flows right to left and top to bottom.
Text in a cell flows left to right and bottom to top. Represents
rotation by -90 degrees.
Text in a cell flows left to right and top to bottom,
vertical.
Text in a cell flows top to bottom and right to left
, vertical. Represents rotation by 90 degrees.
Represents a text run in a paragraph.
The font size in points.
Leaf
RenderingElement
Implements the common rendering logic for all rtf rendering items.
Calculates the minimal distance from the above and left standing
items.
Adjusts the item position so that the minimal
distance from the items above and to the left is preserved.
Adjusts the item position so that the minimal
distance from the items above is preserved.
Adjusts the item position so that the minimal
distance from the items to the left is preserved.
RenderingElementContainer
For each child element, determines in which cell it will fall and
links it to that cell. If the element spans several rows/columns the
target cell is merged.
Checks whether two rectangles intersect with each other
using the specified measurement unit and precision.
Compares items to arrange them in Left-Right Top-Bottom order.
Group
RenderingElementProxy
LayoutEngine
LayoutInfo
PictureBox
RenderingElementCollection
These are the REAL Word PageHeader and PageFooter so I can render
them only if I am not part of a ReportBook. If I am part of a report
book and each report in the book has different PageHeader/PageFooter
then which one should it be. The simple answer is no one.
See the summary of RenderPageSections for more info.
Very neat. Replace the PageNumber and PageCount with Word's special
control words and let Word do the rest.
RtfTableReport -- hidden, used by the dispatcher.
RTF Hack -- it renders borders insanely and we have to recalculate.
Otherwise the table/crosstab's right/bottom borders are cannot fit
into the container and are clipped/invisible.
RTF Hack -- it renders borders insanely and we have to recalculate.
Otherwise the table/crosstab's right/bottom borders cannot fit
into the container and are clipped/invisible.
RtfTextBox
True if additional frame is created
The needed margin in Mm
Proper font size in points
RtfFrameReport -- hidden, used by the dispatcher.
The dispatcher RTF rendering extension.
Creates the string format used for drawing.
The original string format of the report item.
Draws rotated text lines in an image.
The original string format of the report item.
In degrees.
Creates the string format used for drawing.
The original string format of the report item.
Draws rotated text lines in an image.
The original string format of the report item.
In degrees.
Writes image as resource and returns the url.
Stores a reference to the image, so that the already stored bytes
can be reused if used second time.
This method is not applicable for instantly created images!
Writes image as resource and returns the url.
Applicable for instantly created images.
Writes image contained in the container as resource and returns the url.
Stores the image key (see IImageContainer), so that the already stored bytes
can be reused if used second time.
Creates the user defined encoding and creates Unicode instances with BOM set if needed
BOM References: http://www.sttmedia.com/unicode-byteordermark http://www.unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html#bom8
Represents a flat table renderer API implementer
Crosstab / Table CSV renderer
Encapsulates the algorithm of turning the Processing Crosstab/Table into a flat table
Gets the element at the provided cell coordinates
Serializes and deserializes objects into and from XML.
This class is dedicated for serializing and deserializing objects
only from the namespace.
The following example demonstrates how to create a report definition, how to serialize and deserialize it in XML and the corresponding XML output.
Creating the report definition:
Serialize the report definition to an XML file:
Deserialize the report definition from a file:
Serialized Report Definition in XML
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to the specified .
The used to write the XML document.
The value to serialize.
In the textWriter parameter, specify an object that derives from the abstract class.
Classes that derive from the class include:
, , etc.
The following examples serializes an object using a :
Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to the specified .
The used to write the XML document.
The value to serialize.
Use the stream parameter to specify an object that derives from the abstract
class. Classes that derive from the class include:
, , , etc.
The following examples serializes an object using a :
Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to a file with the specified file name.
The file which you want to write to. The creates a file at the specified path
and writes to it in XML 1.0 text syntax. The fileName must be a file system path.
The value to serialize.
The following example serializes an object using a file path:
Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to the specified .
The used to write the XML document.
The value to serialize.
In the xmlWriter parameter, specify an object that derives from the abstract
class. For example you can use the class.
The following example serializes an object using a :
Deserializes the XML document contained by the specified .
The that contains the XML document to deserialize.
The object being deserialized.
Classes that inherit from include and . If you
are using a to deserialize an object, you must construct the with an
appropriate . The encoding specified by the XML document is ignored.
The following example deserializes an object using a :
Deserializes the XML document contained by the specified .
The that contains the XML document to deserialize.
The object being deserialized.
Use the stream parameter to specify an object that derives from the class,
which is designed to write to streams. Classes that derive from the class include:
, , , etc.
The following example deserializes an object using a :
Deserializes the XML document from the specified URI.
The URI for the file containing the XML data.
The object being deserialized.
The following example deserializes an object using a URI:
Deserializes the XML document contained by the specified .
The that contains the XML document to deserialize.
The object being deserialized.
The following example deserializes an object using a :
For info please see http://www.w3schools.com/media/media_mimeref.asp